]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
bbf6f052 | 1 | /* Convert tree expression to rtl instructions, for GNU compiler. |
8752c357 | 2 | Copyright (C) 1988, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, |
8e37cba8 | 3 | 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
bbf6f052 | 4 | |
1322177d | 5 | This file is part of GCC. |
bbf6f052 | 6 | |
1322177d LB |
7 | GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under |
8 | the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free | |
9 | Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later | |
10 | version. | |
bbf6f052 | 11 | |
1322177d LB |
12 | GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY |
13 | WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or | |
14 | FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License | |
15 | for more details. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
16 | |
17 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
1322177d LB |
18 | along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free |
19 | Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA | |
20 | 02111-1307, USA. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 21 | |
bbf6f052 | 22 | #include "config.h" |
670ee920 | 23 | #include "system.h" |
4977bab6 ZW |
24 | #include "coretypes.h" |
25 | #include "tm.h" | |
ca695ac9 | 26 | #include "machmode.h" |
11ad4784 | 27 | #include "real.h" |
bbf6f052 RK |
28 | #include "rtl.h" |
29 | #include "tree.h" | |
30 | #include "flags.h" | |
bf76bb5a | 31 | #include "regs.h" |
4ed67205 | 32 | #include "hard-reg-set.h" |
3d195391 | 33 | #include "except.h" |
bbf6f052 | 34 | #include "function.h" |
bbf6f052 | 35 | #include "insn-config.h" |
34e81b5a | 36 | #include "insn-attr.h" |
3a94c984 | 37 | /* Include expr.h after insn-config.h so we get HAVE_conditional_move. */ |
d6f4ec51 | 38 | #include "expr.h" |
e78d8e51 ZW |
39 | #include "optabs.h" |
40 | #include "libfuncs.h" | |
bbf6f052 | 41 | #include "recog.h" |
3ef1eef4 | 42 | #include "reload.h" |
bbf6f052 | 43 | #include "output.h" |
bbf6f052 | 44 | #include "typeclass.h" |
10f0ad3d | 45 | #include "toplev.h" |
d7db6646 | 46 | #include "ggc.h" |
ac79cd5a | 47 | #include "langhooks.h" |
e2c49ac2 | 48 | #include "intl.h" |
b1474bb7 | 49 | #include "tm_p.h" |
bbf6f052 | 50 | |
bbf6f052 | 51 | /* Decide whether a function's arguments should be processed |
bbc8a071 RK |
52 | from first to last or from last to first. |
53 | ||
54 | They should if the stack and args grow in opposite directions, but | |
55 | only if we have push insns. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 56 | |
bbf6f052 | 57 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING |
bbc8a071 | 58 | |
2da4124d | 59 | #ifndef PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED |
3319a347 | 60 | #if defined (STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD) != defined (ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD) |
3a94c984 | 61 | #define PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED /* If it's last to first. */ |
bbf6f052 | 62 | #endif |
2da4124d | 63 | #endif |
bbc8a071 | 64 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
65 | #endif |
66 | ||
67 | #ifndef STACK_PUSH_CODE | |
68 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
69 | #define STACK_PUSH_CODE PRE_DEC | |
70 | #else | |
71 | #define STACK_PUSH_CODE PRE_INC | |
72 | #endif | |
73 | #endif | |
74 | ||
18543a22 ILT |
75 | /* Assume that case vectors are not pc-relative. */ |
76 | #ifndef CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE | |
77 | #define CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE 0 | |
78 | #endif | |
79 | ||
4ca79136 RH |
80 | /* Convert defined/undefined to boolean. */ |
81 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS | |
82 | #undef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS | |
83 | #define TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS 1 | |
84 | #else | |
85 | #define TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS 0 | |
86 | #endif | |
87 | ||
88 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
89 | /* If this is nonzero, we do not bother generating VOLATILE |
90 | around volatile memory references, and we are willing to | |
91 | output indirect addresses. If cse is to follow, we reject | |
92 | indirect addresses so a useful potential cse is generated; | |
93 | if it is used only once, instruction combination will produce | |
94 | the same indirect address eventually. */ | |
95 | int cse_not_expected; | |
96 | ||
14a774a9 | 97 | /* Chain of pending expressions for PLACEHOLDER_EXPR to replace. */ |
1cff8964 | 98 | tree placeholder_list = 0; |
14a774a9 | 99 | |
4969d05d RK |
100 | /* This structure is used by move_by_pieces to describe the move to |
101 | be performed. */ | |
4969d05d RK |
102 | struct move_by_pieces |
103 | { | |
104 | rtx to; | |
105 | rtx to_addr; | |
106 | int autinc_to; | |
107 | int explicit_inc_to; | |
108 | rtx from; | |
109 | rtx from_addr; | |
110 | int autinc_from; | |
111 | int explicit_inc_from; | |
3bdf5ad1 RK |
112 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT len; |
113 | HOST_WIDE_INT offset; | |
4969d05d RK |
114 | int reverse; |
115 | }; | |
116 | ||
57814e5e | 117 | /* This structure is used by store_by_pieces to describe the clear to |
9de08200 RK |
118 | be performed. */ |
119 | ||
57814e5e | 120 | struct store_by_pieces |
9de08200 RK |
121 | { |
122 | rtx to; | |
123 | rtx to_addr; | |
124 | int autinc_to; | |
125 | int explicit_inc_to; | |
3bdf5ad1 RK |
126 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT len; |
127 | HOST_WIDE_INT offset; | |
502b8322 | 128 | rtx (*constfun) (void *, HOST_WIDE_INT, enum machine_mode); |
fad205ff | 129 | void *constfundata; |
9de08200 RK |
130 | int reverse; |
131 | }; | |
132 | ||
502b8322 AJ |
133 | static rtx enqueue_insn (rtx, rtx); |
134 | static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT move_by_pieces_ninsns (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, | |
135 | unsigned int); | |
136 | static void move_by_pieces_1 (rtx (*) (rtx, ...), enum machine_mode, | |
137 | struct move_by_pieces *); | |
138 | static bool block_move_libcall_safe_for_call_parm (void); | |
139 | static bool emit_block_move_via_movstr (rtx, rtx, rtx, unsigned); | |
140 | static rtx emit_block_move_via_libcall (rtx, rtx, rtx); | |
141 | static tree emit_block_move_libcall_fn (int); | |
142 | static void emit_block_move_via_loop (rtx, rtx, rtx, unsigned); | |
143 | static rtx clear_by_pieces_1 (void *, HOST_WIDE_INT, enum machine_mode); | |
144 | static void clear_by_pieces (rtx, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int); | |
145 | static void store_by_pieces_1 (struct store_by_pieces *, unsigned int); | |
146 | static void store_by_pieces_2 (rtx (*) (rtx, ...), enum machine_mode, | |
147 | struct store_by_pieces *); | |
148 | static bool clear_storage_via_clrstr (rtx, rtx, unsigned); | |
149 | static rtx clear_storage_via_libcall (rtx, rtx); | |
150 | static tree clear_storage_libcall_fn (int); | |
151 | static rtx compress_float_constant (rtx, rtx); | |
152 | static rtx get_subtarget (rtx); | |
153 | static int is_zeros_p (tree); | |
154 | static int mostly_zeros_p (tree); | |
155 | static void store_constructor_field (rtx, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, | |
156 | HOST_WIDE_INT, enum machine_mode, | |
157 | tree, tree, int, int); | |
158 | static void store_constructor (tree, rtx, int, HOST_WIDE_INT); | |
159 | static rtx store_field (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT, HOST_WIDE_INT, enum machine_mode, | |
160 | tree, enum machine_mode, int, tree, int); | |
161 | static rtx var_rtx (tree); | |
162 | ||
163 | static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT highest_pow2_factor (tree); | |
164 | static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT highest_pow2_factor_for_type (tree, tree); | |
165 | ||
166 | static int is_aligning_offset (tree, tree); | |
167 | static rtx expand_increment (tree, int, int); | |
168 | static rtx do_store_flag (tree, rtx, enum machine_mode, int); | |
21d93687 | 169 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING |
502b8322 | 170 | static void emit_single_push_insn (enum machine_mode, rtx, tree); |
21d93687 | 171 | #endif |
502b8322 AJ |
172 | static void do_tablejump (rtx, enum machine_mode, rtx, rtx, rtx); |
173 | static rtx const_vector_from_tree (tree); | |
bbf6f052 | 174 | |
4fa52007 RK |
175 | /* Record for each mode whether we can move a register directly to or |
176 | from an object of that mode in memory. If we can't, we won't try | |
177 | to use that mode directly when accessing a field of that mode. */ | |
178 | ||
179 | static char direct_load[NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; | |
180 | static char direct_store[NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; | |
181 | ||
51286de6 RH |
182 | /* Record for each mode whether we can float-extend from memory. */ |
183 | ||
184 | static bool float_extend_from_mem[NUM_MACHINE_MODES][NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; | |
185 | ||
7e24ffc9 HPN |
186 | /* If a memory-to-memory move would take MOVE_RATIO or more simple |
187 | move-instruction sequences, we will do a movstr or libcall instead. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
188 | |
189 | #ifndef MOVE_RATIO | |
266007a7 | 190 | #if defined (HAVE_movstrqi) || defined (HAVE_movstrhi) || defined (HAVE_movstrsi) || defined (HAVE_movstrdi) || defined (HAVE_movstrti) |
bbf6f052 RK |
191 | #define MOVE_RATIO 2 |
192 | #else | |
3a94c984 | 193 | /* If we are optimizing for space (-Os), cut down the default move ratio. */ |
996d9dac | 194 | #define MOVE_RATIO (optimize_size ? 3 : 15) |
bbf6f052 RK |
195 | #endif |
196 | #endif | |
e87b4f3f | 197 | |
fbe1758d | 198 | /* This macro is used to determine whether move_by_pieces should be called |
3a94c984 | 199 | to perform a structure copy. */ |
fbe1758d | 200 | #ifndef MOVE_BY_PIECES_P |
19caa751 | 201 | #define MOVE_BY_PIECES_P(SIZE, ALIGN) \ |
8752c357 | 202 | (move_by_pieces_ninsns (SIZE, ALIGN) < (unsigned int) MOVE_RATIO) |
fbe1758d AM |
203 | #endif |
204 | ||
78762e3b RS |
205 | /* If a clear memory operation would take CLEAR_RATIO or more simple |
206 | move-instruction sequences, we will do a clrstr or libcall instead. */ | |
207 | ||
208 | #ifndef CLEAR_RATIO | |
209 | #if defined (HAVE_clrstrqi) || defined (HAVE_clrstrhi) || defined (HAVE_clrstrsi) || defined (HAVE_clrstrdi) || defined (HAVE_clrstrti) | |
210 | #define CLEAR_RATIO 2 | |
211 | #else | |
212 | /* If we are optimizing for space, cut down the default clear ratio. */ | |
213 | #define CLEAR_RATIO (optimize_size ? 3 : 15) | |
214 | #endif | |
215 | #endif | |
216 | ||
217 | /* This macro is used to determine whether clear_by_pieces should be | |
218 | called to clear storage. */ | |
219 | #ifndef CLEAR_BY_PIECES_P | |
220 | #define CLEAR_BY_PIECES_P(SIZE, ALIGN) \ | |
221 | (move_by_pieces_ninsns (SIZE, ALIGN) < (unsigned int) CLEAR_RATIO) | |
222 | #endif | |
223 | ||
4977bab6 ZW |
224 | /* This macro is used to determine whether store_by_pieces should be |
225 | called to "memset" storage with byte values other than zero, or | |
226 | to "memcpy" storage when the source is a constant string. */ | |
227 | #ifndef STORE_BY_PIECES_P | |
228 | #define STORE_BY_PIECES_P(SIZE, ALIGN) MOVE_BY_PIECES_P (SIZE, ALIGN) | |
229 | #endif | |
230 | ||
266007a7 | 231 | /* This array records the insn_code of insns to perform block moves. */ |
e6677db3 | 232 | enum insn_code movstr_optab[NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; |
266007a7 | 233 | |
9de08200 RK |
234 | /* This array records the insn_code of insns to perform block clears. */ |
235 | enum insn_code clrstr_optab[NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; | |
236 | ||
cc2902df | 237 | /* SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS is nonzero if unaligned accesses are very slow. */ |
e87b4f3f RS |
238 | |
239 | #ifndef SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS | |
e1565e65 | 240 | #define SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS(MODE, ALIGN) STRICT_ALIGNMENT |
e87b4f3f | 241 | #endif |
bbf6f052 | 242 | \f |
4fa52007 | 243 | /* This is run once per compilation to set up which modes can be used |
266007a7 | 244 | directly in memory and to initialize the block move optab. */ |
4fa52007 RK |
245 | |
246 | void | |
502b8322 | 247 | init_expr_once (void) |
4fa52007 RK |
248 | { |
249 | rtx insn, pat; | |
250 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
cff48d8f | 251 | int num_clobbers; |
9ec36da5 | 252 | rtx mem, mem1; |
bf1660a6 | 253 | rtx reg; |
9ec36da5 | 254 | |
e2549997 RS |
255 | /* Try indexing by frame ptr and try by stack ptr. |
256 | It is known that on the Convex the stack ptr isn't a valid index. | |
257 | With luck, one or the other is valid on any machine. */ | |
9ec36da5 JL |
258 | mem = gen_rtx_MEM (VOIDmode, stack_pointer_rtx); |
259 | mem1 = gen_rtx_MEM (VOIDmode, frame_pointer_rtx); | |
4fa52007 | 260 | |
bf1660a6 JL |
261 | /* A scratch register we can modify in-place below to avoid |
262 | useless RTL allocations. */ | |
263 | reg = gen_rtx_REG (VOIDmode, -1); | |
264 | ||
1f8c3c5b RH |
265 | insn = rtx_alloc (INSN); |
266 | pat = gen_rtx_SET (0, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX); | |
267 | PATTERN (insn) = pat; | |
4fa52007 RK |
268 | |
269 | for (mode = VOIDmode; (int) mode < NUM_MACHINE_MODES; | |
270 | mode = (enum machine_mode) ((int) mode + 1)) | |
271 | { | |
272 | int regno; | |
4fa52007 RK |
273 | |
274 | direct_load[(int) mode] = direct_store[(int) mode] = 0; | |
275 | PUT_MODE (mem, mode); | |
e2549997 | 276 | PUT_MODE (mem1, mode); |
bf1660a6 | 277 | PUT_MODE (reg, mode); |
4fa52007 | 278 | |
e6fe56a4 RK |
279 | /* See if there is some register that can be used in this mode and |
280 | directly loaded or stored from memory. */ | |
281 | ||
7308a047 RS |
282 | if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode) |
283 | for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
284 | && (direct_load[(int) mode] == 0 || direct_store[(int) mode] == 0); | |
285 | regno++) | |
286 | { | |
287 | if (! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, mode)) | |
288 | continue; | |
e6fe56a4 | 289 | |
bf1660a6 | 290 | REGNO (reg) = regno; |
e6fe56a4 | 291 | |
7308a047 RS |
292 | SET_SRC (pat) = mem; |
293 | SET_DEST (pat) = reg; | |
294 | if (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers) >= 0) | |
295 | direct_load[(int) mode] = 1; | |
e6fe56a4 | 296 | |
e2549997 RS |
297 | SET_SRC (pat) = mem1; |
298 | SET_DEST (pat) = reg; | |
299 | if (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers) >= 0) | |
300 | direct_load[(int) mode] = 1; | |
301 | ||
7308a047 RS |
302 | SET_SRC (pat) = reg; |
303 | SET_DEST (pat) = mem; | |
304 | if (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers) >= 0) | |
305 | direct_store[(int) mode] = 1; | |
e2549997 RS |
306 | |
307 | SET_SRC (pat) = reg; | |
308 | SET_DEST (pat) = mem1; | |
309 | if (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers) >= 0) | |
310 | direct_store[(int) mode] = 1; | |
7308a047 | 311 | } |
4fa52007 RK |
312 | } |
313 | ||
51286de6 RH |
314 | mem = gen_rtx_MEM (VOIDmode, gen_rtx_raw_REG (Pmode, 10000)); |
315 | ||
316 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_FLOAT); mode != VOIDmode; | |
317 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
318 | { | |
319 | enum machine_mode srcmode; | |
320 | for (srcmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_FLOAT); srcmode != mode; | |
0fb7aeda | 321 | srcmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (srcmode)) |
51286de6 RH |
322 | { |
323 | enum insn_code ic; | |
324 | ||
325 | ic = can_extend_p (mode, srcmode, 0); | |
326 | if (ic == CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
327 | continue; | |
328 | ||
329 | PUT_MODE (mem, srcmode); | |
0fb7aeda | 330 | |
51286de6 RH |
331 | if ((*insn_data[ic].operand[1].predicate) (mem, srcmode)) |
332 | float_extend_from_mem[mode][srcmode] = true; | |
333 | } | |
334 | } | |
4fa52007 | 335 | } |
cff48d8f | 336 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
337 | /* This is run at the start of compiling a function. */ |
338 | ||
339 | void | |
502b8322 | 340 | init_expr (void) |
bbf6f052 | 341 | { |
e2500fed | 342 | cfun->expr = (struct expr_status *) ggc_alloc (sizeof (struct expr_status)); |
bbf6f052 | 343 | |
49ad7cfa | 344 | pending_chain = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 345 | pending_stack_adjust = 0; |
1503a7ec | 346 | stack_pointer_delta = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 347 | inhibit_defer_pop = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 348 | saveregs_value = 0; |
0006469d | 349 | apply_args_value = 0; |
e87b4f3f | 350 | forced_labels = 0; |
bbf6f052 RK |
351 | } |
352 | ||
49ad7cfa | 353 | /* Small sanity check that the queue is empty at the end of a function. */ |
296b4ed9 | 354 | |
bbf6f052 | 355 | void |
502b8322 | 356 | finish_expr_for_function (void) |
bbf6f052 | 357 | { |
49ad7cfa BS |
358 | if (pending_chain) |
359 | abort (); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
360 | } |
361 | \f | |
362 | /* Manage the queue of increment instructions to be output | |
363 | for POSTINCREMENT_EXPR expressions, etc. */ | |
364 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
365 | /* Queue up to increment (or change) VAR later. BODY says how: |
366 | BODY should be the same thing you would pass to emit_insn | |
367 | to increment right away. It will go to emit_insn later on. | |
368 | ||
369 | The value is a QUEUED expression to be used in place of VAR | |
370 | where you want to guarantee the pre-incrementation value of VAR. */ | |
371 | ||
372 | static rtx | |
502b8322 | 373 | enqueue_insn (rtx var, rtx body) |
bbf6f052 | 374 | { |
c5c76735 JL |
375 | pending_chain = gen_rtx_QUEUED (GET_MODE (var), var, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX, |
376 | body, pending_chain); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
377 | return pending_chain; |
378 | } | |
379 | ||
380 | /* Use protect_from_queue to convert a QUEUED expression | |
381 | into something that you can put immediately into an instruction. | |
382 | If the queued incrementation has not happened yet, | |
383 | protect_from_queue returns the variable itself. | |
384 | If the incrementation has happened, protect_from_queue returns a temp | |
385 | that contains a copy of the old value of the variable. | |
386 | ||
387 | Any time an rtx which might possibly be a QUEUED is to be put | |
388 | into an instruction, it must be passed through protect_from_queue first. | |
389 | QUEUED expressions are not meaningful in instructions. | |
390 | ||
391 | Do not pass a value through protect_from_queue and then hold | |
392 | on to it for a while before putting it in an instruction! | |
393 | If the queue is flushed in between, incorrect code will result. */ | |
394 | ||
395 | rtx | |
502b8322 | 396 | protect_from_queue (rtx x, int modify) |
bbf6f052 | 397 | { |
b3694847 | 398 | RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x); |
bbf6f052 RK |
399 | |
400 | #if 0 /* A QUEUED can hang around after the queue is forced out. */ | |
401 | /* Shortcut for most common case. */ | |
402 | if (pending_chain == 0) | |
403 | return x; | |
404 | #endif | |
405 | ||
406 | if (code != QUEUED) | |
407 | { | |
e9baa644 RK |
408 | /* A special hack for read access to (MEM (QUEUED ...)) to facilitate |
409 | use of autoincrement. Make a copy of the contents of the memory | |
410 | location rather than a copy of the address, but not if the value is | |
411 | of mode BLKmode. Don't modify X in place since it might be | |
412 | shared. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
413 | if (code == MEM && GET_MODE (x) != BLKmode |
414 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == QUEUED && !modify) | |
415 | { | |
f1ec5147 RK |
416 | rtx y = XEXP (x, 0); |
417 | rtx new = replace_equiv_address_nv (x, QUEUED_VAR (y)); | |
e9baa644 | 418 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
419 | if (QUEUED_INSN (y)) |
420 | { | |
f1ec5147 RK |
421 | rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (x)); |
422 | ||
e9baa644 | 423 | emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (temp, new), |
bbf6f052 RK |
424 | QUEUED_INSN (y)); |
425 | return temp; | |
426 | } | |
f1ec5147 | 427 | |
73b7f58c BS |
428 | /* Copy the address into a pseudo, so that the returned value |
429 | remains correct across calls to emit_queue. */ | |
f1ec5147 | 430 | return replace_equiv_address (new, copy_to_reg (XEXP (new, 0))); |
bbf6f052 | 431 | } |
f1ec5147 | 432 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
433 | /* Otherwise, recursively protect the subexpressions of all |
434 | the kinds of rtx's that can contain a QUEUED. */ | |
435 | if (code == MEM) | |
3f15938e RS |
436 | { |
437 | rtx tem = protect_from_queue (XEXP (x, 0), 0); | |
438 | if (tem != XEXP (x, 0)) | |
439 | { | |
440 | x = copy_rtx (x); | |
441 | XEXP (x, 0) = tem; | |
442 | } | |
443 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
444 | else if (code == PLUS || code == MULT) |
445 | { | |
3f15938e RS |
446 | rtx new0 = protect_from_queue (XEXP (x, 0), 0); |
447 | rtx new1 = protect_from_queue (XEXP (x, 1), 0); | |
448 | if (new0 != XEXP (x, 0) || new1 != XEXP (x, 1)) | |
449 | { | |
450 | x = copy_rtx (x); | |
451 | XEXP (x, 0) = new0; | |
452 | XEXP (x, 1) = new1; | |
453 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
454 | } |
455 | return x; | |
456 | } | |
73b7f58c BS |
457 | /* If the increment has not happened, use the variable itself. Copy it |
458 | into a new pseudo so that the value remains correct across calls to | |
459 | emit_queue. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 460 | if (QUEUED_INSN (x) == 0) |
73b7f58c | 461 | return copy_to_reg (QUEUED_VAR (x)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
462 | /* If the increment has happened and a pre-increment copy exists, |
463 | use that copy. */ | |
464 | if (QUEUED_COPY (x) != 0) | |
465 | return QUEUED_COPY (x); | |
466 | /* The increment has happened but we haven't set up a pre-increment copy. | |
467 | Set one up now, and use it. */ | |
468 | QUEUED_COPY (x) = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (QUEUED_VAR (x))); | |
469 | emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (QUEUED_COPY (x), QUEUED_VAR (x)), | |
470 | QUEUED_INSN (x)); | |
471 | return QUEUED_COPY (x); | |
472 | } | |
473 | ||
474 | /* Return nonzero if X contains a QUEUED expression: | |
475 | if it contains anything that will be altered by a queued increment. | |
476 | We handle only combinations of MEM, PLUS, MINUS and MULT operators | |
477 | since memory addresses generally contain only those. */ | |
478 | ||
1f06ee8d | 479 | int |
502b8322 | 480 | queued_subexp_p (rtx x) |
bbf6f052 | 481 | { |
b3694847 | 482 | enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x); |
bbf6f052 RK |
483 | switch (code) |
484 | { | |
485 | case QUEUED: | |
486 | return 1; | |
487 | case MEM: | |
488 | return queued_subexp_p (XEXP (x, 0)); | |
489 | case MULT: | |
490 | case PLUS: | |
491 | case MINUS: | |
e9a25f70 JL |
492 | return (queued_subexp_p (XEXP (x, 0)) |
493 | || queued_subexp_p (XEXP (x, 1))); | |
494 | default: | |
495 | return 0; | |
bbf6f052 | 496 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
497 | } |
498 | ||
499 | /* Perform all the pending incrementations. */ | |
500 | ||
501 | void | |
502b8322 | 502 | emit_queue (void) |
bbf6f052 | 503 | { |
b3694847 | 504 | rtx p; |
381127e8 | 505 | while ((p = pending_chain)) |
bbf6f052 | 506 | { |
41b083c4 R |
507 | rtx body = QUEUED_BODY (p); |
508 | ||
2f937369 DM |
509 | switch (GET_CODE (body)) |
510 | { | |
511 | case INSN: | |
512 | case JUMP_INSN: | |
513 | case CALL_INSN: | |
514 | case CODE_LABEL: | |
515 | case BARRIER: | |
516 | case NOTE: | |
517 | QUEUED_INSN (p) = body; | |
518 | emit_insn (body); | |
519 | break; | |
520 | ||
521 | #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING | |
522 | case SEQUENCE: | |
523 | abort (); | |
524 | break; | |
525 | #endif | |
526 | ||
527 | default: | |
528 | QUEUED_INSN (p) = emit_insn (body); | |
529 | break; | |
41b083c4 | 530 | } |
2f937369 | 531 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
532 | pending_chain = QUEUED_NEXT (p); |
533 | } | |
534 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
535 | \f |
536 | /* Copy data from FROM to TO, where the machine modes are not the same. | |
537 | Both modes may be integer, or both may be floating. | |
538 | UNSIGNEDP should be nonzero if FROM is an unsigned type. | |
539 | This causes zero-extension instead of sign-extension. */ | |
540 | ||
541 | void | |
502b8322 | 542 | convert_move (rtx to, rtx from, int unsignedp) |
bbf6f052 RK |
543 | { |
544 | enum machine_mode to_mode = GET_MODE (to); | |
545 | enum machine_mode from_mode = GET_MODE (from); | |
546 | int to_real = GET_MODE_CLASS (to_mode) == MODE_FLOAT; | |
547 | int from_real = GET_MODE_CLASS (from_mode) == MODE_FLOAT; | |
548 | enum insn_code code; | |
549 | rtx libcall; | |
550 | ||
551 | /* rtx code for making an equivalent value. */ | |
37d0b254 SE |
552 | enum rtx_code equiv_code = (unsignedp < 0 ? UNKNOWN |
553 | : (unsignedp ? ZERO_EXTEND : SIGN_EXTEND)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
554 | |
555 | to = protect_from_queue (to, 1); | |
556 | from = protect_from_queue (from, 0); | |
557 | ||
558 | if (to_real != from_real) | |
559 | abort (); | |
560 | ||
1499e0a8 RK |
561 | /* If FROM is a SUBREG that indicates that we have already done at least |
562 | the required extension, strip it. We don't handle such SUBREGs as | |
563 | TO here. */ | |
564 | ||
565 | if (GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (from) | |
566 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (from))) | |
567 | >= GET_MODE_SIZE (to_mode)) | |
568 | && SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (from) == unsignedp) | |
569 | from = gen_lowpart (to_mode, from), from_mode = to_mode; | |
570 | ||
571 | if (GET_CODE (to) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (to)) | |
572 | abort (); | |
573 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
574 | if (to_mode == from_mode |
575 | || (from_mode == VOIDmode && CONSTANT_P (from))) | |
576 | { | |
577 | emit_move_insn (to, from); | |
578 | return; | |
579 | } | |
580 | ||
0b4565c9 BS |
581 | if (VECTOR_MODE_P (to_mode) || VECTOR_MODE_P (from_mode)) |
582 | { | |
583 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) != GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode)) | |
584 | abort (); | |
3a94c984 | 585 | |
0b4565c9 | 586 | if (VECTOR_MODE_P (to_mode)) |
bafe341a | 587 | from = simplify_gen_subreg (to_mode, from, GET_MODE (from), 0); |
0b4565c9 | 588 | else |
bafe341a | 589 | to = simplify_gen_subreg (from_mode, to, GET_MODE (to), 0); |
0b4565c9 BS |
590 | |
591 | emit_move_insn (to, from); | |
592 | return; | |
593 | } | |
594 | ||
06765df1 R |
595 | if (GET_CODE (to) == CONCAT && GET_CODE (from) == CONCAT) |
596 | { | |
597 | convert_move (XEXP (to, 0), XEXP (from, 0), unsignedp); | |
598 | convert_move (XEXP (to, 1), XEXP (from, 1), unsignedp); | |
599 | return; | |
600 | } | |
601 | ||
0b4565c9 BS |
602 | if (to_real != from_real) |
603 | abort (); | |
604 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
605 | if (to_real) |
606 | { | |
642dfa8b | 607 | rtx value, insns; |
81d79e2c | 608 | |
2b01c326 | 609 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode)) |
b424402e | 610 | { |
2b01c326 RK |
611 | /* Try converting directly if the insn is supported. */ |
612 | if ((code = can_extend_p (to_mode, from_mode, 0)) | |
613 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
614 | { | |
615 | emit_unop_insn (code, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
616 | return; | |
617 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 618 | } |
3a94c984 | 619 | |
b424402e RS |
620 | #ifdef HAVE_trunchfqf2 |
621 | if (HAVE_trunchfqf2 && from_mode == HFmode && to_mode == QFmode) | |
622 | { | |
623 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunchfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
624 | return; | |
625 | } | |
626 | #endif | |
704af6a1 JL |
627 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctqfqf2 |
628 | if (HAVE_trunctqfqf2 && from_mode == TQFmode && to_mode == QFmode) | |
629 | { | |
630 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctqfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
631 | return; | |
632 | } | |
633 | #endif | |
b424402e RS |
634 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsfqf2 |
635 | if (HAVE_truncsfqf2 && from_mode == SFmode && to_mode == QFmode) | |
636 | { | |
637 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
638 | return; | |
639 | } | |
640 | #endif | |
641 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdfqf2 | |
642 | if (HAVE_truncdfqf2 && from_mode == DFmode && to_mode == QFmode) | |
643 | { | |
644 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
645 | return; | |
646 | } | |
647 | #endif | |
648 | #ifdef HAVE_truncxfqf2 | |
649 | if (HAVE_truncxfqf2 && from_mode == XFmode && to_mode == QFmode) | |
650 | { | |
651 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncxfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
652 | return; | |
653 | } | |
654 | #endif | |
655 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctfqf2 | |
656 | if (HAVE_trunctfqf2 && from_mode == TFmode && to_mode == QFmode) | |
657 | { | |
658 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
659 | return; | |
660 | } | |
661 | #endif | |
03747aa3 RK |
662 | |
663 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctqfhf2 | |
664 | if (HAVE_trunctqfhf2 && from_mode == TQFmode && to_mode == HFmode) | |
665 | { | |
666 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctqfhf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
667 | return; | |
668 | } | |
669 | #endif | |
b424402e RS |
670 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsfhf2 |
671 | if (HAVE_truncsfhf2 && from_mode == SFmode && to_mode == HFmode) | |
672 | { | |
673 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsfhf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
674 | return; | |
675 | } | |
676 | #endif | |
677 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdfhf2 | |
678 | if (HAVE_truncdfhf2 && from_mode == DFmode && to_mode == HFmode) | |
679 | { | |
680 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdfhf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
681 | return; | |
682 | } | |
683 | #endif | |
684 | #ifdef HAVE_truncxfhf2 | |
685 | if (HAVE_truncxfhf2 && from_mode == XFmode && to_mode == HFmode) | |
686 | { | |
687 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncxfhf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
688 | return; | |
689 | } | |
690 | #endif | |
691 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctfhf2 | |
692 | if (HAVE_trunctfhf2 && from_mode == TFmode && to_mode == HFmode) | |
693 | { | |
694 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctfhf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
695 | return; | |
696 | } | |
697 | #endif | |
2b01c326 RK |
698 | |
699 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsftqf2 | |
700 | if (HAVE_truncsftqf2 && from_mode == SFmode && to_mode == TQFmode) | |
701 | { | |
702 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsftqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
703 | return; | |
704 | } | |
705 | #endif | |
706 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdftqf2 | |
707 | if (HAVE_truncdftqf2 && from_mode == DFmode && to_mode == TQFmode) | |
708 | { | |
709 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdftqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
710 | return; | |
711 | } | |
712 | #endif | |
713 | #ifdef HAVE_truncxftqf2 | |
714 | if (HAVE_truncxftqf2 && from_mode == XFmode && to_mode == TQFmode) | |
715 | { | |
716 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncxftqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
717 | return; | |
718 | } | |
719 | #endif | |
720 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctftqf2 | |
721 | if (HAVE_trunctftqf2 && from_mode == TFmode && to_mode == TQFmode) | |
722 | { | |
723 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctftqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
724 | return; | |
725 | } | |
726 | #endif | |
727 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
728 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdfsf2 |
729 | if (HAVE_truncdfsf2 && from_mode == DFmode && to_mode == SFmode) | |
730 | { | |
731 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdfsf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
732 | return; | |
733 | } | |
734 | #endif | |
b092b471 JW |
735 | #ifdef HAVE_truncxfsf2 |
736 | if (HAVE_truncxfsf2 && from_mode == XFmode && to_mode == SFmode) | |
737 | { | |
738 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncxfsf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
739 | return; | |
740 | } | |
741 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 RK |
742 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctfsf2 |
743 | if (HAVE_trunctfsf2 && from_mode == TFmode && to_mode == SFmode) | |
744 | { | |
745 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctfsf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
746 | return; | |
747 | } | |
748 | #endif | |
b092b471 JW |
749 | #ifdef HAVE_truncxfdf2 |
750 | if (HAVE_truncxfdf2 && from_mode == XFmode && to_mode == DFmode) | |
751 | { | |
752 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncxfdf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
753 | return; | |
754 | } | |
755 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 RK |
756 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctfdf2 |
757 | if (HAVE_trunctfdf2 && from_mode == TFmode && to_mode == DFmode) | |
758 | { | |
759 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctfdf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
760 | return; | |
761 | } | |
762 | #endif | |
763 | ||
b092b471 JW |
764 | libcall = (rtx) 0; |
765 | switch (from_mode) | |
766 | { | |
767 | case SFmode: | |
768 | switch (to_mode) | |
769 | { | |
770 | case DFmode: | |
771 | libcall = extendsfdf2_libfunc; | |
772 | break; | |
773 | ||
774 | case XFmode: | |
775 | libcall = extendsfxf2_libfunc; | |
776 | break; | |
777 | ||
778 | case TFmode: | |
779 | libcall = extendsftf2_libfunc; | |
780 | break; | |
3a94c984 | 781 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
782 | default: |
783 | break; | |
b092b471 JW |
784 | } |
785 | break; | |
786 | ||
787 | case DFmode: | |
788 | switch (to_mode) | |
789 | { | |
790 | case SFmode: | |
791 | libcall = truncdfsf2_libfunc; | |
792 | break; | |
793 | ||
794 | case XFmode: | |
795 | libcall = extenddfxf2_libfunc; | |
796 | break; | |
797 | ||
798 | case TFmode: | |
799 | libcall = extenddftf2_libfunc; | |
800 | break; | |
3a94c984 | 801 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
802 | default: |
803 | break; | |
b092b471 JW |
804 | } |
805 | break; | |
806 | ||
807 | case XFmode: | |
808 | switch (to_mode) | |
809 | { | |
810 | case SFmode: | |
811 | libcall = truncxfsf2_libfunc; | |
812 | break; | |
813 | ||
814 | case DFmode: | |
815 | libcall = truncxfdf2_libfunc; | |
816 | break; | |
3a94c984 | 817 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
818 | default: |
819 | break; | |
b092b471 JW |
820 | } |
821 | break; | |
822 | ||
823 | case TFmode: | |
824 | switch (to_mode) | |
825 | { | |
826 | case SFmode: | |
827 | libcall = trunctfsf2_libfunc; | |
828 | break; | |
829 | ||
830 | case DFmode: | |
831 | libcall = trunctfdf2_libfunc; | |
832 | break; | |
3a94c984 | 833 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
834 | default: |
835 | break; | |
b092b471 JW |
836 | } |
837 | break; | |
3a94c984 | 838 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
839 | default: |
840 | break; | |
b092b471 JW |
841 | } |
842 | ||
843 | if (libcall == (rtx) 0) | |
844 | /* This conversion is not implemented yet. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
845 | abort (); |
846 | ||
642dfa8b | 847 | start_sequence (); |
ebb1b59a | 848 | value = emit_library_call_value (libcall, NULL_RTX, LCT_CONST, to_mode, |
81d79e2c | 849 | 1, from, from_mode); |
642dfa8b BS |
850 | insns = get_insns (); |
851 | end_sequence (); | |
852 | emit_libcall_block (insns, to, value, gen_rtx_FLOAT_TRUNCATE (to_mode, | |
853 | from)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
854 | return; |
855 | } | |
856 | ||
857 | /* Now both modes are integers. */ | |
858 | ||
859 | /* Handle expanding beyond a word. */ | |
860 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) | |
861 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) > BITS_PER_WORD) | |
862 | { | |
863 | rtx insns; | |
864 | rtx lowpart; | |
865 | rtx fill_value; | |
866 | rtx lowfrom; | |
867 | int i; | |
868 | enum machine_mode lowpart_mode; | |
869 | int nwords = CEIL (GET_MODE_SIZE (to_mode), UNITS_PER_WORD); | |
870 | ||
871 | /* Try converting directly if the insn is supported. */ | |
872 | if ((code = can_extend_p (to_mode, from_mode, unsignedp)) | |
873 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
874 | { | |
cd1b4b44 RK |
875 | /* If FROM is a SUBREG, put it into a register. Do this |
876 | so that we always generate the same set of insns for | |
877 | better cse'ing; if an intermediate assignment occurred, | |
878 | we won't be doing the operation directly on the SUBREG. */ | |
879 | if (optimize > 0 && GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG) | |
880 | from = force_reg (from_mode, from); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
881 | emit_unop_insn (code, to, from, equiv_code); |
882 | return; | |
883 | } | |
884 | /* Next, try converting via full word. */ | |
885 | else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) < BITS_PER_WORD | |
886 | && ((code = can_extend_p (to_mode, word_mode, unsignedp)) | |
887 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
888 | { | |
a81fee56 | 889 | if (GET_CODE (to) == REG) |
38a448ca | 890 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, to)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
891 | convert_move (gen_lowpart (word_mode, to), from, unsignedp); |
892 | emit_unop_insn (code, to, | |
893 | gen_lowpart (word_mode, to), equiv_code); | |
894 | return; | |
895 | } | |
896 | ||
897 | /* No special multiword conversion insn; do it by hand. */ | |
898 | start_sequence (); | |
899 | ||
5c5033c3 RK |
900 | /* Since we will turn this into a no conflict block, we must ensure |
901 | that the source does not overlap the target. */ | |
902 | ||
903 | if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (to, from)) | |
904 | from = force_reg (from_mode, from); | |
905 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
906 | /* Get a copy of FROM widened to a word, if necessary. */ |
907 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) < BITS_PER_WORD) | |
908 | lowpart_mode = word_mode; | |
909 | else | |
910 | lowpart_mode = from_mode; | |
911 | ||
912 | lowfrom = convert_to_mode (lowpart_mode, from, unsignedp); | |
913 | ||
914 | lowpart = gen_lowpart (lowpart_mode, to); | |
915 | emit_move_insn (lowpart, lowfrom); | |
916 | ||
917 | /* Compute the value to put in each remaining word. */ | |
918 | if (unsignedp) | |
919 | fill_value = const0_rtx; | |
920 | else | |
921 | { | |
922 | #ifdef HAVE_slt | |
923 | if (HAVE_slt | |
a995e389 | 924 | && insn_data[(int) CODE_FOR_slt].operand[0].mode == word_mode |
bbf6f052 RK |
925 | && STORE_FLAG_VALUE == -1) |
926 | { | |
906c4e36 | 927 | emit_cmp_insn (lowfrom, const0_rtx, NE, NULL_RTX, |
a06ef755 | 928 | lowpart_mode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
929 | fill_value = gen_reg_rtx (word_mode); |
930 | emit_insn (gen_slt (fill_value)); | |
931 | } | |
932 | else | |
933 | #endif | |
934 | { | |
935 | fill_value | |
936 | = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, lowpart_mode, lowfrom, | |
937 | size_int (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (lowpart_mode) - 1), | |
906c4e36 | 938 | NULL_RTX, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
939 | fill_value = convert_to_mode (word_mode, fill_value, 1); |
940 | } | |
941 | } | |
942 | ||
943 | /* Fill the remaining words. */ | |
944 | for (i = GET_MODE_SIZE (lowpart_mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD; i < nwords; i++) | |
945 | { | |
946 | int index = (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? nwords - i - 1 : i); | |
947 | rtx subword = operand_subword (to, index, 1, to_mode); | |
948 | ||
949 | if (subword == 0) | |
950 | abort (); | |
951 | ||
952 | if (fill_value != subword) | |
953 | emit_move_insn (subword, fill_value); | |
954 | } | |
955 | ||
956 | insns = get_insns (); | |
957 | end_sequence (); | |
958 | ||
906c4e36 | 959 | emit_no_conflict_block (insns, to, from, NULL_RTX, |
38a448ca | 960 | gen_rtx_fmt_e (equiv_code, to_mode, copy_rtx (from))); |
bbf6f052 RK |
961 | return; |
962 | } | |
963 | ||
d3c64ee3 RS |
964 | /* Truncating multi-word to a word or less. */ |
965 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) > BITS_PER_WORD | |
966 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) <= BITS_PER_WORD) | |
bbf6f052 | 967 | { |
431a6eca JW |
968 | if (!((GET_CODE (from) == MEM |
969 | && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (from) | |
970 | && direct_load[(int) to_mode] | |
971 | && ! mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (from, 0))) | |
972 | || GET_CODE (from) == REG | |
973 | || GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG)) | |
974 | from = force_reg (from_mode, from); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
975 | convert_move (to, gen_lowpart (word_mode, from), 0); |
976 | return; | |
977 | } | |
978 | ||
3a94c984 | 979 | /* Handle pointer conversion. */ /* SPEE 900220. */ |
e5e809f4 JL |
980 | if (to_mode == PQImode) |
981 | { | |
982 | if (from_mode != QImode) | |
983 | from = convert_to_mode (QImode, from, unsignedp); | |
984 | ||
985 | #ifdef HAVE_truncqipqi2 | |
986 | if (HAVE_truncqipqi2) | |
987 | { | |
988 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncqipqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
989 | return; | |
990 | } | |
991 | #endif /* HAVE_truncqipqi2 */ | |
992 | abort (); | |
993 | } | |
994 | ||
995 | if (from_mode == PQImode) | |
996 | { | |
997 | if (to_mode != QImode) | |
998 | { | |
999 | from = convert_to_mode (QImode, from, unsignedp); | |
1000 | from_mode = QImode; | |
1001 | } | |
1002 | else | |
1003 | { | |
1004 | #ifdef HAVE_extendpqiqi2 | |
1005 | if (HAVE_extendpqiqi2) | |
1006 | { | |
1007 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendpqiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1008 | return; | |
1009 | } | |
1010 | #endif /* HAVE_extendpqiqi2 */ | |
1011 | abort (); | |
1012 | } | |
1013 | } | |
1014 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1015 | if (to_mode == PSImode) |
1016 | { | |
1017 | if (from_mode != SImode) | |
1018 | from = convert_to_mode (SImode, from, unsignedp); | |
1019 | ||
1f584163 DE |
1020 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsipsi2 |
1021 | if (HAVE_truncsipsi2) | |
bbf6f052 | 1022 | { |
1f584163 | 1023 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsipsi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1024 | return; |
1025 | } | |
1f584163 | 1026 | #endif /* HAVE_truncsipsi2 */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
1027 | abort (); |
1028 | } | |
1029 | ||
1030 | if (from_mode == PSImode) | |
1031 | { | |
1032 | if (to_mode != SImode) | |
1033 | { | |
1034 | from = convert_to_mode (SImode, from, unsignedp); | |
1035 | from_mode = SImode; | |
1036 | } | |
1037 | else | |
1038 | { | |
1f584163 | 1039 | #ifdef HAVE_extendpsisi2 |
43d75418 | 1040 | if (! unsignedp && HAVE_extendpsisi2) |
bbf6f052 | 1041 | { |
1f584163 | 1042 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendpsisi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1043 | return; |
1044 | } | |
1f584163 | 1045 | #endif /* HAVE_extendpsisi2 */ |
43d75418 R |
1046 | #ifdef HAVE_zero_extendpsisi2 |
1047 | if (unsignedp && HAVE_zero_extendpsisi2) | |
1048 | { | |
1049 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_zero_extendpsisi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1050 | return; | |
1051 | } | |
1052 | #endif /* HAVE_zero_extendpsisi2 */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1053 | abort (); |
1054 | } | |
1055 | } | |
1056 | ||
0407367d RK |
1057 | if (to_mode == PDImode) |
1058 | { | |
1059 | if (from_mode != DImode) | |
1060 | from = convert_to_mode (DImode, from, unsignedp); | |
1061 | ||
1062 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdipdi2 | |
1063 | if (HAVE_truncdipdi2) | |
1064 | { | |
1065 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdipdi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1066 | return; | |
1067 | } | |
1068 | #endif /* HAVE_truncdipdi2 */ | |
1069 | abort (); | |
1070 | } | |
1071 | ||
1072 | if (from_mode == PDImode) | |
1073 | { | |
1074 | if (to_mode != DImode) | |
1075 | { | |
1076 | from = convert_to_mode (DImode, from, unsignedp); | |
1077 | from_mode = DImode; | |
1078 | } | |
1079 | else | |
1080 | { | |
1081 | #ifdef HAVE_extendpdidi2 | |
1082 | if (HAVE_extendpdidi2) | |
1083 | { | |
1084 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendpdidi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1085 | return; | |
1086 | } | |
1087 | #endif /* HAVE_extendpdidi2 */ | |
1088 | abort (); | |
1089 | } | |
1090 | } | |
1091 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1092 | /* Now follow all the conversions between integers |
1093 | no more than a word long. */ | |
1094 | ||
1095 | /* For truncation, usually we can just refer to FROM in a narrower mode. */ | |
1096 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) | |
1097 | && TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode), | |
d3c64ee3 | 1098 | GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode))) |
bbf6f052 | 1099 | { |
d3c64ee3 RS |
1100 | if (!((GET_CODE (from) == MEM |
1101 | && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (from) | |
1102 | && direct_load[(int) to_mode] | |
1103 | && ! mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (from, 0))) | |
1104 | || GET_CODE (from) == REG | |
1105 | || GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG)) | |
1106 | from = force_reg (from_mode, from); | |
34aa3599 RK |
1107 | if (GET_CODE (from) == REG && REGNO (from) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER |
1108 | && ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (from), to_mode)) | |
1109 | from = copy_to_reg (from); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1110 | emit_move_insn (to, gen_lowpart (to_mode, from)); |
1111 | return; | |
1112 | } | |
1113 | ||
d3c64ee3 | 1114 | /* Handle extension. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
1115 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode)) |
1116 | { | |
1117 | /* Convert directly if that works. */ | |
1118 | if ((code = can_extend_p (to_mode, from_mode, unsignedp)) | |
1119 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
1120 | { | |
9413de45 RK |
1121 | if (flag_force_mem) |
1122 | from = force_not_mem (from); | |
1123 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1124 | emit_unop_insn (code, to, from, equiv_code); |
1125 | return; | |
1126 | } | |
1127 | else | |
1128 | { | |
1129 | enum machine_mode intermediate; | |
2b28d92e NC |
1130 | rtx tmp; |
1131 | tree shift_amount; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1132 | |
1133 | /* Search for a mode to convert via. */ | |
1134 | for (intermediate = from_mode; intermediate != VOIDmode; | |
1135 | intermediate = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (intermediate)) | |
930b4e39 RK |
1136 | if (((can_extend_p (to_mode, intermediate, unsignedp) |
1137 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
1138 | || (GET_MODE_SIZE (to_mode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (intermediate) | |
d60eaeff JL |
1139 | && TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode), |
1140 | GET_MODE_BITSIZE (intermediate)))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1141 | && (can_extend_p (intermediate, from_mode, unsignedp) |
1142 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
1143 | { | |
1144 | convert_move (to, convert_to_mode (intermediate, from, | |
1145 | unsignedp), unsignedp); | |
1146 | return; | |
1147 | } | |
1148 | ||
2b28d92e | 1149 | /* No suitable intermediate mode. |
3a94c984 | 1150 | Generate what we need with shifts. */ |
2b28d92e NC |
1151 | shift_amount = build_int_2 (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) |
1152 | - GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode), 0); | |
1153 | from = gen_lowpart (to_mode, force_reg (from_mode, from)); | |
1154 | tmp = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, to_mode, from, shift_amount, | |
1155 | to, unsignedp); | |
3a94c984 | 1156 | tmp = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, to_mode, tmp, shift_amount, |
2b28d92e NC |
1157 | to, unsignedp); |
1158 | if (tmp != to) | |
1159 | emit_move_insn (to, tmp); | |
1160 | return; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1161 | } |
1162 | } | |
1163 | ||
3a94c984 | 1164 | /* Support special truncate insns for certain modes. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
1165 | |
1166 | if (from_mode == DImode && to_mode == SImode) | |
1167 | { | |
1168 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdisi2 | |
1169 | if (HAVE_truncdisi2) | |
1170 | { | |
1171 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdisi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1172 | return; | |
1173 | } | |
1174 | #endif | |
1175 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1176 | return; | |
1177 | } | |
1178 | ||
1179 | if (from_mode == DImode && to_mode == HImode) | |
1180 | { | |
1181 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdihi2 | |
1182 | if (HAVE_truncdihi2) | |
1183 | { | |
1184 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdihi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1185 | return; | |
1186 | } | |
1187 | #endif | |
1188 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1189 | return; | |
1190 | } | |
1191 | ||
1192 | if (from_mode == DImode && to_mode == QImode) | |
1193 | { | |
1194 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdiqi2 | |
1195 | if (HAVE_truncdiqi2) | |
1196 | { | |
1197 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1198 | return; | |
1199 | } | |
1200 | #endif | |
1201 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1202 | return; | |
1203 | } | |
1204 | ||
1205 | if (from_mode == SImode && to_mode == HImode) | |
1206 | { | |
1207 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsihi2 | |
1208 | if (HAVE_truncsihi2) | |
1209 | { | |
1210 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsihi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1211 | return; | |
1212 | } | |
1213 | #endif | |
1214 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1215 | return; | |
1216 | } | |
1217 | ||
1218 | if (from_mode == SImode && to_mode == QImode) | |
1219 | { | |
1220 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsiqi2 | |
1221 | if (HAVE_truncsiqi2) | |
1222 | { | |
1223 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1224 | return; | |
1225 | } | |
1226 | #endif | |
1227 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1228 | return; | |
1229 | } | |
1230 | ||
1231 | if (from_mode == HImode && to_mode == QImode) | |
1232 | { | |
1233 | #ifdef HAVE_trunchiqi2 | |
1234 | if (HAVE_trunchiqi2) | |
1235 | { | |
1236 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunchiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1237 | return; | |
1238 | } | |
1239 | #endif | |
1240 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1241 | return; | |
1242 | } | |
1243 | ||
b9bcad65 RK |
1244 | if (from_mode == TImode && to_mode == DImode) |
1245 | { | |
1246 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctidi2 | |
1247 | if (HAVE_trunctidi2) | |
1248 | { | |
1249 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctidi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1250 | return; | |
1251 | } | |
1252 | #endif | |
1253 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1254 | return; | |
1255 | } | |
1256 | ||
1257 | if (from_mode == TImode && to_mode == SImode) | |
1258 | { | |
1259 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctisi2 | |
1260 | if (HAVE_trunctisi2) | |
1261 | { | |
1262 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctisi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1263 | return; | |
1264 | } | |
1265 | #endif | |
1266 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1267 | return; | |
1268 | } | |
1269 | ||
1270 | if (from_mode == TImode && to_mode == HImode) | |
1271 | { | |
1272 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctihi2 | |
1273 | if (HAVE_trunctihi2) | |
1274 | { | |
1275 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctihi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1276 | return; | |
1277 | } | |
1278 | #endif | |
1279 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1280 | return; | |
1281 | } | |
1282 | ||
1283 | if (from_mode == TImode && to_mode == QImode) | |
1284 | { | |
1285 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctiqi2 | |
1286 | if (HAVE_trunctiqi2) | |
1287 | { | |
1288 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1289 | return; | |
1290 | } | |
1291 | #endif | |
1292 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1293 | return; | |
1294 | } | |
1295 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1296 | /* Handle truncation of volatile memrefs, and so on; |
1297 | the things that couldn't be truncated directly, | |
1298 | and for which there was no special instruction. */ | |
1299 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode)) | |
1300 | { | |
1301 | rtx temp = force_reg (to_mode, gen_lowpart (to_mode, from)); | |
1302 | emit_move_insn (to, temp); | |
1303 | return; | |
1304 | } | |
1305 | ||
1306 | /* Mode combination is not recognized. */ | |
1307 | abort (); | |
1308 | } | |
1309 | ||
1310 | /* Return an rtx for a value that would result | |
1311 | from converting X to mode MODE. | |
1312 | Both X and MODE may be floating, or both integer. | |
1313 | UNSIGNEDP is nonzero if X is an unsigned value. | |
1314 | This can be done by referring to a part of X in place | |
5d901c31 RS |
1315 | or by copying to a new temporary with conversion. |
1316 | ||
1317 | This function *must not* call protect_from_queue | |
1318 | except when putting X into an insn (in which case convert_move does it). */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1319 | |
1320 | rtx | |
502b8322 | 1321 | convert_to_mode (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, int unsignedp) |
5ffe63ed RS |
1322 | { |
1323 | return convert_modes (mode, VOIDmode, x, unsignedp); | |
1324 | } | |
1325 | ||
1326 | /* Return an rtx for a value that would result | |
1327 | from converting X from mode OLDMODE to mode MODE. | |
1328 | Both modes may be floating, or both integer. | |
1329 | UNSIGNEDP is nonzero if X is an unsigned value. | |
1330 | ||
1331 | This can be done by referring to a part of X in place | |
1332 | or by copying to a new temporary with conversion. | |
1333 | ||
1334 | You can give VOIDmode for OLDMODE, if you are sure X has a nonvoid mode. | |
1335 | ||
1336 | This function *must not* call protect_from_queue | |
1337 | except when putting X into an insn (in which case convert_move does it). */ | |
1338 | ||
1339 | rtx | |
502b8322 | 1340 | convert_modes (enum machine_mode mode, enum machine_mode oldmode, rtx x, int unsignedp) |
bbf6f052 | 1341 | { |
b3694847 | 1342 | rtx temp; |
5ffe63ed | 1343 | |
1499e0a8 RK |
1344 | /* If FROM is a SUBREG that indicates that we have already done at least |
1345 | the required extension, strip it. */ | |
1346 | ||
1347 | if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (x) | |
1348 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))) >= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) | |
1349 | && SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (x) == unsignedp) | |
1350 | x = gen_lowpart (mode, x); | |
bbf6f052 | 1351 | |
64791b18 RK |
1352 | if (GET_MODE (x) != VOIDmode) |
1353 | oldmode = GET_MODE (x); | |
3a94c984 | 1354 | |
5ffe63ed | 1355 | if (mode == oldmode) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1356 | return x; |
1357 | ||
1358 | /* There is one case that we must handle specially: If we are converting | |
906c4e36 | 1359 | a CONST_INT into a mode whose size is twice HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT and |
bbf6f052 RK |
1360 | we are to interpret the constant as unsigned, gen_lowpart will do |
1361 | the wrong if the constant appears negative. What we want to do is | |
1362 | make the high-order word of the constant zero, not all ones. */ | |
1363 | ||
1364 | if (unsignedp && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
906c4e36 | 1365 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT |
bbf6f052 | 1366 | && GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (x) < 0) |
96ff8a16 ILT |
1367 | { |
1368 | HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (x); | |
1369 | ||
1370 | if (oldmode != VOIDmode | |
1371 | && HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (oldmode)) | |
1372 | { | |
1373 | int width = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (oldmode); | |
1374 | ||
1375 | /* We need to zero extend VAL. */ | |
1376 | val &= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << width) - 1; | |
1377 | } | |
1378 | ||
1379 | return immed_double_const (val, (HOST_WIDE_INT) 0, mode); | |
1380 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1381 | |
1382 | /* We can do this with a gen_lowpart if both desired and current modes | |
1383 | are integer, and this is either a constant integer, a register, or a | |
ba2e110c RK |
1384 | non-volatile MEM. Except for the constant case where MODE is no |
1385 | wider than HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT, we must be narrowing the operand. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 1386 | |
ba2e110c RK |
1387 | if ((GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT |
1388 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) | |
bbf6f052 | 1389 | || (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT |
5ffe63ed | 1390 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (oldmode) == MODE_INT |
bbf6f052 | 1391 | && (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE |
5ffe63ed | 1392 | || (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (oldmode) |
d57c66da JW |
1393 | && ((GET_CODE (x) == MEM && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (x) |
1394 | && direct_load[(int) mode]) | |
2bf29316 | 1395 | || (GET_CODE (x) == REG |
006c9f4a SE |
1396 | && (! HARD_REGISTER_P (x) |
1397 | || HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (x), mode)) | |
2bf29316 JW |
1398 | && TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), |
1399 | GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x))))))))) | |
ba2e110c RK |
1400 | { |
1401 | /* ?? If we don't know OLDMODE, we have to assume here that | |
1402 | X does not need sign- or zero-extension. This may not be | |
1403 | the case, but it's the best we can do. */ | |
1404 | if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT && oldmode != VOIDmode | |
1405 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (oldmode)) | |
1406 | { | |
1407 | HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (x); | |
1408 | int width = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (oldmode); | |
1409 | ||
1410 | /* We must sign or zero-extend in this case. Start by | |
1411 | zero-extending, then sign extend if we need to. */ | |
1412 | val &= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << width) - 1; | |
1413 | if (! unsignedp | |
1414 | && (val & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (width - 1)))) | |
1415 | val |= (HOST_WIDE_INT) (-1) << width; | |
1416 | ||
2496c7bd | 1417 | return gen_int_mode (val, mode); |
ba2e110c RK |
1418 | } |
1419 | ||
1420 | return gen_lowpart (mode, x); | |
1421 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1422 | |
1423 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
1424 | convert_move (temp, x, unsignedp); | |
1425 | return temp; | |
1426 | } | |
1427 | \f | |
fbe1758d | 1428 | /* This macro is used to determine what the largest unit size that |
3a94c984 | 1429 | move_by_pieces can use is. */ |
fbe1758d AM |
1430 | |
1431 | /* MOVE_MAX_PIECES is the number of bytes at a time which we can | |
1432 | move efficiently, as opposed to MOVE_MAX which is the maximum | |
3a94c984 | 1433 | number of bytes we can move with a single instruction. */ |
fbe1758d AM |
1434 | |
1435 | #ifndef MOVE_MAX_PIECES | |
1436 | #define MOVE_MAX_PIECES MOVE_MAX | |
1437 | #endif | |
1438 | ||
cf5124f6 RS |
1439 | /* STORE_MAX_PIECES is the number of bytes at a time that we can |
1440 | store efficiently. Due to internal GCC limitations, this is | |
1441 | MOVE_MAX_PIECES limited by the number of bytes GCC can represent | |
1442 | for an immediate constant. */ | |
1443 | ||
1444 | #define STORE_MAX_PIECES MIN (MOVE_MAX_PIECES, 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT)) | |
1445 | ||
8fd3cf4e JJ |
1446 | /* Determine whether the LEN bytes can be moved by using several move |
1447 | instructions. Return nonzero if a call to move_by_pieces should | |
1448 | succeed. */ | |
1449 | ||
1450 | int | |
502b8322 AJ |
1451 | can_move_by_pieces (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT len, |
1452 | unsigned int align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | |
8fd3cf4e JJ |
1453 | { |
1454 | return MOVE_BY_PIECES_P (len, align); | |
1455 | } | |
1456 | ||
21d93687 RK |
1457 | /* Generate several move instructions to copy LEN bytes from block FROM to |
1458 | block TO. (These are MEM rtx's with BLKmode). The caller must pass FROM | |
1459 | and TO through protect_from_queue before calling. | |
566aa174 | 1460 | |
21d93687 RK |
1461 | If PUSH_ROUNDING is defined and TO is NULL, emit_single_push_insn is |
1462 | used to push FROM to the stack. | |
566aa174 | 1463 | |
8fd3cf4e | 1464 | ALIGN is maximum stack alignment we can assume. |
bbf6f052 | 1465 | |
8fd3cf4e JJ |
1466 | If ENDP is 0 return to, if ENDP is 1 return memory at the end ala |
1467 | mempcpy, and if ENDP is 2 return memory the end minus one byte ala | |
1468 | stpcpy. */ | |
1469 | ||
1470 | rtx | |
502b8322 AJ |
1471 | move_by_pieces (rtx to, rtx from, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT len, |
1472 | unsigned int align, int endp) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1473 | { |
1474 | struct move_by_pieces data; | |
566aa174 | 1475 | rtx to_addr, from_addr = XEXP (from, 0); |
770ae6cc | 1476 | unsigned int max_size = MOVE_MAX_PIECES + 1; |
fbe1758d AM |
1477 | enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode, tmode; |
1478 | enum insn_code icode; | |
bbf6f052 | 1479 | |
f26aca6d DD |
1480 | align = MIN (to ? MEM_ALIGN (to) : align, MEM_ALIGN (from)); |
1481 | ||
bbf6f052 | 1482 | data.offset = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 1483 | data.from_addr = from_addr; |
566aa174 JH |
1484 | if (to) |
1485 | { | |
1486 | to_addr = XEXP (to, 0); | |
1487 | data.to = to; | |
1488 | data.autinc_to | |
1489 | = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC | |
1490 | || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
1491 | data.reverse | |
1492 | = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
1493 | } | |
1494 | else | |
1495 | { | |
1496 | to_addr = NULL_RTX; | |
1497 | data.to = NULL_RTX; | |
1498 | data.autinc_to = 1; | |
1499 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
1500 | data.reverse = 1; | |
1501 | #else | |
1502 | data.reverse = 0; | |
1503 | #endif | |
1504 | } | |
1505 | data.to_addr = to_addr; | |
bbf6f052 | 1506 | data.from = from; |
bbf6f052 RK |
1507 | data.autinc_from |
1508 | = (GET_CODE (from_addr) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (from_addr) == PRE_DEC | |
1509 | || GET_CODE (from_addr) == POST_INC | |
1510 | || GET_CODE (from_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
1511 | ||
1512 | data.explicit_inc_from = 0; | |
1513 | data.explicit_inc_to = 0; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1514 | if (data.reverse) data.offset = len; |
1515 | data.len = len; | |
1516 | ||
1517 | /* If copying requires more than two move insns, | |
1518 | copy addresses to registers (to make displacements shorter) | |
1519 | and use post-increment if available. */ | |
1520 | if (!(data.autinc_from && data.autinc_to) | |
1521 | && move_by_pieces_ninsns (len, align) > 2) | |
1522 | { | |
3a94c984 | 1523 | /* Find the mode of the largest move... */ |
fbe1758d AM |
1524 | for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); |
1525 | tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
1526 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < max_size) | |
1527 | mode = tmode; | |
1528 | ||
1529 | if (USE_LOAD_PRE_DECREMENT (mode) && data.reverse && ! data.autinc_from) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1530 | { |
1531 | data.from_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (from_addr, len)); | |
1532 | data.autinc_from = 1; | |
1533 | data.explicit_inc_from = -1; | |
1534 | } | |
fbe1758d | 1535 | if (USE_LOAD_POST_INCREMENT (mode) && ! data.autinc_from) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1536 | { |
1537 | data.from_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (from_addr); | |
1538 | data.autinc_from = 1; | |
1539 | data.explicit_inc_from = 1; | |
1540 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1541 | if (!data.autinc_from && CONSTANT_P (from_addr)) |
1542 | data.from_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (from_addr); | |
fbe1758d | 1543 | if (USE_STORE_PRE_DECREMENT (mode) && data.reverse && ! data.autinc_to) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1544 | { |
1545 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (to_addr, len)); | |
1546 | data.autinc_to = 1; | |
1547 | data.explicit_inc_to = -1; | |
1548 | } | |
fbe1758d | 1549 | if (USE_STORE_POST_INCREMENT (mode) && ! data.reverse && ! data.autinc_to) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1550 | { |
1551 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (to_addr); | |
1552 | data.autinc_to = 1; | |
1553 | data.explicit_inc_to = 1; | |
1554 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1555 | if (!data.autinc_to && CONSTANT_P (to_addr)) |
1556 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (to_addr); | |
1557 | } | |
1558 | ||
e1565e65 | 1559 | if (! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (word_mode, align) |
19caa751 RK |
1560 | || align > MOVE_MAX * BITS_PER_UNIT || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) |
1561 | align = MOVE_MAX * BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1562 | |
1563 | /* First move what we can in the largest integer mode, then go to | |
1564 | successively smaller modes. */ | |
1565 | ||
1566 | while (max_size > 1) | |
1567 | { | |
e7c33f54 RK |
1568 | for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); |
1569 | tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
1570 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < max_size) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1571 | mode = tmode; |
1572 | ||
1573 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
1574 | break; | |
1575 | ||
1576 | icode = mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; | |
19caa751 | 1577 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing && align >= GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1578 | move_by_pieces_1 (GEN_FCN (icode), mode, &data); |
1579 | ||
1580 | max_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
1581 | } | |
1582 | ||
1583 | /* The code above should have handled everything. */ | |
2a8e278c | 1584 | if (data.len > 0) |
bbf6f052 | 1585 | abort (); |
8fd3cf4e JJ |
1586 | |
1587 | if (endp) | |
1588 | { | |
1589 | rtx to1; | |
1590 | ||
1591 | if (data.reverse) | |
1592 | abort (); | |
1593 | if (data.autinc_to) | |
1594 | { | |
1595 | if (endp == 2) | |
1596 | { | |
1597 | if (HAVE_POST_INCREMENT && data.explicit_inc_to > 0) | |
1598 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data.to_addr, constm1_rtx)); | |
1599 | else | |
1600 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (data.to_addr, | |
1601 | -1)); | |
1602 | } | |
1603 | to1 = adjust_automodify_address (data.to, QImode, data.to_addr, | |
1604 | data.offset); | |
1605 | } | |
1606 | else | |
1607 | { | |
1608 | if (endp == 2) | |
1609 | --data.offset; | |
1610 | to1 = adjust_address (data.to, QImode, data.offset); | |
1611 | } | |
1612 | return to1; | |
1613 | } | |
1614 | else | |
1615 | return data.to; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1616 | } |
1617 | ||
1618 | /* Return number of insns required to move L bytes by pieces. | |
f1eaaf73 | 1619 | ALIGN (in bits) is maximum alignment we can assume. */ |
bbf6f052 | 1620 | |
3bdf5ad1 | 1621 | static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT |
502b8322 | 1622 | move_by_pieces_ninsns (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT l, unsigned int align) |
bbf6f052 | 1623 | { |
3bdf5ad1 RK |
1624 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT n_insns = 0; |
1625 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT max_size = MOVE_MAX + 1; | |
bbf6f052 | 1626 | |
e1565e65 | 1627 | if (! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (word_mode, align) |
19caa751 | 1628 | || align > MOVE_MAX * BITS_PER_UNIT || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) |
14c78e9b | 1629 | align = MOVE_MAX * BITS_PER_UNIT; |
bbf6f052 RK |
1630 | |
1631 | while (max_size > 1) | |
1632 | { | |
1633 | enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode, tmode; | |
1634 | enum insn_code icode; | |
1635 | ||
e7c33f54 RK |
1636 | for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); |
1637 | tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
1638 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < max_size) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1639 | mode = tmode; |
1640 | ||
1641 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
1642 | break; | |
1643 | ||
1644 | icode = mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; | |
19caa751 | 1645 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing && align >= GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1646 | n_insns += l / GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), l %= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); |
1647 | ||
1648 | max_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
1649 | } | |
1650 | ||
13c6f0d5 NS |
1651 | if (l) |
1652 | abort (); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1653 | return n_insns; |
1654 | } | |
1655 | ||
1656 | /* Subroutine of move_by_pieces. Move as many bytes as appropriate | |
1657 | with move instructions for mode MODE. GENFUN is the gen_... function | |
1658 | to make a move insn for that mode. DATA has all the other info. */ | |
1659 | ||
1660 | static void | |
502b8322 AJ |
1661 | move_by_pieces_1 (rtx (*genfun) (rtx, ...), enum machine_mode mode, |
1662 | struct move_by_pieces *data) | |
bbf6f052 | 1663 | { |
3bdf5ad1 | 1664 | unsigned int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); |
ae0ed63a | 1665 | rtx to1 = NULL_RTX, from1; |
bbf6f052 RK |
1666 | |
1667 | while (data->len >= size) | |
1668 | { | |
3bdf5ad1 RK |
1669 | if (data->reverse) |
1670 | data->offset -= size; | |
1671 | ||
566aa174 | 1672 | if (data->to) |
3bdf5ad1 | 1673 | { |
566aa174 | 1674 | if (data->autinc_to) |
630036c6 JJ |
1675 | to1 = adjust_automodify_address (data->to, mode, data->to_addr, |
1676 | data->offset); | |
566aa174 | 1677 | else |
f4ef873c | 1678 | to1 = adjust_address (data->to, mode, data->offset); |
3bdf5ad1 | 1679 | } |
3bdf5ad1 RK |
1680 | |
1681 | if (data->autinc_from) | |
630036c6 JJ |
1682 | from1 = adjust_automodify_address (data->from, mode, data->from_addr, |
1683 | data->offset); | |
3bdf5ad1 | 1684 | else |
f4ef873c | 1685 | from1 = adjust_address (data->from, mode, data->offset); |
bbf6f052 | 1686 | |
940da324 | 1687 | if (HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT && data->explicit_inc_to < 0) |
3d709fd3 RH |
1688 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr, |
1689 | GEN_INT (-(HOST_WIDE_INT)size))); | |
940da324 | 1690 | if (HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT && data->explicit_inc_from < 0) |
3d709fd3 RH |
1691 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->from_addr, |
1692 | GEN_INT (-(HOST_WIDE_INT)size))); | |
bbf6f052 | 1693 | |
566aa174 JH |
1694 | if (data->to) |
1695 | emit_insn ((*genfun) (to1, from1)); | |
1696 | else | |
21d93687 RK |
1697 | { |
1698 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING | |
1699 | emit_single_push_insn (mode, from1, NULL); | |
1700 | #else | |
1701 | abort (); | |
1702 | #endif | |
1703 | } | |
3bdf5ad1 | 1704 | |
940da324 | 1705 | if (HAVE_POST_INCREMENT && data->explicit_inc_to > 0) |
906c4e36 | 1706 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr, GEN_INT (size))); |
940da324 | 1707 | if (HAVE_POST_INCREMENT && data->explicit_inc_from > 0) |
906c4e36 | 1708 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->from_addr, GEN_INT (size))); |
bbf6f052 | 1709 | |
3bdf5ad1 RK |
1710 | if (! data->reverse) |
1711 | data->offset += size; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1712 | |
1713 | data->len -= size; | |
1714 | } | |
1715 | } | |
1716 | \f | |
4ca79136 RH |
1717 | /* Emit code to move a block Y to a block X. This may be done with |
1718 | string-move instructions, with multiple scalar move instructions, | |
1719 | or with a library call. | |
bbf6f052 | 1720 | |
4ca79136 | 1721 | Both X and Y must be MEM rtx's (perhaps inside VOLATILE) with mode BLKmode. |
bbf6f052 | 1722 | SIZE is an rtx that says how long they are. |
19caa751 | 1723 | ALIGN is the maximum alignment we can assume they have. |
44bb111a | 1724 | METHOD describes what kind of copy this is, and what mechanisms may be used. |
bbf6f052 | 1725 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
1726 | Return the address of the new block, if memcpy is called and returns it, |
1727 | 0 otherwise. */ | |
1728 | ||
1729 | rtx | |
502b8322 | 1730 | emit_block_move (rtx x, rtx y, rtx size, enum block_op_methods method) |
bbf6f052 | 1731 | { |
44bb111a | 1732 | bool may_use_call; |
e9a25f70 | 1733 | rtx retval = 0; |
44bb111a RH |
1734 | unsigned int align; |
1735 | ||
1736 | switch (method) | |
1737 | { | |
1738 | case BLOCK_OP_NORMAL: | |
1739 | may_use_call = true; | |
1740 | break; | |
1741 | ||
1742 | case BLOCK_OP_CALL_PARM: | |
1743 | may_use_call = block_move_libcall_safe_for_call_parm (); | |
1744 | ||
1745 | /* Make inhibit_defer_pop nonzero around the library call | |
1746 | to force it to pop the arguments right away. */ | |
1747 | NO_DEFER_POP; | |
1748 | break; | |
1749 | ||
1750 | case BLOCK_OP_NO_LIBCALL: | |
1751 | may_use_call = false; | |
1752 | break; | |
1753 | ||
1754 | default: | |
1755 | abort (); | |
1756 | } | |
1757 | ||
1758 | align = MIN (MEM_ALIGN (x), MEM_ALIGN (y)); | |
e9a25f70 | 1759 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1760 | if (GET_MODE (x) != BLKmode) |
1761 | abort (); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1762 | if (GET_MODE (y) != BLKmode) |
1763 | abort (); | |
1764 | ||
1765 | x = protect_from_queue (x, 1); | |
1766 | y = protect_from_queue (y, 0); | |
5d901c31 | 1767 | size = protect_from_queue (size, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1768 | |
1769 | if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM) | |
1770 | abort (); | |
1771 | if (GET_CODE (y) != MEM) | |
1772 | abort (); | |
1773 | if (size == 0) | |
1774 | abort (); | |
1775 | ||
cb38fd88 RH |
1776 | /* Set MEM_SIZE as appropriate for this block copy. The main place this |
1777 | can be incorrect is coming from __builtin_memcpy. */ | |
1778 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT) | |
1779 | { | |
1780 | x = shallow_copy_rtx (x); | |
1781 | y = shallow_copy_rtx (y); | |
1782 | set_mem_size (x, size); | |
1783 | set_mem_size (y, size); | |
1784 | } | |
1785 | ||
fbe1758d | 1786 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT && MOVE_BY_PIECES_P (INTVAL (size), align)) |
8fd3cf4e | 1787 | move_by_pieces (x, y, INTVAL (size), align, 0); |
4ca79136 RH |
1788 | else if (emit_block_move_via_movstr (x, y, size, align)) |
1789 | ; | |
44bb111a | 1790 | else if (may_use_call) |
4ca79136 | 1791 | retval = emit_block_move_via_libcall (x, y, size); |
44bb111a RH |
1792 | else |
1793 | emit_block_move_via_loop (x, y, size, align); | |
1794 | ||
1795 | if (method == BLOCK_OP_CALL_PARM) | |
1796 | OK_DEFER_POP; | |
266007a7 | 1797 | |
4ca79136 RH |
1798 | return retval; |
1799 | } | |
266007a7 | 1800 | |
502b8322 | 1801 | /* A subroutine of emit_block_move. Returns true if calling the |
44bb111a RH |
1802 | block move libcall will not clobber any parameters which may have |
1803 | already been placed on the stack. */ | |
1804 | ||
1805 | static bool | |
502b8322 | 1806 | block_move_libcall_safe_for_call_parm (void) |
44bb111a RH |
1807 | { |
1808 | if (PUSH_ARGS) | |
1809 | return true; | |
1810 | else | |
1811 | { | |
1812 | /* Check to see whether memcpy takes all register arguments. */ | |
1813 | static enum { | |
1814 | takes_regs_uninit, takes_regs_no, takes_regs_yes | |
1815 | } takes_regs = takes_regs_uninit; | |
1816 | ||
1817 | switch (takes_regs) | |
1818 | { | |
1819 | case takes_regs_uninit: | |
1820 | { | |
1821 | CUMULATIVE_ARGS args_so_far; | |
1822 | tree fn, arg; | |
1823 | ||
1824 | fn = emit_block_move_libcall_fn (false); | |
1825 | INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (args_so_far, TREE_TYPE (fn), NULL_RTX, 0); | |
1826 | ||
1827 | arg = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (fn)); | |
1828 | for ( ; arg != void_list_node ; arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg)) | |
1829 | { | |
98c0d8d1 | 1830 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_VALUE (arg)); |
44bb111a RH |
1831 | rtx tmp = FUNCTION_ARG (args_so_far, mode, NULL_TREE, 1); |
1832 | if (!tmp || !REG_P (tmp)) | |
1833 | goto fail_takes_regs; | |
1834 | #ifdef FUNCTION_ARG_PARTIAL_NREGS | |
1835 | if (FUNCTION_ARG_PARTIAL_NREGS (args_so_far, mode, | |
1836 | NULL_TREE, 1)) | |
1837 | goto fail_takes_regs; | |
1838 | #endif | |
1839 | FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE (args_so_far, mode, NULL_TREE, 1); | |
1840 | } | |
1841 | } | |
1842 | takes_regs = takes_regs_yes; | |
1843 | /* FALLTHRU */ | |
1844 | ||
1845 | case takes_regs_yes: | |
1846 | return true; | |
1847 | ||
1848 | fail_takes_regs: | |
1849 | takes_regs = takes_regs_no; | |
1850 | /* FALLTHRU */ | |
1851 | case takes_regs_no: | |
1852 | return false; | |
1853 | ||
1854 | default: | |
1855 | abort (); | |
1856 | } | |
1857 | } | |
1858 | } | |
1859 | ||
502b8322 | 1860 | /* A subroutine of emit_block_move. Expand a movstr pattern; |
4ca79136 | 1861 | return true if successful. */ |
3ef1eef4 | 1862 | |
4ca79136 | 1863 | static bool |
502b8322 | 1864 | emit_block_move_via_movstr (rtx x, rtx y, rtx size, unsigned int align) |
4ca79136 | 1865 | { |
4ca79136 RH |
1866 | rtx opalign = GEN_INT (align / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
1867 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
266007a7 | 1868 | |
4ca79136 RH |
1869 | /* Since this is a move insn, we don't care about volatility. */ |
1870 | volatile_ok = 1; | |
1871 | ||
ee960939 OH |
1872 | /* Try the most limited insn first, because there's no point |
1873 | including more than one in the machine description unless | |
1874 | the more limited one has some advantage. */ | |
1875 | ||
4ca79136 RH |
1876 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); mode != VOIDmode; |
1877 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
1878 | { | |
1879 | enum insn_code code = movstr_optab[(int) mode]; | |
1880 | insn_operand_predicate_fn pred; | |
1881 | ||
1882 | if (code != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
1883 | /* We don't need MODE to be narrower than BITS_PER_HOST_WIDE_INT | |
1884 | here because if SIZE is less than the mode mask, as it is | |
1885 | returned by the macro, it will definitely be less than the | |
1886 | actual mode mask. */ | |
1887 | && ((GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
1888 | && ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (size) | |
1889 | <= (GET_MODE_MASK (mode) >> 1))) | |
1890 | || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) >= BITS_PER_WORD) | |
1891 | && ((pred = insn_data[(int) code].operand[0].predicate) == 0 | |
1892 | || (*pred) (x, BLKmode)) | |
1893 | && ((pred = insn_data[(int) code].operand[1].predicate) == 0 | |
1894 | || (*pred) (y, BLKmode)) | |
1895 | && ((pred = insn_data[(int) code].operand[3].predicate) == 0 | |
1896 | || (*pred) (opalign, VOIDmode))) | |
1897 | { | |
1898 | rtx op2; | |
1899 | rtx last = get_last_insn (); | |
1900 | rtx pat; | |
1901 | ||
1902 | op2 = convert_to_mode (mode, size, 1); | |
1903 | pred = insn_data[(int) code].operand[2].predicate; | |
1904 | if (pred != 0 && ! (*pred) (op2, mode)) | |
1905 | op2 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode, op2); | |
1906 | ||
1907 | /* ??? When called via emit_block_move_for_call, it'd be | |
1908 | nice if there were some way to inform the backend, so | |
1909 | that it doesn't fail the expansion because it thinks | |
1910 | emitting the libcall would be more efficient. */ | |
1911 | ||
1912 | pat = GEN_FCN ((int) code) (x, y, op2, opalign); | |
1913 | if (pat) | |
1914 | { | |
1915 | emit_insn (pat); | |
1916 | volatile_ok = 0; | |
1917 | return true; | |
bbf6f052 | 1918 | } |
4ca79136 RH |
1919 | else |
1920 | delete_insns_since (last); | |
bbf6f052 | 1921 | } |
4ca79136 | 1922 | } |
bbf6f052 | 1923 | |
4ca79136 RH |
1924 | volatile_ok = 0; |
1925 | return false; | |
1926 | } | |
3ef1eef4 | 1927 | |
4ca79136 RH |
1928 | /* A subroutine of emit_block_move. Expand a call to memcpy or bcopy. |
1929 | Return the return value from memcpy, 0 otherwise. */ | |
4bc973ae | 1930 | |
4ca79136 | 1931 | static rtx |
502b8322 | 1932 | emit_block_move_via_libcall (rtx dst, rtx src, rtx size) |
4ca79136 | 1933 | { |
ee960939 | 1934 | rtx dst_addr, src_addr; |
4ca79136 RH |
1935 | tree call_expr, arg_list, fn, src_tree, dst_tree, size_tree; |
1936 | enum machine_mode size_mode; | |
1937 | rtx retval; | |
4bc973ae | 1938 | |
4ca79136 | 1939 | /* DST, SRC, or SIZE may have been passed through protect_from_queue. |
4bc973ae | 1940 | |
ee960939 OH |
1941 | It is unsafe to save the value generated by protect_from_queue and reuse |
1942 | it later. Consider what happens if emit_queue is called before the | |
1943 | return value from protect_from_queue is used. | |
4bc973ae | 1944 | |
ee960939 OH |
1945 | Expansion of the CALL_EXPR below will call emit_queue before we are |
1946 | finished emitting RTL for argument setup. So if we are not careful we | |
1947 | could get the wrong value for an argument. | |
4bc973ae | 1948 | |
ee960939 OH |
1949 | To avoid this problem we go ahead and emit code to copy the addresses of |
1950 | DST and SRC and SIZE into new pseudos. We can then place those new | |
1951 | pseudos into an RTL_EXPR and use them later, even after a call to | |
4ca79136 | 1952 | emit_queue. |
4bc973ae | 1953 | |
ee960939 OH |
1954 | Note this is not strictly needed for library calls since they do not call |
1955 | emit_queue before loading their arguments. However, we may need to have | |
1956 | library calls call emit_queue in the future since failing to do so could | |
1957 | cause problems for targets which define SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES and pass | |
1958 | arguments in registers. */ | |
1959 | ||
1960 | dst_addr = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, XEXP (dst, 0)); | |
1961 | src_addr = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, XEXP (src, 0)); | |
4ca79136 | 1962 | |
ee960939 OH |
1963 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED |
1964 | dst_addr = convert_memory_address (ptr_mode, dst_addr); | |
1965 | src_addr = convert_memory_address (ptr_mode, src_addr); | |
1966 | #endif | |
1967 | ||
1968 | dst_tree = make_tree (ptr_type_node, dst_addr); | |
1969 | src_tree = make_tree (ptr_type_node, src_addr); | |
4ca79136 RH |
1970 | |
1971 | if (TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS) | |
1972 | size_mode = TYPE_MODE (sizetype); | |
1973 | else | |
1974 | size_mode = TYPE_MODE (unsigned_type_node); | |
ee960939 | 1975 | |
4ca79136 RH |
1976 | size = convert_to_mode (size_mode, size, 1); |
1977 | size = copy_to_mode_reg (size_mode, size); | |
1978 | ||
1979 | /* It is incorrect to use the libcall calling conventions to call | |
1980 | memcpy in this context. This could be a user call to memcpy and | |
1981 | the user may wish to examine the return value from memcpy. For | |
1982 | targets where libcalls and normal calls have different conventions | |
1983 | for returning pointers, we could end up generating incorrect code. | |
1984 | ||
1985 | For convenience, we generate the call to bcopy this way as well. */ | |
1986 | ||
4ca79136 RH |
1987 | if (TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS) |
1988 | size_tree = make_tree (sizetype, size); | |
1989 | else | |
1990 | size_tree = make_tree (unsigned_type_node, size); | |
1991 | ||
1992 | fn = emit_block_move_libcall_fn (true); | |
1993 | arg_list = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, size_tree, NULL_TREE); | |
1994 | if (TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS) | |
1995 | { | |
1996 | arg_list = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, src_tree, arg_list); | |
1997 | arg_list = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, dst_tree, arg_list); | |
1998 | } | |
1999 | else | |
2000 | { | |
2001 | arg_list = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, dst_tree, arg_list); | |
2002 | arg_list = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, src_tree, arg_list); | |
2003 | } | |
2004 | ||
2005 | /* Now we have to build up the CALL_EXPR itself. */ | |
2006 | call_expr = build1 (ADDR_EXPR, build_pointer_type (TREE_TYPE (fn)), fn); | |
2007 | call_expr = build (CALL_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (fn)), | |
2008 | call_expr, arg_list, NULL_TREE); | |
2009 | TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (call_expr) = 1; | |
2010 | ||
2011 | retval = expand_expr (call_expr, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
2012 | ||
ee960939 OH |
2013 | /* If we are initializing a readonly value, show the above call clobbered |
2014 | it. Otherwise, a load from it may erroneously be hoisted from a loop, or | |
2015 | the delay slot scheduler might overlook conflicts and take nasty | |
2016 | decisions. */ | |
4ca79136 | 2017 | if (RTX_UNCHANGING_P (dst)) |
ee960939 OH |
2018 | add_function_usage_to |
2019 | (last_call_insn (), gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, | |
2020 | gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, dst), | |
2021 | NULL_RTX)); | |
4ca79136 | 2022 | |
ee960939 | 2023 | return TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS ? retval : NULL_RTX; |
4ca79136 | 2024 | } |
52cf7115 | 2025 | |
4ca79136 RH |
2026 | /* A subroutine of emit_block_move_via_libcall. Create the tree node |
2027 | for the function we use for block copies. The first time FOR_CALL | |
2028 | is true, we call assemble_external. */ | |
52cf7115 | 2029 | |
4ca79136 RH |
2030 | static GTY(()) tree block_move_fn; |
2031 | ||
9661b15f | 2032 | void |
502b8322 | 2033 | init_block_move_fn (const char *asmspec) |
4ca79136 | 2034 | { |
9661b15f | 2035 | if (!block_move_fn) |
4ca79136 | 2036 | { |
8fd3cf4e | 2037 | tree args, fn; |
9661b15f | 2038 | |
4ca79136 | 2039 | if (TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS) |
52cf7115 | 2040 | { |
4ca79136 RH |
2041 | fn = get_identifier ("memcpy"); |
2042 | args = build_function_type_list (ptr_type_node, ptr_type_node, | |
2043 | const_ptr_type_node, sizetype, | |
2044 | NULL_TREE); | |
2045 | } | |
2046 | else | |
2047 | { | |
2048 | fn = get_identifier ("bcopy"); | |
2049 | args = build_function_type_list (void_type_node, const_ptr_type_node, | |
2050 | ptr_type_node, unsigned_type_node, | |
2051 | NULL_TREE); | |
52cf7115 JL |
2052 | } |
2053 | ||
4ca79136 RH |
2054 | fn = build_decl (FUNCTION_DECL, fn, args); |
2055 | DECL_EXTERNAL (fn) = 1; | |
2056 | TREE_PUBLIC (fn) = 1; | |
2057 | DECL_ARTIFICIAL (fn) = 1; | |
2058 | TREE_NOTHROW (fn) = 1; | |
66c60e67 | 2059 | |
4ca79136 | 2060 | block_move_fn = fn; |
bbf6f052 | 2061 | } |
e9a25f70 | 2062 | |
9661b15f JJ |
2063 | if (asmspec) |
2064 | { | |
2065 | SET_DECL_RTL (block_move_fn, NULL_RTX); | |
2066 | SET_DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (block_move_fn, get_identifier (asmspec)); | |
2067 | } | |
2068 | } | |
2069 | ||
2070 | static tree | |
502b8322 | 2071 | emit_block_move_libcall_fn (int for_call) |
9661b15f JJ |
2072 | { |
2073 | static bool emitted_extern; | |
2074 | ||
2075 | if (!block_move_fn) | |
2076 | init_block_move_fn (NULL); | |
2077 | ||
4ca79136 RH |
2078 | if (for_call && !emitted_extern) |
2079 | { | |
2080 | emitted_extern = true; | |
9661b15f JJ |
2081 | make_decl_rtl (block_move_fn, NULL); |
2082 | assemble_external (block_move_fn); | |
4ca79136 RH |
2083 | } |
2084 | ||
9661b15f | 2085 | return block_move_fn; |
bbf6f052 | 2086 | } |
44bb111a RH |
2087 | |
2088 | /* A subroutine of emit_block_move. Copy the data via an explicit | |
2089 | loop. This is used only when libcalls are forbidden. */ | |
2090 | /* ??? It'd be nice to copy in hunks larger than QImode. */ | |
2091 | ||
2092 | static void | |
502b8322 AJ |
2093 | emit_block_move_via_loop (rtx x, rtx y, rtx size, |
2094 | unsigned int align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | |
44bb111a RH |
2095 | { |
2096 | rtx cmp_label, top_label, iter, x_addr, y_addr, tmp; | |
2097 | enum machine_mode iter_mode; | |
2098 | ||
2099 | iter_mode = GET_MODE (size); | |
2100 | if (iter_mode == VOIDmode) | |
2101 | iter_mode = word_mode; | |
2102 | ||
2103 | top_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
2104 | cmp_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
2105 | iter = gen_reg_rtx (iter_mode); | |
2106 | ||
2107 | emit_move_insn (iter, const0_rtx); | |
2108 | ||
2109 | x_addr = force_operand (XEXP (x, 0), NULL_RTX); | |
2110 | y_addr = force_operand (XEXP (y, 0), NULL_RTX); | |
2111 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
2112 | ||
2e040219 | 2113 | emit_note (NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG); |
44bb111a RH |
2114 | |
2115 | emit_jump (cmp_label); | |
2116 | emit_label (top_label); | |
2117 | ||
2118 | tmp = convert_modes (Pmode, iter_mode, iter, true); | |
2119 | x_addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, x_addr, tmp); | |
2120 | y_addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, y_addr, tmp); | |
2121 | x = change_address (x, QImode, x_addr); | |
2122 | y = change_address (y, QImode, y_addr); | |
2123 | ||
2124 | emit_move_insn (x, y); | |
2125 | ||
2126 | tmp = expand_simple_binop (iter_mode, PLUS, iter, const1_rtx, iter, | |
2127 | true, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
2128 | if (tmp != iter) | |
2129 | emit_move_insn (iter, tmp); | |
2130 | ||
2e040219 | 2131 | emit_note (NOTE_INSN_LOOP_CONT); |
44bb111a RH |
2132 | emit_label (cmp_label); |
2133 | ||
2134 | emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (iter, size, LT, NULL_RTX, iter_mode, | |
2135 | true, top_label); | |
2136 | ||
2e040219 | 2137 | emit_note (NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END); |
44bb111a | 2138 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
2139 | \f |
2140 | /* Copy all or part of a value X into registers starting at REGNO. | |
2141 | The number of registers to be filled is NREGS. */ | |
2142 | ||
2143 | void | |
502b8322 | 2144 | move_block_to_reg (int regno, rtx x, int nregs, enum machine_mode mode) |
bbf6f052 RK |
2145 | { |
2146 | int i; | |
381127e8 | 2147 | #ifdef HAVE_load_multiple |
3a94c984 | 2148 | rtx pat; |
381127e8 RL |
2149 | rtx last; |
2150 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 | 2151 | |
72bb9717 RK |
2152 | if (nregs == 0) |
2153 | return; | |
2154 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
2155 | if (CONSTANT_P (x) && ! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (x)) |
2156 | x = validize_mem (force_const_mem (mode, x)); | |
2157 | ||
2158 | /* See if the machine can do this with a load multiple insn. */ | |
2159 | #ifdef HAVE_load_multiple | |
c3a02afe | 2160 | if (HAVE_load_multiple) |
bbf6f052 | 2161 | { |
c3a02afe | 2162 | last = get_last_insn (); |
38a448ca | 2163 | pat = gen_load_multiple (gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno), x, |
c3a02afe RK |
2164 | GEN_INT (nregs)); |
2165 | if (pat) | |
2166 | { | |
2167 | emit_insn (pat); | |
2168 | return; | |
2169 | } | |
2170 | else | |
2171 | delete_insns_since (last); | |
bbf6f052 | 2172 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
2173 | #endif |
2174 | ||
2175 | for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++) | |
38a448ca | 2176 | emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno + i), |
bbf6f052 RK |
2177 | operand_subword_force (x, i, mode)); |
2178 | } | |
2179 | ||
2180 | /* Copy all or part of a BLKmode value X out of registers starting at REGNO. | |
c6b97fac | 2181 | The number of registers to be filled is NREGS. */ |
0040593d | 2182 | |
bbf6f052 | 2183 | void |
502b8322 | 2184 | move_block_from_reg (int regno, rtx x, int nregs) |
bbf6f052 RK |
2185 | { |
2186 | int i; | |
bbf6f052 | 2187 | |
2954d7db RK |
2188 | if (nregs == 0) |
2189 | return; | |
2190 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
2191 | /* See if the machine can do this with a store multiple insn. */ |
2192 | #ifdef HAVE_store_multiple | |
c3a02afe | 2193 | if (HAVE_store_multiple) |
bbf6f052 | 2194 | { |
c6b97fac AM |
2195 | rtx last = get_last_insn (); |
2196 | rtx pat = gen_store_multiple (x, gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno), | |
2197 | GEN_INT (nregs)); | |
c3a02afe RK |
2198 | if (pat) |
2199 | { | |
2200 | emit_insn (pat); | |
2201 | return; | |
2202 | } | |
2203 | else | |
2204 | delete_insns_since (last); | |
bbf6f052 | 2205 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
2206 | #endif |
2207 | ||
2208 | for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++) | |
2209 | { | |
2210 | rtx tem = operand_subword (x, i, 1, BLKmode); | |
2211 | ||
2212 | if (tem == 0) | |
2213 | abort (); | |
2214 | ||
38a448ca | 2215 | emit_move_insn (tem, gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno + i)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
2216 | } |
2217 | } | |
2218 | ||
084a1106 JDA |
2219 | /* Generate a PARALLEL rtx for a new non-consecutive group of registers from |
2220 | ORIG, where ORIG is a non-consecutive group of registers represented by | |
2221 | a PARALLEL. The clone is identical to the original except in that the | |
2222 | original set of registers is replaced by a new set of pseudo registers. | |
2223 | The new set has the same modes as the original set. */ | |
2224 | ||
2225 | rtx | |
502b8322 | 2226 | gen_group_rtx (rtx orig) |
084a1106 JDA |
2227 | { |
2228 | int i, length; | |
2229 | rtx *tmps; | |
2230 | ||
2231 | if (GET_CODE (orig) != PARALLEL) | |
2232 | abort (); | |
2233 | ||
2234 | length = XVECLEN (orig, 0); | |
2235 | tmps = (rtx *) alloca (sizeof (rtx) * length); | |
2236 | ||
2237 | /* Skip a NULL entry in first slot. */ | |
2238 | i = XEXP (XVECEXP (orig, 0, 0), 0) ? 0 : 1; | |
2239 | ||
2240 | if (i) | |
2241 | tmps[0] = 0; | |
2242 | ||
2243 | for (; i < length; i++) | |
2244 | { | |
2245 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (XVECEXP (orig, 0, i), 0)); | |
2246 | rtx offset = XEXP (XVECEXP (orig, 0, i), 1); | |
2247 | ||
2248 | tmps[i] = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, gen_reg_rtx (mode), offset); | |
2249 | } | |
2250 | ||
2251 | return gen_rtx_PARALLEL (GET_MODE (orig), gen_rtvec_v (length, tmps)); | |
2252 | } | |
2253 | ||
aac5cc16 RH |
2254 | /* Emit code to move a block SRC to a block DST, where DST is non-consecutive |
2255 | registers represented by a PARALLEL. SSIZE represents the total size of | |
04050c69 | 2256 | block SRC in bytes, or -1 if not known. */ |
d6a7951f | 2257 | /* ??? If SSIZE % UNITS_PER_WORD != 0, we make the blatant assumption that |
aac5cc16 RH |
2258 | the balance will be in what would be the low-order memory addresses, i.e. |
2259 | left justified for big endian, right justified for little endian. This | |
2260 | happens to be true for the targets currently using this support. If this | |
2261 | ever changes, a new target macro along the lines of FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING | |
2262 | would be needed. */ | |
fffa9c1d JW |
2263 | |
2264 | void | |
502b8322 | 2265 | emit_group_load (rtx dst, rtx orig_src, int ssize) |
fffa9c1d | 2266 | { |
aac5cc16 RH |
2267 | rtx *tmps, src; |
2268 | int start, i; | |
fffa9c1d | 2269 | |
aac5cc16 | 2270 | if (GET_CODE (dst) != PARALLEL) |
fffa9c1d JW |
2271 | abort (); |
2272 | ||
2273 | /* Check for a NULL entry, used to indicate that the parameter goes | |
2274 | both on the stack and in registers. */ | |
aac5cc16 RH |
2275 | if (XEXP (XVECEXP (dst, 0, 0), 0)) |
2276 | start = 0; | |
fffa9c1d | 2277 | else |
aac5cc16 RH |
2278 | start = 1; |
2279 | ||
3a94c984 | 2280 | tmps = (rtx *) alloca (sizeof (rtx) * XVECLEN (dst, 0)); |
aac5cc16 | 2281 | |
aac5cc16 RH |
2282 | /* Process the pieces. */ |
2283 | for (i = start; i < XVECLEN (dst, 0); i++) | |
2284 | { | |
2285 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (XVECEXP (dst, 0, i), 0)); | |
770ae6cc RK |
2286 | HOST_WIDE_INT bytepos = INTVAL (XEXP (XVECEXP (dst, 0, i), 1)); |
2287 | unsigned int bytelen = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
aac5cc16 RH |
2288 | int shift = 0; |
2289 | ||
2290 | /* Handle trailing fragments that run over the size of the struct. */ | |
8752c357 | 2291 | if (ssize >= 0 && bytepos + (HOST_WIDE_INT) bytelen > ssize) |
aac5cc16 RH |
2292 | { |
2293 | shift = (bytelen - (ssize - bytepos)) * BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
2294 | bytelen = ssize - bytepos; | |
2295 | if (bytelen <= 0) | |
729a2125 | 2296 | abort (); |
aac5cc16 RH |
2297 | } |
2298 | ||
f3ce87a9 DE |
2299 | /* If we won't be loading directly from memory, protect the real source |
2300 | from strange tricks we might play; but make sure that the source can | |
2301 | be loaded directly into the destination. */ | |
2302 | src = orig_src; | |
2303 | if (GET_CODE (orig_src) != MEM | |
2304 | && (!CONSTANT_P (orig_src) | |
2305 | || (GET_MODE (orig_src) != mode | |
2306 | && GET_MODE (orig_src) != VOIDmode))) | |
2307 | { | |
2308 | if (GET_MODE (orig_src) == VOIDmode) | |
2309 | src = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
2310 | else | |
2311 | src = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (orig_src)); | |
04050c69 | 2312 | |
f3ce87a9 DE |
2313 | emit_move_insn (src, orig_src); |
2314 | } | |
2315 | ||
aac5cc16 RH |
2316 | /* Optimize the access just a bit. */ |
2317 | if (GET_CODE (src) == MEM | |
04050c69 | 2318 | && MEM_ALIGN (src) >= GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) |
729a2125 | 2319 | && bytepos * BITS_PER_UNIT % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) == 0 |
aac5cc16 RH |
2320 | && bytelen == GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)) |
2321 | { | |
2322 | tmps[i] = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
f4ef873c | 2323 | emit_move_insn (tmps[i], adjust_address (src, mode, bytepos)); |
fffa9c1d | 2324 | } |
7c4a6db0 JW |
2325 | else if (GET_CODE (src) == CONCAT) |
2326 | { | |
015b1ad1 JDA |
2327 | unsigned int slen = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (src)); |
2328 | unsigned int slen0 = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (src, 0))); | |
2329 | ||
2330 | if ((bytepos == 0 && bytelen == slen0) | |
2331 | || (bytepos != 0 && bytepos + bytelen <= slen)) | |
cbb92744 | 2332 | { |
015b1ad1 JDA |
2333 | /* The following assumes that the concatenated objects all |
2334 | have the same size. In this case, a simple calculation | |
2335 | can be used to determine the object and the bit field | |
2336 | to be extracted. */ | |
2337 | tmps[i] = XEXP (src, bytepos / slen0); | |
cbb92744 JJ |
2338 | if (! CONSTANT_P (tmps[i]) |
2339 | && (GET_CODE (tmps[i]) != REG || GET_MODE (tmps[i]) != mode)) | |
2340 | tmps[i] = extract_bit_field (tmps[i], bytelen * BITS_PER_UNIT, | |
015b1ad1 JDA |
2341 | (bytepos % slen0) * BITS_PER_UNIT, |
2342 | 1, NULL_RTX, mode, mode, ssize); | |
cbb92744 | 2343 | } |
58f69841 JH |
2344 | else if (bytepos == 0) |
2345 | { | |
015b1ad1 | 2346 | rtx mem = assign_stack_temp (GET_MODE (src), slen, 0); |
58f69841 | 2347 | emit_move_insn (mem, src); |
04050c69 | 2348 | tmps[i] = adjust_address (mem, mode, 0); |
58f69841 | 2349 | } |
7c4a6db0 JW |
2350 | else |
2351 | abort (); | |
2352 | } | |
9c0631a7 AH |
2353 | /* FIXME: A SIMD parallel will eventually lead to a subreg of a |
2354 | SIMD register, which is currently broken. While we get GCC | |
2355 | to emit proper RTL for these cases, let's dump to memory. */ | |
2356 | else if (VECTOR_MODE_P (GET_MODE (dst)) | |
2357 | && GET_CODE (src) == REG) | |
2358 | { | |
2359 | int slen = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (src)); | |
2360 | rtx mem; | |
2361 | ||
2362 | mem = assign_stack_temp (GET_MODE (src), slen, 0); | |
2363 | emit_move_insn (mem, src); | |
2364 | tmps[i] = adjust_address (mem, mode, (int) bytepos); | |
2365 | } | |
f3ce87a9 | 2366 | else if (CONSTANT_P (src) |
2ee5437b RH |
2367 | || (GET_CODE (src) == REG && GET_MODE (src) == mode)) |
2368 | tmps[i] = src; | |
fffa9c1d | 2369 | else |
19caa751 RK |
2370 | tmps[i] = extract_bit_field (src, bytelen * BITS_PER_UNIT, |
2371 | bytepos * BITS_PER_UNIT, 1, NULL_RTX, | |
04050c69 | 2372 | mode, mode, ssize); |
fffa9c1d | 2373 | |
aac5cc16 | 2374 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN && shift) |
19caa751 RK |
2375 | expand_binop (mode, ashl_optab, tmps[i], GEN_INT (shift), |
2376 | tmps[i], 0, OPTAB_WIDEN); | |
fffa9c1d | 2377 | } |
19caa751 | 2378 | |
3a94c984 | 2379 | emit_queue (); |
aac5cc16 RH |
2380 | |
2381 | /* Copy the extracted pieces into the proper (probable) hard regs. */ | |
2382 | for (i = start; i < XVECLEN (dst, 0); i++) | |
2383 | emit_move_insn (XEXP (XVECEXP (dst, 0, i), 0), tmps[i]); | |
fffa9c1d JW |
2384 | } |
2385 | ||
084a1106 JDA |
2386 | /* Emit code to move a block SRC to block DST, where SRC and DST are |
2387 | non-consecutive groups of registers, each represented by a PARALLEL. */ | |
2388 | ||
2389 | void | |
502b8322 | 2390 | emit_group_move (rtx dst, rtx src) |
084a1106 JDA |
2391 | { |
2392 | int i; | |
2393 | ||
2394 | if (GET_CODE (src) != PARALLEL | |
2395 | || GET_CODE (dst) != PARALLEL | |
2396 | || XVECLEN (src, 0) != XVECLEN (dst, 0)) | |
2397 | abort (); | |
2398 | ||
2399 | /* Skip first entry if NULL. */ | |
2400 | for (i = XEXP (XVECEXP (src, 0, 0), 0) ? 0 : 1; i < XVECLEN (src, 0); i++) | |
2401 | emit_move_insn (XEXP (XVECEXP (dst, 0, i), 0), | |
2402 | XEXP (XVECEXP (src, 0, i), 0)); | |
2403 | } | |
2404 | ||
aac5cc16 RH |
2405 | /* Emit code to move a block SRC to a block DST, where SRC is non-consecutive |
2406 | registers represented by a PARALLEL. SSIZE represents the total size of | |
04050c69 | 2407 | block DST, or -1 if not known. */ |
fffa9c1d JW |
2408 | |
2409 | void | |
502b8322 | 2410 | emit_group_store (rtx orig_dst, rtx src, int ssize) |
fffa9c1d | 2411 | { |
aac5cc16 RH |
2412 | rtx *tmps, dst; |
2413 | int start, i; | |
fffa9c1d | 2414 | |
aac5cc16 | 2415 | if (GET_CODE (src) != PARALLEL) |
fffa9c1d JW |
2416 | abort (); |
2417 | ||
2418 | /* Check for a NULL entry, used to indicate that the parameter goes | |
2419 | both on the stack and in registers. */ | |
aac5cc16 RH |
2420 | if (XEXP (XVECEXP (src, 0, 0), 0)) |
2421 | start = 0; | |
fffa9c1d | 2422 | else |
aac5cc16 RH |
2423 | start = 1; |
2424 | ||
3a94c984 | 2425 | tmps = (rtx *) alloca (sizeof (rtx) * XVECLEN (src, 0)); |
fffa9c1d | 2426 | |
aac5cc16 RH |
2427 | /* Copy the (probable) hard regs into pseudos. */ |
2428 | for (i = start; i < XVECLEN (src, 0); i++) | |
fffa9c1d | 2429 | { |
aac5cc16 RH |
2430 | rtx reg = XEXP (XVECEXP (src, 0, i), 0); |
2431 | tmps[i] = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (reg)); | |
2432 | emit_move_insn (tmps[i], reg); | |
2433 | } | |
3a94c984 | 2434 | emit_queue (); |
fffa9c1d | 2435 | |
aac5cc16 RH |
2436 | /* If we won't be storing directly into memory, protect the real destination |
2437 | from strange tricks we might play. */ | |
2438 | dst = orig_dst; | |
10a9f2be JW |
2439 | if (GET_CODE (dst) == PARALLEL) |
2440 | { | |
2441 | rtx temp; | |
2442 | ||
2443 | /* We can get a PARALLEL dst if there is a conditional expression in | |
2444 | a return statement. In that case, the dst and src are the same, | |
2445 | so no action is necessary. */ | |
2446 | if (rtx_equal_p (dst, src)) | |
2447 | return; | |
2448 | ||
2449 | /* It is unclear if we can ever reach here, but we may as well handle | |
2450 | it. Allocate a temporary, and split this into a store/load to/from | |
2451 | the temporary. */ | |
2452 | ||
2453 | temp = assign_stack_temp (GET_MODE (dst), ssize, 0); | |
04050c69 RK |
2454 | emit_group_store (temp, src, ssize); |
2455 | emit_group_load (dst, temp, ssize); | |
10a9f2be JW |
2456 | return; |
2457 | } | |
75897075 | 2458 | else if (GET_CODE (dst) != MEM && GET_CODE (dst) != CONCAT) |
aac5cc16 RH |
2459 | { |
2460 | dst = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (orig_dst)); | |
2461 | /* Make life a bit easier for combine. */ | |
8ae91fc0 | 2462 | emit_move_insn (dst, CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (orig_dst))); |
aac5cc16 | 2463 | } |
aac5cc16 RH |
2464 | |
2465 | /* Process the pieces. */ | |
2466 | for (i = start; i < XVECLEN (src, 0); i++) | |
2467 | { | |
770ae6cc | 2468 | HOST_WIDE_INT bytepos = INTVAL (XEXP (XVECEXP (src, 0, i), 1)); |
aac5cc16 | 2469 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (tmps[i]); |
770ae6cc | 2470 | unsigned int bytelen = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); |
6ddae612 | 2471 | rtx dest = dst; |
aac5cc16 RH |
2472 | |
2473 | /* Handle trailing fragments that run over the size of the struct. */ | |
8752c357 | 2474 | if (ssize >= 0 && bytepos + (HOST_WIDE_INT) bytelen > ssize) |
71bc0330 | 2475 | { |
aac5cc16 RH |
2476 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) |
2477 | { | |
2478 | int shift = (bytelen - (ssize - bytepos)) * BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
2479 | expand_binop (mode, ashr_optab, tmps[i], GEN_INT (shift), | |
2480 | tmps[i], 0, OPTAB_WIDEN); | |
2481 | } | |
2482 | bytelen = ssize - bytepos; | |
71bc0330 | 2483 | } |
fffa9c1d | 2484 | |
6ddae612 JJ |
2485 | if (GET_CODE (dst) == CONCAT) |
2486 | { | |
2487 | if (bytepos + bytelen <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (dst, 0)))) | |
2488 | dest = XEXP (dst, 0); | |
2489 | else if (bytepos >= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (dst, 0)))) | |
2490 | { | |
2491 | bytepos -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (dst, 0))); | |
2492 | dest = XEXP (dst, 1); | |
2493 | } | |
0d446150 JH |
2494 | else if (bytepos == 0 && XVECLEN (src, 0)) |
2495 | { | |
2496 | dest = assign_stack_temp (GET_MODE (dest), | |
2497 | GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest)), 0); | |
2498 | emit_move_insn (adjust_address (dest, GET_MODE (tmps[i]), bytepos), | |
2499 | tmps[i]); | |
2500 | dst = dest; | |
2501 | break; | |
2502 | } | |
6ddae612 JJ |
2503 | else |
2504 | abort (); | |
2505 | } | |
2506 | ||
aac5cc16 | 2507 | /* Optimize the access just a bit. */ |
6ddae612 JJ |
2508 | if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM |
2509 | && MEM_ALIGN (dest) >= GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) | |
729a2125 | 2510 | && bytepos * BITS_PER_UNIT % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) == 0 |
aac5cc16 | 2511 | && bytelen == GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)) |
6ddae612 | 2512 | emit_move_insn (adjust_address (dest, mode, bytepos), tmps[i]); |
aac5cc16 | 2513 | else |
6ddae612 | 2514 | store_bit_field (dest, bytelen * BITS_PER_UNIT, bytepos * BITS_PER_UNIT, |
04050c69 | 2515 | mode, tmps[i], ssize); |
fffa9c1d | 2516 | } |
729a2125 | 2517 | |
3a94c984 | 2518 | emit_queue (); |
aac5cc16 RH |
2519 | |
2520 | /* Copy from the pseudo into the (probable) hard reg. */ | |
0d446150 | 2521 | if (orig_dst != dst) |
aac5cc16 | 2522 | emit_move_insn (orig_dst, dst); |
fffa9c1d JW |
2523 | } |
2524 | ||
c36fce9a GRK |
2525 | /* Generate code to copy a BLKmode object of TYPE out of a |
2526 | set of registers starting with SRCREG into TGTBLK. If TGTBLK | |
2527 | is null, a stack temporary is created. TGTBLK is returned. | |
2528 | ||
2529 | The primary purpose of this routine is to handle functions | |
2530 | that return BLKmode structures in registers. Some machines | |
2531 | (the PA for example) want to return all small structures | |
3a94c984 | 2532 | in registers regardless of the structure's alignment. */ |
c36fce9a GRK |
2533 | |
2534 | rtx | |
502b8322 | 2535 | copy_blkmode_from_reg (rtx tgtblk, rtx srcreg, tree type) |
c36fce9a | 2536 | { |
19caa751 RK |
2537 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type); |
2538 | rtx src = NULL, dst = NULL; | |
2539 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize = MIN (TYPE_ALIGN (type), BITS_PER_WORD); | |
2540 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos, xbitpos, big_endian_correction = 0; | |
2541 | ||
2542 | if (tgtblk == 0) | |
2543 | { | |
1da68f56 RK |
2544 | tgtblk = assign_temp (build_qualified_type (type, |
2545 | (TYPE_QUALS (type) | |
2546 | | TYPE_QUAL_CONST)), | |
2547 | 0, 1, 1); | |
19caa751 RK |
2548 | preserve_temp_slots (tgtblk); |
2549 | } | |
3a94c984 | 2550 | |
1ed1b4fb | 2551 | /* This code assumes srcreg is at least a full word. If it isn't, copy it |
9ac3e73b | 2552 | into a new pseudo which is a full word. */ |
0d7839da | 2553 | |
19caa751 RK |
2554 | if (GET_MODE (srcreg) != BLKmode |
2555 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (srcreg)) < UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
9ac3e73b | 2556 | srcreg = convert_to_mode (word_mode, srcreg, TREE_UNSIGNED (type)); |
19caa751 RK |
2557 | |
2558 | /* Structures whose size is not a multiple of a word are aligned | |
2559 | to the least significant byte (to the right). On a BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN | |
2560 | machine, this means we must skip the empty high order bytes when | |
2561 | calculating the bit offset. */ | |
0d7839da | 2562 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN |
0d7839da | 2563 | && bytes % UNITS_PER_WORD) |
19caa751 RK |
2564 | big_endian_correction |
2565 | = (BITS_PER_WORD - ((bytes % UNITS_PER_WORD) * BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
2566 | ||
2567 | /* Copy the structure BITSIZE bites at a time. | |
3a94c984 | 2568 | |
19caa751 RK |
2569 | We could probably emit more efficient code for machines which do not use |
2570 | strict alignment, but it doesn't seem worth the effort at the current | |
2571 | time. */ | |
2572 | for (bitpos = 0, xbitpos = big_endian_correction; | |
2573 | bitpos < bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
2574 | bitpos += bitsize, xbitpos += bitsize) | |
2575 | { | |
3a94c984 | 2576 | /* We need a new source operand each time xbitpos is on a |
19caa751 RK |
2577 | word boundary and when xbitpos == big_endian_correction |
2578 | (the first time through). */ | |
2579 | if (xbitpos % BITS_PER_WORD == 0 | |
2580 | || xbitpos == big_endian_correction) | |
b47f8cfc JH |
2581 | src = operand_subword_force (srcreg, xbitpos / BITS_PER_WORD, |
2582 | GET_MODE (srcreg)); | |
19caa751 RK |
2583 | |
2584 | /* We need a new destination operand each time bitpos is on | |
2585 | a word boundary. */ | |
2586 | if (bitpos % BITS_PER_WORD == 0) | |
2587 | dst = operand_subword (tgtblk, bitpos / BITS_PER_WORD, 1, BLKmode); | |
3a94c984 | 2588 | |
19caa751 RK |
2589 | /* Use xbitpos for the source extraction (right justified) and |
2590 | xbitpos for the destination store (left justified). */ | |
2591 | store_bit_field (dst, bitsize, bitpos % BITS_PER_WORD, word_mode, | |
2592 | extract_bit_field (src, bitsize, | |
2593 | xbitpos % BITS_PER_WORD, 1, | |
2594 | NULL_RTX, word_mode, word_mode, | |
04050c69 RK |
2595 | BITS_PER_WORD), |
2596 | BITS_PER_WORD); | |
19caa751 RK |
2597 | } |
2598 | ||
2599 | return tgtblk; | |
c36fce9a GRK |
2600 | } |
2601 | ||
94b25f81 RK |
2602 | /* Add a USE expression for REG to the (possibly empty) list pointed |
2603 | to by CALL_FUSAGE. REG must denote a hard register. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2604 | |
2605 | void | |
502b8322 | 2606 | use_reg (rtx *call_fusage, rtx reg) |
b3f8cf4a | 2607 | { |
0304dfbb DE |
2608 | if (GET_CODE (reg) != REG |
2609 | || REGNO (reg) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
3a94c984 | 2610 | abort (); |
b3f8cf4a RK |
2611 | |
2612 | *call_fusage | |
38a448ca RH |
2613 | = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, |
2614 | gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, reg), *call_fusage); | |
b3f8cf4a RK |
2615 | } |
2616 | ||
94b25f81 RK |
2617 | /* Add USE expressions to *CALL_FUSAGE for each of NREGS consecutive regs, |
2618 | starting at REGNO. All of these registers must be hard registers. */ | |
b3f8cf4a RK |
2619 | |
2620 | void | |
502b8322 | 2621 | use_regs (rtx *call_fusage, int regno, int nregs) |
bbf6f052 | 2622 | { |
0304dfbb | 2623 | int i; |
bbf6f052 | 2624 | |
0304dfbb DE |
2625 | if (regno + nregs > FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) |
2626 | abort (); | |
2627 | ||
2628 | for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++) | |
e50126e8 | 2629 | use_reg (call_fusage, regno_reg_rtx[regno + i]); |
bbf6f052 | 2630 | } |
fffa9c1d JW |
2631 | |
2632 | /* Add USE expressions to *CALL_FUSAGE for each REG contained in the | |
2633 | PARALLEL REGS. This is for calls that pass values in multiple | |
2634 | non-contiguous locations. The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
2635 | ||
2636 | void | |
502b8322 | 2637 | use_group_regs (rtx *call_fusage, rtx regs) |
fffa9c1d JW |
2638 | { |
2639 | int i; | |
2640 | ||
6bd35f86 DE |
2641 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); i++) |
2642 | { | |
2643 | rtx reg = XEXP (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i), 0); | |
fffa9c1d | 2644 | |
6bd35f86 DE |
2645 | /* A NULL entry means the parameter goes both on the stack and in |
2646 | registers. This can also be a MEM for targets that pass values | |
2647 | partially on the stack and partially in registers. */ | |
e9a25f70 | 2648 | if (reg != 0 && GET_CODE (reg) == REG) |
6bd35f86 DE |
2649 | use_reg (call_fusage, reg); |
2650 | } | |
fffa9c1d | 2651 | } |
bbf6f052 | 2652 | \f |
57814e5e | 2653 | |
cf5124f6 RS |
2654 | /* Determine whether the LEN bytes generated by CONSTFUN can be |
2655 | stored to memory using several move instructions. CONSTFUNDATA is | |
2656 | a pointer which will be passed as argument in every CONSTFUN call. | |
2657 | ALIGN is maximum alignment we can assume. Return nonzero if a | |
2658 | call to store_by_pieces should succeed. */ | |
2659 | ||
57814e5e | 2660 | int |
502b8322 AJ |
2661 | can_store_by_pieces (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT len, |
2662 | rtx (*constfun) (void *, HOST_WIDE_INT, enum machine_mode), | |
2663 | void *constfundata, unsigned int align) | |
57814e5e | 2664 | { |
98166639 | 2665 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT max_size, l; |
57814e5e JJ |
2666 | HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0; |
2667 | enum machine_mode mode, tmode; | |
2668 | enum insn_code icode; | |
2669 | int reverse; | |
2670 | rtx cst; | |
2671 | ||
4977bab6 | 2672 | if (! STORE_BY_PIECES_P (len, align)) |
57814e5e JJ |
2673 | return 0; |
2674 | ||
2675 | if (! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (word_mode, align) | |
2676 | || align > MOVE_MAX * BITS_PER_UNIT || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) | |
2677 | align = MOVE_MAX * BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
2678 | ||
2679 | /* We would first store what we can in the largest integer mode, then go to | |
2680 | successively smaller modes. */ | |
2681 | ||
2682 | for (reverse = 0; | |
2683 | reverse <= (HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT || HAVE_POST_DECREMENT); | |
2684 | reverse++) | |
2685 | { | |
2686 | l = len; | |
2687 | mode = VOIDmode; | |
cf5124f6 | 2688 | max_size = STORE_MAX_PIECES + 1; |
57814e5e JJ |
2689 | while (max_size > 1) |
2690 | { | |
2691 | for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); | |
2692 | tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
2693 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < max_size) | |
2694 | mode = tmode; | |
2695 | ||
2696 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
2697 | break; | |
2698 | ||
2699 | icode = mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; | |
2700 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
2701 | && align >= GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) | |
2702 | { | |
2703 | unsigned int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
2704 | ||
2705 | while (l >= size) | |
2706 | { | |
2707 | if (reverse) | |
2708 | offset -= size; | |
2709 | ||
2710 | cst = (*constfun) (constfundata, offset, mode); | |
2711 | if (!LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (cst)) | |
2712 | return 0; | |
2713 | ||
2714 | if (!reverse) | |
2715 | offset += size; | |
2716 | ||
2717 | l -= size; | |
2718 | } | |
2719 | } | |
2720 | ||
2721 | max_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
2722 | } | |
2723 | ||
2724 | /* The code above should have handled everything. */ | |
2725 | if (l != 0) | |
2726 | abort (); | |
2727 | } | |
2728 | ||
2729 | return 1; | |
2730 | } | |
2731 | ||
2732 | /* Generate several move instructions to store LEN bytes generated by | |
2733 | CONSTFUN to block TO. (A MEM rtx with BLKmode). CONSTFUNDATA is a | |
2734 | pointer which will be passed as argument in every CONSTFUN call. | |
8fd3cf4e JJ |
2735 | ALIGN is maximum alignment we can assume. |
2736 | If ENDP is 0 return to, if ENDP is 1 return memory at the end ala | |
2737 | mempcpy, and if ENDP is 2 return memory the end minus one byte ala | |
2738 | stpcpy. */ | |
57814e5e | 2739 | |
8fd3cf4e | 2740 | rtx |
502b8322 AJ |
2741 | store_by_pieces (rtx to, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT len, |
2742 | rtx (*constfun) (void *, HOST_WIDE_INT, enum machine_mode), | |
2743 | void *constfundata, unsigned int align, int endp) | |
57814e5e JJ |
2744 | { |
2745 | struct store_by_pieces data; | |
2746 | ||
4977bab6 | 2747 | if (! STORE_BY_PIECES_P (len, align)) |
57814e5e JJ |
2748 | abort (); |
2749 | to = protect_from_queue (to, 1); | |
2750 | data.constfun = constfun; | |
2751 | data.constfundata = constfundata; | |
2752 | data.len = len; | |
2753 | data.to = to; | |
2754 | store_by_pieces_1 (&data, align); | |
8fd3cf4e JJ |
2755 | if (endp) |
2756 | { | |
2757 | rtx to1; | |
2758 | ||
2759 | if (data.reverse) | |
2760 | abort (); | |
2761 | if (data.autinc_to) | |
2762 | { | |
2763 | if (endp == 2) | |
2764 | { | |
2765 | if (HAVE_POST_INCREMENT && data.explicit_inc_to > 0) | |
2766 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data.to_addr, constm1_rtx)); | |
2767 | else | |
2768 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (data.to_addr, | |
2769 | -1)); | |
2770 | } | |
2771 | to1 = adjust_automodify_address (data.to, QImode, data.to_addr, | |
2772 | data.offset); | |
2773 | } | |
2774 | else | |
2775 | { | |
2776 | if (endp == 2) | |
2777 | --data.offset; | |
2778 | to1 = adjust_address (data.to, QImode, data.offset); | |
2779 | } | |
2780 | return to1; | |
2781 | } | |
2782 | else | |
2783 | return data.to; | |
57814e5e JJ |
2784 | } |
2785 | ||
19caa751 RK |
2786 | /* Generate several move instructions to clear LEN bytes of block TO. (A MEM |
2787 | rtx with BLKmode). The caller must pass TO through protect_from_queue | |
2788 | before calling. ALIGN is maximum alignment we can assume. */ | |
9de08200 RK |
2789 | |
2790 | static void | |
342e2b74 | 2791 | clear_by_pieces (rtx to, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT len, unsigned int align) |
9de08200 | 2792 | { |
57814e5e JJ |
2793 | struct store_by_pieces data; |
2794 | ||
2795 | data.constfun = clear_by_pieces_1; | |
df4ae160 | 2796 | data.constfundata = NULL; |
57814e5e JJ |
2797 | data.len = len; |
2798 | data.to = to; | |
2799 | store_by_pieces_1 (&data, align); | |
2800 | } | |
2801 | ||
2802 | /* Callback routine for clear_by_pieces. | |
2803 | Return const0_rtx unconditionally. */ | |
2804 | ||
2805 | static rtx | |
502b8322 AJ |
2806 | clear_by_pieces_1 (void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
2807 | HOST_WIDE_INT offset ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
2808 | enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | |
57814e5e JJ |
2809 | { |
2810 | return const0_rtx; | |
2811 | } | |
2812 | ||
2813 | /* Subroutine of clear_by_pieces and store_by_pieces. | |
2814 | Generate several move instructions to store LEN bytes of block TO. (A MEM | |
2815 | rtx with BLKmode). The caller must pass TO through protect_from_queue | |
2816 | before calling. ALIGN is maximum alignment we can assume. */ | |
2817 | ||
2818 | static void | |
502b8322 AJ |
2819 | store_by_pieces_1 (struct store_by_pieces *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
2820 | unsigned int align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | |
57814e5e JJ |
2821 | { |
2822 | rtx to_addr = XEXP (data->to, 0); | |
cf5124f6 | 2823 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT max_size = STORE_MAX_PIECES + 1; |
fbe1758d AM |
2824 | enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode, tmode; |
2825 | enum insn_code icode; | |
9de08200 | 2826 | |
57814e5e JJ |
2827 | data->offset = 0; |
2828 | data->to_addr = to_addr; | |
2829 | data->autinc_to | |
9de08200 RK |
2830 | = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC |
2831 | || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
2832 | ||
57814e5e JJ |
2833 | data->explicit_inc_to = 0; |
2834 | data->reverse | |
9de08200 | 2835 | = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC); |
57814e5e JJ |
2836 | if (data->reverse) |
2837 | data->offset = data->len; | |
9de08200 | 2838 | |
57814e5e | 2839 | /* If storing requires more than two move insns, |
9de08200 RK |
2840 | copy addresses to registers (to make displacements shorter) |
2841 | and use post-increment if available. */ | |
57814e5e JJ |
2842 | if (!data->autinc_to |
2843 | && move_by_pieces_ninsns (data->len, align) > 2) | |
9de08200 | 2844 | { |
3a94c984 | 2845 | /* Determine the main mode we'll be using. */ |
fbe1758d AM |
2846 | for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); |
2847 | tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
2848 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < max_size) | |
2849 | mode = tmode; | |
2850 | ||
57814e5e | 2851 | if (USE_STORE_PRE_DECREMENT (mode) && data->reverse && ! data->autinc_to) |
9de08200 | 2852 | { |
57814e5e JJ |
2853 | data->to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (to_addr, data->len)); |
2854 | data->autinc_to = 1; | |
2855 | data->explicit_inc_to = -1; | |
9de08200 | 2856 | } |
3bdf5ad1 | 2857 | |
57814e5e JJ |
2858 | if (USE_STORE_POST_INCREMENT (mode) && ! data->reverse |
2859 | && ! data->autinc_to) | |
9de08200 | 2860 | { |
57814e5e JJ |
2861 | data->to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (to_addr); |
2862 | data->autinc_to = 1; | |
2863 | data->explicit_inc_to = 1; | |
9de08200 | 2864 | } |
3bdf5ad1 | 2865 | |
57814e5e JJ |
2866 | if ( !data->autinc_to && CONSTANT_P (to_addr)) |
2867 | data->to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (to_addr); | |
9de08200 RK |
2868 | } |
2869 | ||
e1565e65 | 2870 | if (! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (word_mode, align) |
19caa751 | 2871 | || align > MOVE_MAX * BITS_PER_UNIT || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) |
bdb429a5 | 2872 | align = MOVE_MAX * BITS_PER_UNIT; |
9de08200 | 2873 | |
57814e5e | 2874 | /* First store what we can in the largest integer mode, then go to |
9de08200 RK |
2875 | successively smaller modes. */ |
2876 | ||
2877 | while (max_size > 1) | |
2878 | { | |
9de08200 RK |
2879 | for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); |
2880 | tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
2881 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < max_size) | |
2882 | mode = tmode; | |
2883 | ||
2884 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
2885 | break; | |
2886 | ||
2887 | icode = mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; | |
19caa751 | 2888 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing && align >= GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) |
57814e5e | 2889 | store_by_pieces_2 (GEN_FCN (icode), mode, data); |
9de08200 RK |
2890 | |
2891 | max_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
2892 | } | |
2893 | ||
2894 | /* The code above should have handled everything. */ | |
57814e5e | 2895 | if (data->len != 0) |
9de08200 RK |
2896 | abort (); |
2897 | } | |
2898 | ||
57814e5e | 2899 | /* Subroutine of store_by_pieces_1. Store as many bytes as appropriate |
9de08200 RK |
2900 | with move instructions for mode MODE. GENFUN is the gen_... function |
2901 | to make a move insn for that mode. DATA has all the other info. */ | |
2902 | ||
2903 | static void | |
502b8322 AJ |
2904 | store_by_pieces_2 (rtx (*genfun) (rtx, ...), enum machine_mode mode, |
2905 | struct store_by_pieces *data) | |
9de08200 | 2906 | { |
3bdf5ad1 | 2907 | unsigned int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); |
57814e5e | 2908 | rtx to1, cst; |
9de08200 RK |
2909 | |
2910 | while (data->len >= size) | |
2911 | { | |
3bdf5ad1 RK |
2912 | if (data->reverse) |
2913 | data->offset -= size; | |
9de08200 | 2914 | |
3bdf5ad1 | 2915 | if (data->autinc_to) |
630036c6 JJ |
2916 | to1 = adjust_automodify_address (data->to, mode, data->to_addr, |
2917 | data->offset); | |
3a94c984 | 2918 | else |
f4ef873c | 2919 | to1 = adjust_address (data->to, mode, data->offset); |
9de08200 | 2920 | |
940da324 | 2921 | if (HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT && data->explicit_inc_to < 0) |
57814e5e JJ |
2922 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr, |
2923 | GEN_INT (-(HOST_WIDE_INT) size))); | |
9de08200 | 2924 | |
57814e5e JJ |
2925 | cst = (*data->constfun) (data->constfundata, data->offset, mode); |
2926 | emit_insn ((*genfun) (to1, cst)); | |
3bdf5ad1 | 2927 | |
940da324 | 2928 | if (HAVE_POST_INCREMENT && data->explicit_inc_to > 0) |
9de08200 | 2929 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr, GEN_INT (size))); |
9de08200 | 2930 | |
3bdf5ad1 RK |
2931 | if (! data->reverse) |
2932 | data->offset += size; | |
9de08200 RK |
2933 | |
2934 | data->len -= size; | |
2935 | } | |
2936 | } | |
2937 | \f | |
19caa751 | 2938 | /* Write zeros through the storage of OBJECT. If OBJECT has BLKmode, SIZE is |
8ac61af7 | 2939 | its length in bytes. */ |
e9a25f70 JL |
2940 | |
2941 | rtx | |
502b8322 | 2942 | clear_storage (rtx object, rtx size) |
bbf6f052 | 2943 | { |
e9a25f70 | 2944 | rtx retval = 0; |
8ac61af7 RK |
2945 | unsigned int align = (GET_CODE (object) == MEM ? MEM_ALIGN (object) |
2946 | : GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (GET_MODE (object))); | |
e9a25f70 | 2947 | |
fcf1b822 RK |
2948 | /* If OBJECT is not BLKmode and SIZE is the same size as its mode, |
2949 | just move a zero. Otherwise, do this a piece at a time. */ | |
69ef87e2 | 2950 | if (GET_MODE (object) != BLKmode |
fcf1b822 | 2951 | && GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT |
4ca79136 | 2952 | && INTVAL (size) == (HOST_WIDE_INT) GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (object))) |
fcf1b822 RK |
2953 | emit_move_insn (object, CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (object))); |
2954 | else | |
bbf6f052 | 2955 | { |
9de08200 RK |
2956 | object = protect_from_queue (object, 1); |
2957 | size = protect_from_queue (size, 0); | |
2958 | ||
2959 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
78762e3b | 2960 | && CLEAR_BY_PIECES_P (INTVAL (size), align)) |
9de08200 | 2961 | clear_by_pieces (object, INTVAL (size), align); |
4ca79136 RH |
2962 | else if (clear_storage_via_clrstr (object, size, align)) |
2963 | ; | |
9de08200 | 2964 | else |
4ca79136 RH |
2965 | retval = clear_storage_via_libcall (object, size); |
2966 | } | |
2967 | ||
2968 | return retval; | |
2969 | } | |
2970 | ||
2971 | /* A subroutine of clear_storage. Expand a clrstr pattern; | |
2972 | return true if successful. */ | |
2973 | ||
2974 | static bool | |
502b8322 | 2975 | clear_storage_via_clrstr (rtx object, rtx size, unsigned int align) |
4ca79136 RH |
2976 | { |
2977 | /* Try the most limited insn first, because there's no point | |
2978 | including more than one in the machine description unless | |
2979 | the more limited one has some advantage. */ | |
2980 | ||
2981 | rtx opalign = GEN_INT (align / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
2982 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
2983 | ||
2984 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); mode != VOIDmode; | |
2985 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
2986 | { | |
2987 | enum insn_code code = clrstr_optab[(int) mode]; | |
2988 | insn_operand_predicate_fn pred; | |
2989 | ||
2990 | if (code != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
2991 | /* We don't need MODE to be narrower than | |
2992 | BITS_PER_HOST_WIDE_INT here because if SIZE is less than | |
2993 | the mode mask, as it is returned by the macro, it will | |
2994 | definitely be less than the actual mode mask. */ | |
2995 | && ((GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
2996 | && ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (size) | |
2997 | <= (GET_MODE_MASK (mode) >> 1))) | |
2998 | || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) >= BITS_PER_WORD) | |
2999 | && ((pred = insn_data[(int) code].operand[0].predicate) == 0 | |
3000 | || (*pred) (object, BLKmode)) | |
3001 | && ((pred = insn_data[(int) code].operand[2].predicate) == 0 | |
3002 | || (*pred) (opalign, VOIDmode))) | |
9de08200 | 3003 | { |
4ca79136 RH |
3004 | rtx op1; |
3005 | rtx last = get_last_insn (); | |
3006 | rtx pat; | |
9de08200 | 3007 | |
4ca79136 RH |
3008 | op1 = convert_to_mode (mode, size, 1); |
3009 | pred = insn_data[(int) code].operand[1].predicate; | |
3010 | if (pred != 0 && ! (*pred) (op1, mode)) | |
3011 | op1 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode, op1); | |
9de08200 | 3012 | |
4ca79136 RH |
3013 | pat = GEN_FCN ((int) code) (object, op1, opalign); |
3014 | if (pat) | |
9de08200 | 3015 | { |
4ca79136 RH |
3016 | emit_insn (pat); |
3017 | return true; | |
3018 | } | |
3019 | else | |
3020 | delete_insns_since (last); | |
3021 | } | |
3022 | } | |
9de08200 | 3023 | |
4ca79136 RH |
3024 | return false; |
3025 | } | |
9de08200 | 3026 | |
4ca79136 RH |
3027 | /* A subroutine of clear_storage. Expand a call to memset or bzero. |
3028 | Return the return value of memset, 0 otherwise. */ | |
9de08200 | 3029 | |
4ca79136 | 3030 | static rtx |
502b8322 | 3031 | clear_storage_via_libcall (rtx object, rtx size) |
4ca79136 RH |
3032 | { |
3033 | tree call_expr, arg_list, fn, object_tree, size_tree; | |
3034 | enum machine_mode size_mode; | |
3035 | rtx retval; | |
9de08200 | 3036 | |
4ca79136 | 3037 | /* OBJECT or SIZE may have been passed through protect_from_queue. |
52cf7115 | 3038 | |
4ca79136 RH |
3039 | It is unsafe to save the value generated by protect_from_queue |
3040 | and reuse it later. Consider what happens if emit_queue is | |
3041 | called before the return value from protect_from_queue is used. | |
52cf7115 | 3042 | |
4ca79136 RH |
3043 | Expansion of the CALL_EXPR below will call emit_queue before |
3044 | we are finished emitting RTL for argument setup. So if we are | |
3045 | not careful we could get the wrong value for an argument. | |
52cf7115 | 3046 | |
4ca79136 RH |
3047 | To avoid this problem we go ahead and emit code to copy OBJECT |
3048 | and SIZE into new pseudos. We can then place those new pseudos | |
3049 | into an RTL_EXPR and use them later, even after a call to | |
3050 | emit_queue. | |
52cf7115 | 3051 | |
4ca79136 RH |
3052 | Note this is not strictly needed for library calls since they |
3053 | do not call emit_queue before loading their arguments. However, | |
3054 | we may need to have library calls call emit_queue in the future | |
3055 | since failing to do so could cause problems for targets which | |
3056 | define SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES and pass arguments in registers. */ | |
52cf7115 | 3057 | |
4ca79136 | 3058 | object = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, XEXP (object, 0)); |
52cf7115 | 3059 | |
4ca79136 RH |
3060 | if (TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS) |
3061 | size_mode = TYPE_MODE (sizetype); | |
3062 | else | |
3063 | size_mode = TYPE_MODE (unsigned_type_node); | |
3064 | size = convert_to_mode (size_mode, size, 1); | |
3065 | size = copy_to_mode_reg (size_mode, size); | |
52cf7115 | 3066 | |
4ca79136 RH |
3067 | /* It is incorrect to use the libcall calling conventions to call |
3068 | memset in this context. This could be a user call to memset and | |
3069 | the user may wish to examine the return value from memset. For | |
3070 | targets where libcalls and normal calls have different conventions | |
3071 | for returning pointers, we could end up generating incorrect code. | |
4bc973ae | 3072 | |
4ca79136 | 3073 | For convenience, we generate the call to bzero this way as well. */ |
4bc973ae | 3074 | |
4ca79136 RH |
3075 | object_tree = make_tree (ptr_type_node, object); |
3076 | if (TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS) | |
3077 | size_tree = make_tree (sizetype, size); | |
3078 | else | |
3079 | size_tree = make_tree (unsigned_type_node, size); | |
3080 | ||
3081 | fn = clear_storage_libcall_fn (true); | |
3082 | arg_list = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, size_tree, NULL_TREE); | |
3083 | if (TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS) | |
3084 | arg_list = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_zero_node, arg_list); | |
3085 | arg_list = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, object_tree, arg_list); | |
3086 | ||
3087 | /* Now we have to build up the CALL_EXPR itself. */ | |
3088 | call_expr = build1 (ADDR_EXPR, build_pointer_type (TREE_TYPE (fn)), fn); | |
3089 | call_expr = build (CALL_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (fn)), | |
3090 | call_expr, arg_list, NULL_TREE); | |
3091 | TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (call_expr) = 1; | |
3092 | ||
3093 | retval = expand_expr (call_expr, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
3094 | ||
3095 | /* If we are initializing a readonly value, show the above call | |
3096 | clobbered it. Otherwise, a load from it may erroneously be | |
3097 | hoisted from a loop. */ | |
3098 | if (RTX_UNCHANGING_P (object)) | |
3099 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, object)); | |
3100 | ||
3101 | return (TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS ? retval : NULL_RTX); | |
3102 | } | |
3103 | ||
3104 | /* A subroutine of clear_storage_via_libcall. Create the tree node | |
3105 | for the function we use for block clears. The first time FOR_CALL | |
3106 | is true, we call assemble_external. */ | |
3107 | ||
3108 | static GTY(()) tree block_clear_fn; | |
66c60e67 | 3109 | |
9661b15f | 3110 | void |
502b8322 | 3111 | init_block_clear_fn (const char *asmspec) |
4ca79136 | 3112 | { |
9661b15f | 3113 | if (!block_clear_fn) |
4ca79136 | 3114 | { |
9661b15f JJ |
3115 | tree fn, args; |
3116 | ||
4ca79136 RH |
3117 | if (TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS) |
3118 | { | |
3119 | fn = get_identifier ("memset"); | |
3120 | args = build_function_type_list (ptr_type_node, ptr_type_node, | |
3121 | integer_type_node, sizetype, | |
3122 | NULL_TREE); | |
3123 | } | |
3124 | else | |
3125 | { | |
3126 | fn = get_identifier ("bzero"); | |
3127 | args = build_function_type_list (void_type_node, ptr_type_node, | |
3128 | unsigned_type_node, NULL_TREE); | |
9de08200 | 3129 | } |
4ca79136 RH |
3130 | |
3131 | fn = build_decl (FUNCTION_DECL, fn, args); | |
3132 | DECL_EXTERNAL (fn) = 1; | |
3133 | TREE_PUBLIC (fn) = 1; | |
3134 | DECL_ARTIFICIAL (fn) = 1; | |
3135 | TREE_NOTHROW (fn) = 1; | |
3136 | ||
3137 | block_clear_fn = fn; | |
bbf6f052 | 3138 | } |
e9a25f70 | 3139 | |
9661b15f JJ |
3140 | if (asmspec) |
3141 | { | |
3142 | SET_DECL_RTL (block_clear_fn, NULL_RTX); | |
3143 | SET_DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (block_clear_fn, get_identifier (asmspec)); | |
3144 | } | |
3145 | } | |
3146 | ||
3147 | static tree | |
502b8322 | 3148 | clear_storage_libcall_fn (int for_call) |
9661b15f JJ |
3149 | { |
3150 | static bool emitted_extern; | |
3151 | ||
3152 | if (!block_clear_fn) | |
3153 | init_block_clear_fn (NULL); | |
3154 | ||
4ca79136 RH |
3155 | if (for_call && !emitted_extern) |
3156 | { | |
3157 | emitted_extern = true; | |
9661b15f JJ |
3158 | make_decl_rtl (block_clear_fn, NULL); |
3159 | assemble_external (block_clear_fn); | |
4ca79136 | 3160 | } |
bbf6f052 | 3161 | |
9661b15f | 3162 | return block_clear_fn; |
4ca79136 RH |
3163 | } |
3164 | \f | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3165 | /* Generate code to copy Y into X. |
3166 | Both Y and X must have the same mode, except that | |
3167 | Y can be a constant with VOIDmode. | |
3168 | This mode cannot be BLKmode; use emit_block_move for that. | |
3169 | ||
3170 | Return the last instruction emitted. */ | |
3171 | ||
3172 | rtx | |
502b8322 | 3173 | emit_move_insn (rtx x, rtx y) |
bbf6f052 RK |
3174 | { |
3175 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x); | |
de1b33dd | 3176 | rtx y_cst = NULL_RTX; |
0c19a26f | 3177 | rtx last_insn, set; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3178 | |
3179 | x = protect_from_queue (x, 1); | |
3180 | y = protect_from_queue (y, 0); | |
3181 | ||
3182 | if (mode == BLKmode || (GET_MODE (y) != mode && GET_MODE (y) != VOIDmode)) | |
3183 | abort (); | |
3184 | ||
ee5332b8 RH |
3185 | /* Never force constant_p_rtx to memory. */ |
3186 | if (GET_CODE (y) == CONSTANT_P_RTX) | |
3187 | ; | |
51286de6 | 3188 | else if (CONSTANT_P (y)) |
de1b33dd | 3189 | { |
51286de6 | 3190 | if (optimize |
075fc17a | 3191 | && SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (x)) |
51286de6 RH |
3192 | && (last_insn = compress_float_constant (x, y))) |
3193 | return last_insn; | |
3194 | ||
0c19a26f RS |
3195 | y_cst = y; |
3196 | ||
51286de6 RH |
3197 | if (!LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (y)) |
3198 | { | |
51286de6 | 3199 | y = force_const_mem (mode, y); |
3a04ff64 RH |
3200 | |
3201 | /* If the target's cannot_force_const_mem prevented the spill, | |
3202 | assume that the target's move expanders will also take care | |
3203 | of the non-legitimate constant. */ | |
3204 | if (!y) | |
3205 | y = y_cst; | |
51286de6 | 3206 | } |
de1b33dd | 3207 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
3208 | |
3209 | /* If X or Y are memory references, verify that their addresses are valid | |
3210 | for the machine. */ | |
3211 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM | |
3212 | && ((! memory_address_p (GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 0)) | |
3213 | && ! push_operand (x, GET_MODE (x))) | |
3214 | || (flag_force_addr | |
3215 | && CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (x, 0))))) | |
792760b9 | 3216 | x = validize_mem (x); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3217 | |
3218 | if (GET_CODE (y) == MEM | |
3219 | && (! memory_address_p (GET_MODE (y), XEXP (y, 0)) | |
3220 | || (flag_force_addr | |
3221 | && CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (y, 0))))) | |
792760b9 | 3222 | y = validize_mem (y); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3223 | |
3224 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
3225 | abort (); | |
3226 | ||
de1b33dd AO |
3227 | last_insn = emit_move_insn_1 (x, y); |
3228 | ||
0c19a26f RS |
3229 | if (y_cst && GET_CODE (x) == REG |
3230 | && (set = single_set (last_insn)) != NULL_RTX | |
3231 | && SET_DEST (set) == x | |
3232 | && ! rtx_equal_p (y_cst, SET_SRC (set))) | |
3d238248 | 3233 | set_unique_reg_note (last_insn, REG_EQUAL, y_cst); |
de1b33dd AO |
3234 | |
3235 | return last_insn; | |
261c4230 RS |
3236 | } |
3237 | ||
3238 | /* Low level part of emit_move_insn. | |
3239 | Called just like emit_move_insn, but assumes X and Y | |
3240 | are basically valid. */ | |
3241 | ||
3242 | rtx | |
502b8322 | 3243 | emit_move_insn_1 (rtx x, rtx y) |
261c4230 RS |
3244 | { |
3245 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x); | |
3246 | enum machine_mode submode; | |
3247 | enum mode_class class = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode); | |
261c4230 | 3248 | |
dbbbbf3b | 3249 | if ((unsigned int) mode >= (unsigned int) MAX_MACHINE_MODE) |
3a94c984 | 3250 | abort (); |
76bbe028 | 3251 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3252 | if (mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing) |
3253 | return | |
3254 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code) (x, y)); | |
3255 | ||
89742723 | 3256 | /* Expand complex moves by moving real part and imag part, if possible. */ |
7308a047 | 3257 | else if ((class == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT || class == MODE_COMPLEX_INT) |
27e58a70 | 3258 | && BLKmode != (submode = GET_MODE_INNER (mode)) |
7308a047 RS |
3259 | && (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code |
3260 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
3261 | { | |
3262 | /* Don't split destination if it is a stack push. */ | |
3263 | int stack = push_operand (x, GET_MODE (x)); | |
7308a047 | 3264 | |
79ce92d7 | 3265 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING |
0e9cbd11 KH |
3266 | /* In case we output to the stack, but the size is smaller than the |
3267 | machine can push exactly, we need to use move instructions. */ | |
1a06f5fe | 3268 | if (stack |
bb93b973 RK |
3269 | && (PUSH_ROUNDING (GET_MODE_SIZE (submode)) |
3270 | != GET_MODE_SIZE (submode))) | |
1a06f5fe JH |
3271 | { |
3272 | rtx temp; | |
bb93b973 | 3273 | HOST_WIDE_INT offset1, offset2; |
1a06f5fe JH |
3274 | |
3275 | /* Do not use anti_adjust_stack, since we don't want to update | |
3276 | stack_pointer_delta. */ | |
3277 | temp = expand_binop (Pmode, | |
3278 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
3279 | sub_optab, | |
3280 | #else | |
3281 | add_optab, | |
3282 | #endif | |
3283 | stack_pointer_rtx, | |
3284 | GEN_INT | |
bb93b973 RK |
3285 | (PUSH_ROUNDING |
3286 | (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)))), | |
3287 | stack_pointer_rtx, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
3288 | ||
1a06f5fe JH |
3289 | if (temp != stack_pointer_rtx) |
3290 | emit_move_insn (stack_pointer_rtx, temp); | |
bb93b973 | 3291 | |
1a06f5fe JH |
3292 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD |
3293 | offset1 = 0; | |
3294 | offset2 = GET_MODE_SIZE (submode); | |
3295 | #else | |
3296 | offset1 = -PUSH_ROUNDING (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x))); | |
3297 | offset2 = (-PUSH_ROUNDING (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x))) | |
3298 | + GET_MODE_SIZE (submode)); | |
3299 | #endif | |
bb93b973 | 3300 | |
1a06f5fe JH |
3301 | emit_move_insn (change_address (x, submode, |
3302 | gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, | |
3303 | stack_pointer_rtx, | |
3304 | GEN_INT (offset1))), | |
3305 | gen_realpart (submode, y)); | |
3306 | emit_move_insn (change_address (x, submode, | |
3307 | gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, | |
3308 | stack_pointer_rtx, | |
3309 | GEN_INT (offset2))), | |
3310 | gen_imagpart (submode, y)); | |
3311 | } | |
e9c0bd54 | 3312 | else |
79ce92d7 | 3313 | #endif |
7308a047 RS |
3314 | /* If this is a stack, push the highpart first, so it |
3315 | will be in the argument order. | |
3316 | ||
3317 | In that case, change_address is used only to convert | |
3318 | the mode, not to change the address. */ | |
e9c0bd54 | 3319 | if (stack) |
c937357e | 3320 | { |
e33c0d66 RS |
3321 | /* Note that the real part always precedes the imag part in memory |
3322 | regardless of machine's endianness. */ | |
c937357e | 3323 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD |
a79b3dc7 RS |
3324 | emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (submode, XEXP (x, 0)), |
3325 | gen_imagpart (submode, y)); | |
3326 | emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (submode, XEXP (x, 0)), | |
3327 | gen_realpart (submode, y)); | |
c937357e | 3328 | #else |
a79b3dc7 RS |
3329 | emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (submode, XEXP (x, 0)), |
3330 | gen_realpart (submode, y)); | |
3331 | emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (submode, XEXP (x, 0)), | |
3332 | gen_imagpart (submode, y)); | |
c937357e RS |
3333 | #endif |
3334 | } | |
3335 | else | |
3336 | { | |
235ae7be DM |
3337 | rtx realpart_x, realpart_y; |
3338 | rtx imagpart_x, imagpart_y; | |
3339 | ||
405f63da MM |
3340 | /* If this is a complex value with each part being smaller than a |
3341 | word, the usual calling sequence will likely pack the pieces into | |
3342 | a single register. Unfortunately, SUBREG of hard registers only | |
3343 | deals in terms of words, so we have a problem converting input | |
3344 | arguments to the CONCAT of two registers that is used elsewhere | |
3345 | for complex values. If this is before reload, we can copy it into | |
3346 | memory and reload. FIXME, we should see about using extract and | |
3347 | insert on integer registers, but complex short and complex char | |
3348 | variables should be rarely used. */ | |
3a94c984 | 3349 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) < 2 * BITS_PER_WORD |
405f63da MM |
3350 | && (reload_in_progress | reload_completed) == 0) |
3351 | { | |
bb93b973 RK |
3352 | int packed_dest_p |
3353 | = (REG_P (x) && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER); | |
3354 | int packed_src_p | |
3355 | = (REG_P (y) && REGNO (y) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER); | |
405f63da MM |
3356 | |
3357 | if (packed_dest_p || packed_src_p) | |
3358 | { | |
3359 | enum mode_class reg_class = ((class == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT) | |
3360 | ? MODE_FLOAT : MODE_INT); | |
3361 | ||
1da68f56 RK |
3362 | enum machine_mode reg_mode |
3363 | = mode_for_size (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), reg_class, 1); | |
405f63da MM |
3364 | |
3365 | if (reg_mode != BLKmode) | |
3366 | { | |
3367 | rtx mem = assign_stack_temp (reg_mode, | |
3368 | GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0); | |
f4ef873c | 3369 | rtx cmem = adjust_address (mem, mode, 0); |
405f63da | 3370 | |
1da68f56 RK |
3371 | cfun->cannot_inline |
3372 | = N_("function using short complex types cannot be inline"); | |
405f63da MM |
3373 | |
3374 | if (packed_dest_p) | |
3375 | { | |
3376 | rtx sreg = gen_rtx_SUBREG (reg_mode, x, 0); | |
bb93b973 | 3377 | |
405f63da MM |
3378 | emit_move_insn_1 (cmem, y); |
3379 | return emit_move_insn_1 (sreg, mem); | |
3380 | } | |
3381 | else | |
3382 | { | |
3383 | rtx sreg = gen_rtx_SUBREG (reg_mode, y, 0); | |
bb93b973 | 3384 | |
405f63da MM |
3385 | emit_move_insn_1 (mem, sreg); |
3386 | return emit_move_insn_1 (x, cmem); | |
3387 | } | |
3388 | } | |
3389 | } | |
3390 | } | |
3391 | ||
235ae7be DM |
3392 | realpart_x = gen_realpart (submode, x); |
3393 | realpart_y = gen_realpart (submode, y); | |
3394 | imagpart_x = gen_imagpart (submode, x); | |
3395 | imagpart_y = gen_imagpart (submode, y); | |
3396 | ||
3397 | /* Show the output dies here. This is necessary for SUBREGs | |
3398 | of pseudos since we cannot track their lifetimes correctly; | |
c14c6529 RH |
3399 | hard regs shouldn't appear here except as return values. |
3400 | We never want to emit such a clobber after reload. */ | |
3401 | if (x != y | |
235ae7be DM |
3402 | && ! (reload_in_progress || reload_completed) |
3403 | && (GET_CODE (realpart_x) == SUBREG | |
3404 | || GET_CODE (imagpart_x) == SUBREG)) | |
bb93b973 | 3405 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, x)); |
2638126a | 3406 | |
a79b3dc7 RS |
3407 | emit_move_insn (realpart_x, realpart_y); |
3408 | emit_move_insn (imagpart_x, imagpart_y); | |
c937357e | 3409 | } |
7308a047 | 3410 | |
7a1ab50a | 3411 | return get_last_insn (); |
7308a047 RS |
3412 | } |
3413 | ||
a3600c71 HPN |
3414 | /* Handle MODE_CC modes: If we don't have a special move insn for this mode, |
3415 | find a mode to do it in. If we have a movcc, use it. Otherwise, | |
3416 | find the MODE_INT mode of the same width. */ | |
3417 | else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_CC | |
3418 | && mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code == CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
3419 | { | |
3420 | enum insn_code insn_code; | |
3421 | enum machine_mode tmode = VOIDmode; | |
3422 | rtx x1 = x, y1 = y; | |
3423 | ||
3424 | if (mode != CCmode | |
3425 | && mov_optab->handlers[(int) CCmode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
3426 | tmode = CCmode; | |
3427 | else | |
3428 | for (tmode = QImode; tmode != VOIDmode; | |
3429 | tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
3430 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) == GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)) | |
3431 | break; | |
3432 | ||
3433 | if (tmode == VOIDmode) | |
3434 | abort (); | |
3435 | ||
3436 | /* Get X and Y in TMODE. We can't use gen_lowpart here because it | |
3437 | may call change_address which is not appropriate if we were | |
3438 | called when a reload was in progress. We don't have to worry | |
3439 | about changing the address since the size in bytes is supposed to | |
3440 | be the same. Copy the MEM to change the mode and move any | |
3441 | substitutions from the old MEM to the new one. */ | |
3442 | ||
3443 | if (reload_in_progress) | |
3444 | { | |
3445 | x = gen_lowpart_common (tmode, x1); | |
3446 | if (x == 0 && GET_CODE (x1) == MEM) | |
3447 | { | |
3448 | x = adjust_address_nv (x1, tmode, 0); | |
3449 | copy_replacements (x1, x); | |
3450 | } | |
3451 | ||
3452 | y = gen_lowpart_common (tmode, y1); | |
3453 | if (y == 0 && GET_CODE (y1) == MEM) | |
3454 | { | |
3455 | y = adjust_address_nv (y1, tmode, 0); | |
3456 | copy_replacements (y1, y); | |
3457 | } | |
3458 | } | |
3459 | else | |
3460 | { | |
3461 | x = gen_lowpart (tmode, x); | |
3462 | y = gen_lowpart (tmode, y); | |
3463 | } | |
502b8322 | 3464 | |
a3600c71 HPN |
3465 | insn_code = mov_optab->handlers[(int) tmode].insn_code; |
3466 | return emit_insn (GEN_FCN (insn_code) (x, y)); | |
3467 | } | |
3468 | ||
cffa2189 R |
3469 | /* This will handle any multi-word or full-word mode that lacks a move_insn |
3470 | pattern. However, you will get better code if you define such patterns, | |
bbf6f052 | 3471 | even if they must turn into multiple assembler instructions. */ |
cffa2189 | 3472 | else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) >= UNITS_PER_WORD) |
bbf6f052 RK |
3473 | { |
3474 | rtx last_insn = 0; | |
3ef1eef4 | 3475 | rtx seq, inner; |
235ae7be | 3476 | int need_clobber; |
bb93b973 | 3477 | int i; |
3a94c984 | 3478 | |
a98c9f1a RK |
3479 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING |
3480 | ||
3481 | /* If X is a push on the stack, do the push now and replace | |
3482 | X with a reference to the stack pointer. */ | |
3483 | if (push_operand (x, GET_MODE (x))) | |
3484 | { | |
918a6124 GK |
3485 | rtx temp; |
3486 | enum rtx_code code; | |
0fb7aeda | 3487 | |
918a6124 GK |
3488 | /* Do not use anti_adjust_stack, since we don't want to update |
3489 | stack_pointer_delta. */ | |
3490 | temp = expand_binop (Pmode, | |
3491 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
3492 | sub_optab, | |
3493 | #else | |
3494 | add_optab, | |
3495 | #endif | |
3496 | stack_pointer_rtx, | |
3497 | GEN_INT | |
bb93b973 RK |
3498 | (PUSH_ROUNDING |
3499 | (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)))), | |
a426c92e | 3500 | stack_pointer_rtx, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
bb93b973 | 3501 | |
0fb7aeda KH |
3502 | if (temp != stack_pointer_rtx) |
3503 | emit_move_insn (stack_pointer_rtx, temp); | |
918a6124 GK |
3504 | |
3505 | code = GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)); | |
bb93b973 | 3506 | |
918a6124 GK |
3507 | /* Just hope that small offsets off SP are OK. */ |
3508 | if (code == POST_INC) | |
0fb7aeda | 3509 | temp = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx, |
bb93b973 RK |
3510 | GEN_INT (-((HOST_WIDE_INT) |
3511 | GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x))))); | |
918a6124 | 3512 | else if (code == POST_DEC) |
0fb7aeda | 3513 | temp = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx, |
918a6124 GK |
3514 | GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)))); |
3515 | else | |
3516 | temp = stack_pointer_rtx; | |
3517 | ||
3518 | x = change_address (x, VOIDmode, temp); | |
a98c9f1a RK |
3519 | } |
3520 | #endif | |
3a94c984 | 3521 | |
3ef1eef4 RK |
3522 | /* If we are in reload, see if either operand is a MEM whose address |
3523 | is scheduled for replacement. */ | |
3524 | if (reload_in_progress && GET_CODE (x) == MEM | |
3525 | && (inner = find_replacement (&XEXP (x, 0))) != XEXP (x, 0)) | |
f1ec5147 | 3526 | x = replace_equiv_address_nv (x, inner); |
3ef1eef4 RK |
3527 | if (reload_in_progress && GET_CODE (y) == MEM |
3528 | && (inner = find_replacement (&XEXP (y, 0))) != XEXP (y, 0)) | |
f1ec5147 | 3529 | y = replace_equiv_address_nv (y, inner); |
3ef1eef4 | 3530 | |
235ae7be | 3531 | start_sequence (); |
15a7a8ec | 3532 | |
235ae7be | 3533 | need_clobber = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 3534 | for (i = 0; |
3a94c984 | 3535 | i < (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) + (UNITS_PER_WORD - 1)) / UNITS_PER_WORD; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3536 | i++) |
3537 | { | |
3538 | rtx xpart = operand_subword (x, i, 1, mode); | |
3539 | rtx ypart = operand_subword (y, i, 1, mode); | |
3540 | ||
3541 | /* If we can't get a part of Y, put Y into memory if it is a | |
3542 | constant. Otherwise, force it into a register. If we still | |
3543 | can't get a part of Y, abort. */ | |
3544 | if (ypart == 0 && CONSTANT_P (y)) | |
3545 | { | |
3546 | y = force_const_mem (mode, y); | |
3547 | ypart = operand_subword (y, i, 1, mode); | |
3548 | } | |
3549 | else if (ypart == 0) | |
3550 | ypart = operand_subword_force (y, i, mode); | |
3551 | ||
3552 | if (xpart == 0 || ypart == 0) | |
3553 | abort (); | |
3554 | ||
235ae7be DM |
3555 | need_clobber |= (GET_CODE (xpart) == SUBREG); |
3556 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
3557 | last_insn = emit_move_insn (xpart, ypart); |
3558 | } | |
6551fa4d | 3559 | |
2f937369 | 3560 | seq = get_insns (); |
235ae7be DM |
3561 | end_sequence (); |
3562 | ||
3563 | /* Show the output dies here. This is necessary for SUBREGs | |
3564 | of pseudos since we cannot track their lifetimes correctly; | |
3565 | hard regs shouldn't appear here except as return values. | |
3566 | We never want to emit such a clobber after reload. */ | |
3567 | if (x != y | |
3568 | && ! (reload_in_progress || reload_completed) | |
3569 | && need_clobber != 0) | |
bb93b973 | 3570 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, x)); |
235ae7be DM |
3571 | |
3572 | emit_insn (seq); | |
3573 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
3574 | return last_insn; |
3575 | } | |
3576 | else | |
3577 | abort (); | |
3578 | } | |
51286de6 RH |
3579 | |
3580 | /* If Y is representable exactly in a narrower mode, and the target can | |
3581 | perform the extension directly from constant or memory, then emit the | |
3582 | move as an extension. */ | |
3583 | ||
3584 | static rtx | |
502b8322 | 3585 | compress_float_constant (rtx x, rtx y) |
51286de6 RH |
3586 | { |
3587 | enum machine_mode dstmode = GET_MODE (x); | |
3588 | enum machine_mode orig_srcmode = GET_MODE (y); | |
3589 | enum machine_mode srcmode; | |
3590 | REAL_VALUE_TYPE r; | |
3591 | ||
3592 | REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, y); | |
3593 | ||
3594 | for (srcmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (GET_MODE_CLASS (orig_srcmode)); | |
3595 | srcmode != orig_srcmode; | |
3596 | srcmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (srcmode)) | |
3597 | { | |
3598 | enum insn_code ic; | |
3599 | rtx trunc_y, last_insn; | |
3600 | ||
3601 | /* Skip if the target can't extend this way. */ | |
3602 | ic = can_extend_p (dstmode, srcmode, 0); | |
3603 | if (ic == CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
3604 | continue; | |
3605 | ||
3606 | /* Skip if the narrowed value isn't exact. */ | |
3607 | if (! exact_real_truncate (srcmode, &r)) | |
3608 | continue; | |
3609 | ||
3610 | trunc_y = CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (r, srcmode); | |
3611 | ||
3612 | if (LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (trunc_y)) | |
3613 | { | |
3614 | /* Skip if the target needs extra instructions to perform | |
3615 | the extension. */ | |
3616 | if (! (*insn_data[ic].operand[1].predicate) (trunc_y, srcmode)) | |
3617 | continue; | |
3618 | } | |
3619 | else if (float_extend_from_mem[dstmode][srcmode]) | |
3620 | trunc_y = validize_mem (force_const_mem (srcmode, trunc_y)); | |
3621 | else | |
3622 | continue; | |
3623 | ||
3624 | emit_unop_insn (ic, x, trunc_y, UNKNOWN); | |
3625 | last_insn = get_last_insn (); | |
3626 | ||
3627 | if (GET_CODE (x) == REG) | |
0c19a26f | 3628 | set_unique_reg_note (last_insn, REG_EQUAL, y); |
51286de6 RH |
3629 | |
3630 | return last_insn; | |
3631 | } | |
3632 | ||
3633 | return NULL_RTX; | |
3634 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3635 | \f |
3636 | /* Pushing data onto the stack. */ | |
3637 | ||
3638 | /* Push a block of length SIZE (perhaps variable) | |
3639 | and return an rtx to address the beginning of the block. | |
3640 | Note that it is not possible for the value returned to be a QUEUED. | |
3641 | The value may be virtual_outgoing_args_rtx. | |
3642 | ||
3643 | EXTRA is the number of bytes of padding to push in addition to SIZE. | |
3644 | BELOW nonzero means this padding comes at low addresses; | |
3645 | otherwise, the padding comes at high addresses. */ | |
3646 | ||
3647 | rtx | |
502b8322 | 3648 | push_block (rtx size, int extra, int below) |
bbf6f052 | 3649 | { |
b3694847 | 3650 | rtx temp; |
88f63c77 RK |
3651 | |
3652 | size = convert_modes (Pmode, ptr_mode, size, 1); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3653 | if (CONSTANT_P (size)) |
3654 | anti_adjust_stack (plus_constant (size, extra)); | |
3655 | else if (GET_CODE (size) == REG && extra == 0) | |
3656 | anti_adjust_stack (size); | |
3657 | else | |
3658 | { | |
ce48579b | 3659 | temp = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, size); |
bbf6f052 | 3660 | if (extra != 0) |
906c4e36 | 3661 | temp = expand_binop (Pmode, add_optab, temp, GEN_INT (extra), |
bbf6f052 RK |
3662 | temp, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
3663 | anti_adjust_stack (temp); | |
3664 | } | |
3665 | ||
f73ad30e | 3666 | #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD |
f73ad30e | 3667 | if (0) |
f73ad30e JH |
3668 | #else |
3669 | if (1) | |
bbf6f052 | 3670 | #endif |
f73ad30e | 3671 | { |
f73ad30e JH |
3672 | temp = virtual_outgoing_args_rtx; |
3673 | if (extra != 0 && below) | |
3674 | temp = plus_constant (temp, extra); | |
3675 | } | |
3676 | else | |
3677 | { | |
3678 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT) | |
3679 | temp = plus_constant (virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, | |
3a94c984 | 3680 | -INTVAL (size) - (below ? 0 : extra)); |
f73ad30e JH |
3681 | else if (extra != 0 && !below) |
3682 | temp = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, | |
3bdf5ad1 | 3683 | negate_rtx (Pmode, plus_constant (size, extra))); |
f73ad30e JH |
3684 | else |
3685 | temp = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, | |
3686 | negate_rtx (Pmode, size)); | |
3687 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3688 | |
3689 | return memory_address (GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT), temp); | |
3690 | } | |
3691 | ||
21d93687 RK |
3692 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING |
3693 | ||
566aa174 | 3694 | /* Emit single push insn. */ |
21d93687 | 3695 | |
566aa174 | 3696 | static void |
502b8322 | 3697 | emit_single_push_insn (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, tree type) |
566aa174 | 3698 | { |
566aa174 | 3699 | rtx dest_addr; |
918a6124 | 3700 | unsigned rounded_size = PUSH_ROUNDING (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)); |
566aa174 | 3701 | rtx dest; |
371b8fc0 JH |
3702 | enum insn_code icode; |
3703 | insn_operand_predicate_fn pred; | |
566aa174 | 3704 | |
371b8fc0 JH |
3705 | stack_pointer_delta += PUSH_ROUNDING (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)); |
3706 | /* If there is push pattern, use it. Otherwise try old way of throwing | |
3707 | MEM representing push operation to move expander. */ | |
3708 | icode = push_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; | |
3709 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
3710 | { | |
3711 | if (((pred = insn_data[(int) icode].operand[0].predicate) | |
505ddab6 | 3712 | && !((*pred) (x, mode)))) |
371b8fc0 JH |
3713 | x = force_reg (mode, x); |
3714 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (icode) (x)); | |
3715 | return; | |
3716 | } | |
566aa174 JH |
3717 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == rounded_size) |
3718 | dest_addr = gen_rtx_fmt_e (STACK_PUSH_CODE, Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx); | |
329d586f KH |
3719 | /* If we are to pad downward, adjust the stack pointer first and |
3720 | then store X into the stack location using an offset. This is | |
3721 | because emit_move_insn does not know how to pad; it does not have | |
3722 | access to type. */ | |
3723 | else if (FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (mode, type) == downward) | |
3724 | { | |
3725 | unsigned padding_size = rounded_size - GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
3726 | HOST_WIDE_INT offset; | |
3727 | ||
3728 | emit_move_insn (stack_pointer_rtx, | |
3729 | expand_binop (Pmode, | |
3730 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
3731 | sub_optab, | |
3732 | #else | |
3733 | add_optab, | |
3734 | #endif | |
3735 | stack_pointer_rtx, | |
3736 | GEN_INT (rounded_size), | |
3737 | NULL_RTX, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN)); | |
3738 | ||
3739 | offset = (HOST_WIDE_INT) padding_size; | |
3740 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
3741 | if (STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_DEC) | |
3742 | /* We have already decremented the stack pointer, so get the | |
3743 | previous value. */ | |
3744 | offset += (HOST_WIDE_INT) rounded_size; | |
3745 | #else | |
3746 | if (STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_INC) | |
3747 | /* We have already incremented the stack pointer, so get the | |
3748 | previous value. */ | |
3749 | offset -= (HOST_WIDE_INT) rounded_size; | |
3750 | #endif | |
3751 | dest_addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx, GEN_INT (offset)); | |
3752 | } | |
566aa174 JH |
3753 | else |
3754 | { | |
3755 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
329d586f | 3756 | /* ??? This seems wrong if STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_DEC. */ |
566aa174 | 3757 | dest_addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx, |
505ddab6 | 3758 | GEN_INT (-(HOST_WIDE_INT) rounded_size)); |
566aa174 | 3759 | #else |
329d586f | 3760 | /* ??? This seems wrong if STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_INC. */ |
566aa174 JH |
3761 | dest_addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx, |
3762 | GEN_INT (rounded_size)); | |
3763 | #endif | |
3764 | dest_addr = gen_rtx_PRE_MODIFY (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx, dest_addr); | |
3765 | } | |
3766 | ||
3767 | dest = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, dest_addr); | |
3768 | ||
566aa174 JH |
3769 | if (type != 0) |
3770 | { | |
3771 | set_mem_attributes (dest, type, 1); | |
c3d32120 RK |
3772 | |
3773 | if (flag_optimize_sibling_calls) | |
3774 | /* Function incoming arguments may overlap with sibling call | |
3775 | outgoing arguments and we cannot allow reordering of reads | |
3776 | from function arguments with stores to outgoing arguments | |
3777 | of sibling calls. */ | |
3778 | set_mem_alias_set (dest, 0); | |
566aa174 JH |
3779 | } |
3780 | emit_move_insn (dest, x); | |
566aa174 | 3781 | } |
21d93687 | 3782 | #endif |
566aa174 | 3783 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3784 | /* Generate code to push X onto the stack, assuming it has mode MODE and |
3785 | type TYPE. | |
3786 | MODE is redundant except when X is a CONST_INT (since they don't | |
3787 | carry mode info). | |
3788 | SIZE is an rtx for the size of data to be copied (in bytes), | |
3789 | needed only if X is BLKmode. | |
3790 | ||
f1eaaf73 | 3791 | ALIGN (in bits) is maximum alignment we can assume. |
bbf6f052 | 3792 | |
cd048831 RK |
3793 | If PARTIAL and REG are both nonzero, then copy that many of the first |
3794 | words of X into registers starting with REG, and push the rest of X. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3795 | The amount of space pushed is decreased by PARTIAL words, |
3796 | rounded *down* to a multiple of PARM_BOUNDARY. | |
3797 | REG must be a hard register in this case. | |
cd048831 RK |
3798 | If REG is zero but PARTIAL is not, take any all others actions for an |
3799 | argument partially in registers, but do not actually load any | |
3800 | registers. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3801 | |
3802 | EXTRA is the amount in bytes of extra space to leave next to this arg. | |
6dc42e49 | 3803 | This is ignored if an argument block has already been allocated. |
bbf6f052 RK |
3804 | |
3805 | On a machine that lacks real push insns, ARGS_ADDR is the address of | |
3806 | the bottom of the argument block for this call. We use indexing off there | |
3807 | to store the arg. On machines with push insns, ARGS_ADDR is 0 when a | |
3808 | argument block has not been preallocated. | |
3809 | ||
e5e809f4 JL |
3810 | ARGS_SO_FAR is the size of args previously pushed for this call. |
3811 | ||
3812 | REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE is nonzero if functions require stack space | |
3813 | for arguments passed in registers. If nonzero, it will be the number | |
3814 | of bytes required. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3815 | |
3816 | void | |
502b8322 AJ |
3817 | emit_push_insn (rtx x, enum machine_mode mode, tree type, rtx size, |
3818 | unsigned int align, int partial, rtx reg, int extra, | |
3819 | rtx args_addr, rtx args_so_far, int reg_parm_stack_space, | |
3820 | rtx alignment_pad) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3821 | { |
3822 | rtx xinner; | |
3823 | enum direction stack_direction | |
3824 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
3825 | = downward; | |
3826 | #else | |
3827 | = upward; | |
3828 | #endif | |
3829 | ||
3830 | /* Decide where to pad the argument: `downward' for below, | |
3831 | `upward' for above, or `none' for don't pad it. | |
3832 | Default is below for small data on big-endian machines; else above. */ | |
3833 | enum direction where_pad = FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (mode, type); | |
3834 | ||
0fb7aeda | 3835 | /* Invert direction if stack is post-decrement. |
9e0e11bf GK |
3836 | FIXME: why? */ |
3837 | if (STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_DEC) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3838 | if (where_pad != none) |
3839 | where_pad = (where_pad == downward ? upward : downward); | |
3840 | ||
3841 | xinner = x = protect_from_queue (x, 0); | |
3842 | ||
3843 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
3844 | { | |
3845 | /* Copy a block into the stack, entirely or partially. */ | |
3846 | ||
b3694847 | 3847 | rtx temp; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3848 | int used = partial * UNITS_PER_WORD; |
3849 | int offset = used % (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
3850 | int skip; | |
3a94c984 | 3851 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3852 | if (size == 0) |
3853 | abort (); | |
3854 | ||
3855 | used -= offset; | |
3856 | ||
3857 | /* USED is now the # of bytes we need not copy to the stack | |
3858 | because registers will take care of them. */ | |
3859 | ||
3860 | if (partial != 0) | |
f4ef873c | 3861 | xinner = adjust_address (xinner, BLKmode, used); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3862 | |
3863 | /* If the partial register-part of the arg counts in its stack size, | |
3864 | skip the part of stack space corresponding to the registers. | |
3865 | Otherwise, start copying to the beginning of the stack space, | |
3866 | by setting SKIP to 0. */ | |
e5e809f4 | 3867 | skip = (reg_parm_stack_space == 0) ? 0 : used; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3868 | |
3869 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING | |
3870 | /* Do it with several push insns if that doesn't take lots of insns | |
3871 | and if there is no difficulty with push insns that skip bytes | |
3872 | on the stack for alignment purposes. */ | |
3873 | if (args_addr == 0 | |
f73ad30e | 3874 | && PUSH_ARGS |
bbf6f052 RK |
3875 | && GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT |
3876 | && skip == 0 | |
f26aca6d | 3877 | && MEM_ALIGN (xinner) >= align |
15914757 | 3878 | && (MOVE_BY_PIECES_P ((unsigned) INTVAL (size) - used, align)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
3879 | /* Here we avoid the case of a structure whose weak alignment |
3880 | forces many pushes of a small amount of data, | |
3881 | and such small pushes do rounding that causes trouble. */ | |
e1565e65 | 3882 | && ((! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (word_mode, align)) |
19caa751 | 3883 | || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT |
f1eaaf73 DE |
3884 | || (PUSH_ROUNDING (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) |
3885 | == (align / BITS_PER_UNIT))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3886 | && PUSH_ROUNDING (INTVAL (size)) == INTVAL (size)) |
3887 | { | |
3888 | /* Push padding now if padding above and stack grows down, | |
3889 | or if padding below and stack grows up. | |
3890 | But if space already allocated, this has already been done. */ | |
3891 | if (extra && args_addr == 0 | |
3892 | && where_pad != none && where_pad != stack_direction) | |
906c4e36 | 3893 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra)); |
bbf6f052 | 3894 | |
8fd3cf4e | 3895 | move_by_pieces (NULL, xinner, INTVAL (size) - used, align, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3896 | } |
3897 | else | |
3a94c984 | 3898 | #endif /* PUSH_ROUNDING */ |
bbf6f052 | 3899 | { |
7ab923cc JJ |
3900 | rtx target; |
3901 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
3902 | /* Otherwise make space on the stack and copy the data |
3903 | to the address of that space. */ | |
3904 | ||
3905 | /* Deduct words put into registers from the size we must copy. */ | |
3906 | if (partial != 0) | |
3907 | { | |
3908 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT) | |
906c4e36 | 3909 | size = GEN_INT (INTVAL (size) - used); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3910 | else |
3911 | size = expand_binop (GET_MODE (size), sub_optab, size, | |
906c4e36 RK |
3912 | GEN_INT (used), NULL_RTX, 0, |
3913 | OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3914 | } |
3915 | ||
3916 | /* Get the address of the stack space. | |
3917 | In this case, we do not deal with EXTRA separately. | |
3918 | A single stack adjust will do. */ | |
3919 | if (! args_addr) | |
3920 | { | |
3921 | temp = push_block (size, extra, where_pad == downward); | |
3922 | extra = 0; | |
3923 | } | |
3924 | else if (GET_CODE (args_so_far) == CONST_INT) | |
3925 | temp = memory_address (BLKmode, | |
3926 | plus_constant (args_addr, | |
3927 | skip + INTVAL (args_so_far))); | |
3928 | else | |
3929 | temp = memory_address (BLKmode, | |
38a448ca RH |
3930 | plus_constant (gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, |
3931 | args_addr, | |
3932 | args_so_far), | |
bbf6f052 | 3933 | skip)); |
4ca79136 RH |
3934 | |
3935 | if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS) | |
3936 | { | |
3937 | /* If the source is referenced relative to the stack pointer, | |
3938 | copy it to another register to stabilize it. We do not need | |
3939 | to do this if we know that we won't be changing sp. */ | |
3940 | ||
3941 | if (reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx, temp) | |
3942 | || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, temp)) | |
3943 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); | |
3944 | } | |
3945 | ||
3a94c984 | 3946 | target = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, temp); |
7ab923cc | 3947 | |
3a94c984 KH |
3948 | if (type != 0) |
3949 | { | |
3950 | set_mem_attributes (target, type, 1); | |
3951 | /* Function incoming arguments may overlap with sibling call | |
3952 | outgoing arguments and we cannot allow reordering of reads | |
3953 | from function arguments with stores to outgoing arguments | |
3954 | of sibling calls. */ | |
ba4828e0 | 3955 | set_mem_alias_set (target, 0); |
3a94c984 | 3956 | } |
4ca79136 | 3957 | |
44bb111a RH |
3958 | /* ALIGN may well be better aligned than TYPE, e.g. due to |
3959 | PARM_BOUNDARY. Assume the caller isn't lying. */ | |
3960 | set_mem_align (target, align); | |
4ca79136 | 3961 | |
44bb111a | 3962 | emit_block_move (target, xinner, size, BLOCK_OP_CALL_PARM); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3963 | } |
3964 | } | |
3965 | else if (partial > 0) | |
3966 | { | |
3967 | /* Scalar partly in registers. */ | |
3968 | ||
3969 | int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD; | |
3970 | int i; | |
3971 | int not_stack; | |
3972 | /* # words of start of argument | |
3973 | that we must make space for but need not store. */ | |
3974 | int offset = partial % (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_WORD); | |
3975 | int args_offset = INTVAL (args_so_far); | |
3976 | int skip; | |
3977 | ||
3978 | /* Push padding now if padding above and stack grows down, | |
3979 | or if padding below and stack grows up. | |
3980 | But if space already allocated, this has already been done. */ | |
3981 | if (extra && args_addr == 0 | |
3982 | && where_pad != none && where_pad != stack_direction) | |
906c4e36 | 3983 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3984 | |
3985 | /* If we make space by pushing it, we might as well push | |
3986 | the real data. Otherwise, we can leave OFFSET nonzero | |
3987 | and leave the space uninitialized. */ | |
3988 | if (args_addr == 0) | |
3989 | offset = 0; | |
3990 | ||
3991 | /* Now NOT_STACK gets the number of words that we don't need to | |
3992 | allocate on the stack. */ | |
3993 | not_stack = partial - offset; | |
3994 | ||
3995 | /* If the partial register-part of the arg counts in its stack size, | |
3996 | skip the part of stack space corresponding to the registers. | |
3997 | Otherwise, start copying to the beginning of the stack space, | |
3998 | by setting SKIP to 0. */ | |
e5e809f4 | 3999 | skip = (reg_parm_stack_space == 0) ? 0 : not_stack; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4000 | |
4001 | if (CONSTANT_P (x) && ! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (x)) | |
4002 | x = validize_mem (force_const_mem (mode, x)); | |
4003 | ||
4004 | /* If X is a hard register in a non-integer mode, copy it into a pseudo; | |
4005 | SUBREGs of such registers are not allowed. */ | |
4006 | if ((GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
4007 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) != MODE_INT)) | |
4008 | x = copy_to_reg (x); | |
4009 | ||
4010 | /* Loop over all the words allocated on the stack for this arg. */ | |
4011 | /* We can do it by words, because any scalar bigger than a word | |
4012 | has a size a multiple of a word. */ | |
4013 | #ifndef PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED | |
4014 | for (i = not_stack; i < size; i++) | |
4015 | #else | |
4016 | for (i = size - 1; i >= not_stack; i--) | |
4017 | #endif | |
4018 | if (i >= not_stack + offset) | |
4019 | emit_push_insn (operand_subword_force (x, i, mode), | |
906c4e36 RK |
4020 | word_mode, NULL_TREE, NULL_RTX, align, 0, NULL_RTX, |
4021 | 0, args_addr, | |
4022 | GEN_INT (args_offset + ((i - not_stack + skip) | |
e5e809f4 | 4023 | * UNITS_PER_WORD)), |
4fc026cd | 4024 | reg_parm_stack_space, alignment_pad); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4025 | } |
4026 | else | |
4027 | { | |
4028 | rtx addr; | |
3bdf5ad1 | 4029 | rtx dest; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4030 | |
4031 | /* Push padding now if padding above and stack grows down, | |
4032 | or if padding below and stack grows up. | |
4033 | But if space already allocated, this has already been done. */ | |
4034 | if (extra && args_addr == 0 | |
4035 | && where_pad != none && where_pad != stack_direction) | |
906c4e36 | 4036 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4037 | |
4038 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING | |
f73ad30e | 4039 | if (args_addr == 0 && PUSH_ARGS) |
566aa174 | 4040 | emit_single_push_insn (mode, x, type); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4041 | else |
4042 | #endif | |
921b3427 RK |
4043 | { |
4044 | if (GET_CODE (args_so_far) == CONST_INT) | |
4045 | addr | |
4046 | = memory_address (mode, | |
3a94c984 | 4047 | plus_constant (args_addr, |
921b3427 | 4048 | INTVAL (args_so_far))); |
3a94c984 | 4049 | else |
38a448ca RH |
4050 | addr = memory_address (mode, gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, args_addr, |
4051 | args_so_far)); | |
566aa174 JH |
4052 | dest = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, addr); |
4053 | if (type != 0) | |
4054 | { | |
4055 | set_mem_attributes (dest, type, 1); | |
4056 | /* Function incoming arguments may overlap with sibling call | |
4057 | outgoing arguments and we cannot allow reordering of reads | |
4058 | from function arguments with stores to outgoing arguments | |
4059 | of sibling calls. */ | |
ba4828e0 | 4060 | set_mem_alias_set (dest, 0); |
566aa174 | 4061 | } |
bbf6f052 | 4062 | |
566aa174 | 4063 | emit_move_insn (dest, x); |
566aa174 | 4064 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
4065 | } |
4066 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
4067 | /* If part should go in registers, copy that part |
4068 | into the appropriate registers. Do this now, at the end, | |
4069 | since mem-to-mem copies above may do function calls. */ | |
cd048831 | 4070 | if (partial > 0 && reg != 0) |
fffa9c1d JW |
4071 | { |
4072 | /* Handle calls that pass values in multiple non-contiguous locations. | |
4073 | The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
4074 | if (GET_CODE (reg) == PARALLEL) | |
04050c69 | 4075 | emit_group_load (reg, x, -1); /* ??? size? */ |
fffa9c1d JW |
4076 | else |
4077 | move_block_to_reg (REGNO (reg), x, partial, mode); | |
4078 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4079 | |
4080 | if (extra && args_addr == 0 && where_pad == stack_direction) | |
906c4e36 | 4081 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra)); |
3a94c984 | 4082 | |
3ea2292a | 4083 | if (alignment_pad && args_addr == 0) |
4fc026cd | 4084 | anti_adjust_stack (alignment_pad); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4085 | } |
4086 | \f | |
296b4ed9 RK |
4087 | /* Return X if X can be used as a subtarget in a sequence of arithmetic |
4088 | operations. */ | |
4089 | ||
4090 | static rtx | |
502b8322 | 4091 | get_subtarget (rtx x) |
296b4ed9 RK |
4092 | { |
4093 | return ((x == 0 | |
4094 | /* Only registers can be subtargets. */ | |
4095 | || GET_CODE (x) != REG | |
4096 | /* If the register is readonly, it can't be set more than once. */ | |
4097 | || RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x) | |
4098 | /* Don't use hard regs to avoid extending their life. */ | |
4099 | || REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
4100 | /* Avoid subtargets inside loops, | |
4101 | since they hide some invariant expressions. */ | |
4102 | || preserve_subexpressions_p ()) | |
4103 | ? 0 : x); | |
4104 | } | |
4105 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
4106 | /* Expand an assignment that stores the value of FROM into TO. |
4107 | If WANT_VALUE is nonzero, return an rtx for the value of TO. | |
709f5be1 RS |
4108 | (This may contain a QUEUED rtx; |
4109 | if the value is constant, this rtx is a constant.) | |
4110 | Otherwise, the returned value is NULL_RTX. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4111 | |
4112 | SUGGEST_REG is no longer actually used. | |
4113 | It used to mean, copy the value through a register | |
4114 | and return that register, if that is possible. | |
709f5be1 | 4115 | We now use WANT_VALUE to decide whether to do this. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
4116 | |
4117 | rtx | |
502b8322 AJ |
4118 | expand_assignment (tree to, tree from, int want_value, |
4119 | int suggest_reg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | |
bbf6f052 | 4120 | { |
b3694847 | 4121 | rtx to_rtx = 0; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4122 | rtx result; |
4123 | ||
4124 | /* Don't crash if the lhs of the assignment was erroneous. */ | |
4125 | ||
4126 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == ERROR_MARK) | |
709f5be1 RS |
4127 | { |
4128 | result = expand_expr (from, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
4129 | return want_value ? result : NULL_RTX; | |
4130 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4131 | |
4132 | /* Assignment of a structure component needs special treatment | |
4133 | if the structure component's rtx is not simply a MEM. | |
6be58303 JW |
4134 | Assignment of an array element at a constant index, and assignment of |
4135 | an array element in an unaligned packed structure field, has the same | |
4136 | problem. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 4137 | |
08293add | 4138 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == COMPONENT_REF || TREE_CODE (to) == BIT_FIELD_REF |
7c02ae17 DE |
4139 | || TREE_CODE (to) == ARRAY_REF || TREE_CODE (to) == ARRAY_RANGE_REF |
4140 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (to)) == ARRAY_TYPE) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4141 | { |
4142 | enum machine_mode mode1; | |
770ae6cc | 4143 | HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos; |
a06ef755 | 4144 | rtx orig_to_rtx; |
7bb0943f | 4145 | tree offset; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4146 | int unsignedp; |
4147 | int volatilep = 0; | |
0088fcb1 RK |
4148 | tree tem; |
4149 | ||
4150 | push_temp_slots (); | |
839c4796 | 4151 | tem = get_inner_reference (to, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode1, |
a06ef755 | 4152 | &unsignedp, &volatilep); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4153 | |
4154 | /* If we are going to use store_bit_field and extract_bit_field, | |
4155 | make sure to_rtx will be safe for multiple use. */ | |
4156 | ||
4157 | if (mode1 == VOIDmode && want_value) | |
4158 | tem = stabilize_reference (tem); | |
4159 | ||
1ed1b4fb RK |
4160 | orig_to_rtx = to_rtx = expand_expr (tem, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
4161 | ||
7bb0943f RS |
4162 | if (offset != 0) |
4163 | { | |
e3c8ea67 | 4164 | rtx offset_rtx = expand_expr (offset, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM); |
7bb0943f RS |
4165 | |
4166 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) != MEM) | |
4167 | abort (); | |
bd070e1a | 4168 | |
bd070e1a | 4169 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED |
4b6c1672 | 4170 | if (GET_MODE (offset_rtx) != Pmode) |
267b28bd | 4171 | offset_rtx = convert_to_mode (Pmode, offset_rtx, 0); |
fa06ab5c RK |
4172 | #else |
4173 | if (GET_MODE (offset_rtx) != ptr_mode) | |
4174 | offset_rtx = convert_to_mode (ptr_mode, offset_rtx, 0); | |
bd070e1a | 4175 | #endif |
bd070e1a | 4176 | |
9a7b9f4f JL |
4177 | /* A constant address in TO_RTX can have VOIDmode, we must not try |
4178 | to call force_reg for that case. Avoid that case. */ | |
89752202 HB |
4179 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM |
4180 | && GET_MODE (to_rtx) == BLKmode | |
9a7b9f4f | 4181 | && GET_MODE (XEXP (to_rtx, 0)) != VOIDmode |
a06ef755 | 4182 | && bitsize > 0 |
3a94c984 | 4183 | && (bitpos % bitsize) == 0 |
89752202 | 4184 | && (bitsize % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode1)) == 0 |
a06ef755 | 4185 | && MEM_ALIGN (to_rtx) == GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode1)) |
89752202 | 4186 | { |
e3c8ea67 | 4187 | to_rtx = adjust_address (to_rtx, mode1, bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
89752202 HB |
4188 | bitpos = 0; |
4189 | } | |
4190 | ||
0d4903b8 | 4191 | to_rtx = offset_address (to_rtx, offset_rtx, |
818c0c94 RH |
4192 | highest_pow2_factor_for_type (TREE_TYPE (to), |
4193 | offset)); | |
7bb0943f | 4194 | } |
c5c76735 | 4195 | |
998d7deb RH |
4196 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM) |
4197 | { | |
998d7deb RH |
4198 | /* If the field is at offset zero, we could have been given the |
4199 | DECL_RTX of the parent struct. Don't munge it. */ | |
4200 | to_rtx = shallow_copy_rtx (to_rtx); | |
4201 | ||
6f1087be | 4202 | set_mem_attributes_minus_bitpos (to_rtx, to, 0, bitpos); |
998d7deb | 4203 | } |
effbcc6a | 4204 | |
a06ef755 RK |
4205 | /* Deal with volatile and readonly fields. The former is only done |
4206 | for MEM. Also set MEM_KEEP_ALIAS_SET_P if needed. */ | |
4207 | if (volatilep && GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM) | |
4208 | { | |
4209 | if (to_rtx == orig_to_rtx) | |
4210 | to_rtx = copy_rtx (to_rtx); | |
4211 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (to_rtx) = 1; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4212 | } |
4213 | ||
956d6950 JL |
4214 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == COMPONENT_REF |
4215 | && TREE_READONLY (TREE_OPERAND (to, 1))) | |
4216 | { | |
a06ef755 | 4217 | if (to_rtx == orig_to_rtx) |
956d6950 | 4218 | to_rtx = copy_rtx (to_rtx); |
956d6950 JL |
4219 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (to_rtx) = 1; |
4220 | } | |
4221 | ||
a84b4898 | 4222 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM && ! can_address_p (to)) |
a06ef755 RK |
4223 | { |
4224 | if (to_rtx == orig_to_rtx) | |
4225 | to_rtx = copy_rtx (to_rtx); | |
4226 | MEM_KEEP_ALIAS_SET_P (to_rtx) = 1; | |
4227 | } | |
4228 | ||
a06ef755 RK |
4229 | result = store_field (to_rtx, bitsize, bitpos, mode1, from, |
4230 | (want_value | |
4231 | /* Spurious cast for HPUX compiler. */ | |
4232 | ? ((enum machine_mode) | |
4233 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (to))) | |
4234 | : VOIDmode), | |
4235 | unsignedp, TREE_TYPE (tem), get_alias_set (to)); | |
a69beca1 | 4236 | |
a06ef755 RK |
4237 | preserve_temp_slots (result); |
4238 | free_temp_slots (); | |
4239 | pop_temp_slots (); | |
a69beca1 | 4240 | |
a06ef755 RK |
4241 | /* If the value is meaningful, convert RESULT to the proper mode. |
4242 | Otherwise, return nothing. */ | |
4243 | return (want_value ? convert_modes (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (to)), | |
4244 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (from)), | |
4245 | result, | |
4246 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (to))) | |
4247 | : NULL_RTX); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4248 | } |
4249 | ||
cd1db108 RS |
4250 | /* If the rhs is a function call and its value is not an aggregate, |
4251 | call the function before we start to compute the lhs. | |
4252 | This is needed for correct code for cases such as | |
4253 | val = setjmp (buf) on machines where reference to val | |
1ad87b63 RK |
4254 | requires loading up part of an address in a separate insn. |
4255 | ||
1858863b JW |
4256 | Don't do this if TO is a VAR_DECL or PARM_DECL whose DECL_RTL is REG |
4257 | since it might be a promoted variable where the zero- or sign- extension | |
4258 | needs to be done. Handling this in the normal way is safe because no | |
4259 | computation is done before the call. */ | |
1ad87b63 | 4260 | if (TREE_CODE (from) == CALL_EXPR && ! aggregate_value_p (from) |
b35cd3c1 | 4261 | && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (from))) == INTEGER_CST |
1858863b JW |
4262 | && ! ((TREE_CODE (to) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (to) == PARM_DECL) |
4263 | && GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (to)) == REG)) | |
cd1db108 | 4264 | { |
0088fcb1 RK |
4265 | rtx value; |
4266 | ||
4267 | push_temp_slots (); | |
4268 | value = expand_expr (from, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
cd1db108 | 4269 | if (to_rtx == 0) |
37a08a29 | 4270 | to_rtx = expand_expr (to, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_WRITE); |
aaf87c45 | 4271 | |
fffa9c1d JW |
4272 | /* Handle calls that return values in multiple non-contiguous locations. |
4273 | The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
4274 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == PARALLEL) | |
04050c69 | 4275 | emit_group_load (to_rtx, value, int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (from))); |
fffa9c1d | 4276 | else if (GET_MODE (to_rtx) == BLKmode) |
44bb111a | 4277 | emit_block_move (to_rtx, value, expr_size (from), BLOCK_OP_NORMAL); |
aaf87c45 | 4278 | else |
6419e5b0 DT |
4279 | { |
4280 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED | |
0d4903b8 RK |
4281 | if (POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (to)) |
4282 | && GET_MODE (to_rtx) != GET_MODE (value)) | |
6419e5b0 DT |
4283 | value = convert_memory_address (GET_MODE (to_rtx), value); |
4284 | #endif | |
4285 | emit_move_insn (to_rtx, value); | |
4286 | } | |
cd1db108 RS |
4287 | preserve_temp_slots (to_rtx); |
4288 | free_temp_slots (); | |
0088fcb1 | 4289 | pop_temp_slots (); |
709f5be1 | 4290 | return want_value ? to_rtx : NULL_RTX; |
cd1db108 RS |
4291 | } |
4292 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
4293 | /* Ordinary treatment. Expand TO to get a REG or MEM rtx. |
4294 | Don't re-expand if it was expanded already (in COMPONENT_REF case). */ | |
4295 | ||
4296 | if (to_rtx == 0) | |
37a08a29 | 4297 | to_rtx = expand_expr (to, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_WRITE); |
bbf6f052 | 4298 | |
86d38d25 | 4299 | /* Don't move directly into a return register. */ |
14a774a9 RK |
4300 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == RESULT_DECL |
4301 | && (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == REG || GET_CODE (to_rtx) == PARALLEL)) | |
86d38d25 | 4302 | { |
0088fcb1 RK |
4303 | rtx temp; |
4304 | ||
4305 | push_temp_slots (); | |
4306 | temp = expand_expr (from, 0, GET_MODE (to_rtx), 0); | |
14a774a9 RK |
4307 | |
4308 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == PARALLEL) | |
04050c69 | 4309 | emit_group_load (to_rtx, temp, int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (from))); |
14a774a9 RK |
4310 | else |
4311 | emit_move_insn (to_rtx, temp); | |
4312 | ||
86d38d25 RS |
4313 | preserve_temp_slots (to_rtx); |
4314 | free_temp_slots (); | |
0088fcb1 | 4315 | pop_temp_slots (); |
709f5be1 | 4316 | return want_value ? to_rtx : NULL_RTX; |
86d38d25 RS |
4317 | } |
4318 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
4319 | /* In case we are returning the contents of an object which overlaps |
4320 | the place the value is being stored, use a safe function when copying | |
4321 | a value through a pointer into a structure value return block. */ | |
4322 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == RESULT_DECL && TREE_CODE (from) == INDIRECT_REF | |
4323 | && current_function_returns_struct | |
4324 | && !current_function_returns_pcc_struct) | |
4325 | { | |
0088fcb1 RK |
4326 | rtx from_rtx, size; |
4327 | ||
4328 | push_temp_slots (); | |
33a20d10 | 4329 | size = expr_size (from); |
37a08a29 | 4330 | from_rtx = expand_expr (from, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 | 4331 | |
4ca79136 RH |
4332 | if (TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS) |
4333 | emit_library_call (memmove_libfunc, LCT_NORMAL, | |
4334 | VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (to_rtx, 0), Pmode, | |
4335 | XEXP (from_rtx, 0), Pmode, | |
4336 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
4337 | size, TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)), | |
4338 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
4339 | else | |
4340 | emit_library_call (bcopy_libfunc, LCT_NORMAL, | |
4341 | VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (from_rtx, 0), Pmode, | |
4342 | XEXP (to_rtx, 0), Pmode, | |
4343 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), | |
4344 | size, | |
4345 | TREE_UNSIGNED (integer_type_node)), | |
4346 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4347 | |
4348 | preserve_temp_slots (to_rtx); | |
4349 | free_temp_slots (); | |
0088fcb1 | 4350 | pop_temp_slots (); |
709f5be1 | 4351 | return want_value ? to_rtx : NULL_RTX; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4352 | } |
4353 | ||
4354 | /* Compute FROM and store the value in the rtx we got. */ | |
4355 | ||
0088fcb1 | 4356 | push_temp_slots (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4357 | result = store_expr (from, to_rtx, want_value); |
4358 | preserve_temp_slots (result); | |
4359 | free_temp_slots (); | |
0088fcb1 | 4360 | pop_temp_slots (); |
709f5be1 | 4361 | return want_value ? result : NULL_RTX; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4362 | } |
4363 | ||
4364 | /* Generate code for computing expression EXP, | |
4365 | and storing the value into TARGET. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4366 | TARGET may contain a QUEUED rtx. |
4367 | ||
8403445a | 4368 | If WANT_VALUE & 1 is nonzero, return a copy of the value |
709f5be1 RS |
4369 | not in TARGET, so that we can be sure to use the proper |
4370 | value in a containing expression even if TARGET has something | |
4371 | else stored in it. If possible, we copy the value through a pseudo | |
4372 | and return that pseudo. Or, if the value is constant, we try to | |
4373 | return the constant. In some cases, we return a pseudo | |
4374 | copied *from* TARGET. | |
4375 | ||
4376 | If the mode is BLKmode then we may return TARGET itself. | |
4377 | It turns out that in BLKmode it doesn't cause a problem. | |
4378 | because C has no operators that could combine two different | |
4379 | assignments into the same BLKmode object with different values | |
4380 | with no sequence point. Will other languages need this to | |
4381 | be more thorough? | |
4382 | ||
8403445a | 4383 | If WANT_VALUE & 1 is 0, we return NULL, to make sure |
709f5be1 | 4384 | to catch quickly any cases where the caller uses the value |
8403445a AM |
4385 | and fails to set WANT_VALUE. |
4386 | ||
4387 | If WANT_VALUE & 2 is set, this is a store into a call param on the | |
4388 | stack, and block moves may need to be treated specially. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4389 | |
4390 | rtx | |
502b8322 | 4391 | store_expr (tree exp, rtx target, int want_value) |
bbf6f052 | 4392 | { |
b3694847 | 4393 | rtx temp; |
bbf6f052 | 4394 | int dont_return_target = 0; |
e5408e52 | 4395 | int dont_store_target = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 4396 | |
847311f4 AL |
4397 | if (VOID_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))) |
4398 | { | |
4399 | /* C++ can generate ?: expressions with a throw expression in one | |
4400 | branch and an rvalue in the other. Here, we resolve attempts to | |
71c0e7fc | 4401 | store the throw expression's nonexistant result. */ |
847311f4 AL |
4402 | if (want_value) |
4403 | abort (); | |
4404 | expand_expr (exp, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); | |
4405 | return NULL_RTX; | |
4406 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4407 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPOUND_EXPR) |
4408 | { | |
4409 | /* Perform first part of compound expression, then assign from second | |
4410 | part. */ | |
8403445a AM |
4411 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, |
4412 | want_value & 2 ? EXPAND_STACK_PARM : EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
bbf6f052 | 4413 | emit_queue (); |
709f5be1 | 4414 | return store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, want_value); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4415 | } |
4416 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COND_EXPR && GET_MODE (target) == BLKmode) | |
4417 | { | |
4418 | /* For conditional expression, get safe form of the target. Then | |
4419 | test the condition, doing the appropriate assignment on either | |
4420 | side. This avoids the creation of unnecessary temporaries. | |
4421 | For non-BLKmode, it is more efficient not to do this. */ | |
4422 | ||
4423 | rtx lab1 = gen_label_rtx (), lab2 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
4424 | ||
4425 | emit_queue (); | |
4426 | target = protect_from_queue (target, 1); | |
4427 | ||
dabf8373 | 4428 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4429 | NO_DEFER_POP; |
4430 | jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), lab1); | |
956d6950 | 4431 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
8403445a | 4432 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, want_value & 2); |
956d6950 | 4433 | end_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4434 | emit_queue (); |
4435 | emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (lab2)); | |
4436 | emit_barrier (); | |
4437 | emit_label (lab1); | |
956d6950 | 4438 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
8403445a | 4439 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), target, want_value & 2); |
956d6950 | 4440 | end_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4441 | emit_queue (); |
4442 | emit_label (lab2); | |
4443 | OK_DEFER_POP; | |
a3a58acc | 4444 | |
8403445a | 4445 | return want_value & 1 ? target : NULL_RTX; |
bbf6f052 | 4446 | } |
bbf6f052 | 4447 | else if (queued_subexp_p (target)) |
709f5be1 RS |
4448 | /* If target contains a postincrement, let's not risk |
4449 | using it as the place to generate the rhs. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4450 | { |
4451 | if (GET_MODE (target) != BLKmode && GET_MODE (target) != VOIDmode) | |
4452 | { | |
4453 | /* Expand EXP into a new pseudo. */ | |
4454 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (target)); | |
8403445a AM |
4455 | temp = expand_expr (exp, temp, GET_MODE (target), |
4456 | (want_value & 2 | |
4457 | ? EXPAND_STACK_PARM : EXPAND_NORMAL)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4458 | } |
4459 | else | |
8403445a AM |
4460 | temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, GET_MODE (target), |
4461 | (want_value & 2 | |
4462 | ? EXPAND_STACK_PARM : EXPAND_NORMAL)); | |
709f5be1 RS |
4463 | |
4464 | /* If target is volatile, ANSI requires accessing the value | |
4465 | *from* the target, if it is accessed. So make that happen. | |
4466 | In no case return the target itself. */ | |
8403445a | 4467 | if (! MEM_VOLATILE_P (target) && (want_value & 1) != 0) |
709f5be1 | 4468 | dont_return_target = 1; |
bbf6f052 | 4469 | } |
8403445a AM |
4470 | else if ((want_value & 1) != 0 |
4471 | && GET_CODE (target) == MEM | |
4472 | && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (target) | |
12f06d17 CH |
4473 | && GET_MODE (target) != BLKmode) |
4474 | /* If target is in memory and caller wants value in a register instead, | |
4475 | arrange that. Pass TARGET as target for expand_expr so that, | |
4476 | if EXP is another assignment, WANT_VALUE will be nonzero for it. | |
4477 | We know expand_expr will not use the target in that case. | |
4478 | Don't do this if TARGET is volatile because we are supposed | |
4479 | to write it and then read it. */ | |
4480 | { | |
8403445a AM |
4481 | temp = expand_expr (exp, target, GET_MODE (target), |
4482 | want_value & 2 ? EXPAND_STACK_PARM : EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
12f06d17 | 4483 | if (GET_MODE (temp) != BLKmode && GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode) |
e5408e52 JJ |
4484 | { |
4485 | /* If TEMP is already in the desired TARGET, only copy it from | |
4486 | memory and don't store it there again. */ | |
4487 | if (temp == target | |
4488 | || (rtx_equal_p (temp, target) | |
4489 | && ! side_effects_p (temp) && ! side_effects_p (target))) | |
4490 | dont_store_target = 1; | |
4491 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); | |
4492 | } | |
12f06d17 CH |
4493 | dont_return_target = 1; |
4494 | } | |
1499e0a8 | 4495 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (target)) |
09da1532 | 4496 | /* If this is a scalar in a register that is stored in a wider mode |
1499e0a8 RK |
4497 | than the declared mode, compute the result into its declared mode |
4498 | and then convert to the wider mode. Our value is the computed | |
4499 | expression. */ | |
4500 | { | |
b76b08ef RK |
4501 | rtx inner_target = 0; |
4502 | ||
5a32d038 | 4503 | /* If we don't want a value, we can do the conversion inside EXP, |
f635a84d RK |
4504 | which will often result in some optimizations. Do the conversion |
4505 | in two steps: first change the signedness, if needed, then | |
ab6c58f1 RK |
4506 | the extend. But don't do this if the type of EXP is a subtype |
4507 | of something else since then the conversion might involve | |
4508 | more than just converting modes. */ | |
8403445a AM |
4509 | if ((want_value & 1) == 0 |
4510 | && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
ab6c58f1 | 4511 | && TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == 0) |
f635a84d RK |
4512 | { |
4513 | if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
4514 | != SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)) | |
ceef8ce4 NB |
4515 | exp = convert |
4516 | ((*lang_hooks.types.signed_or_unsigned_type) | |
4517 | (SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target), TREE_TYPE (exp)), exp); | |
f635a84d | 4518 | |
b0c48229 NB |
4519 | exp = convert ((*lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode) |
4520 | (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (target)), | |
4521 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)), | |
f635a84d | 4522 | exp); |
b76b08ef RK |
4523 | |
4524 | inner_target = SUBREG_REG (target); | |
f635a84d | 4525 | } |
3a94c984 | 4526 | |
8403445a AM |
4527 | temp = expand_expr (exp, inner_target, VOIDmode, |
4528 | want_value & 2 ? EXPAND_STACK_PARM : EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
b258707c | 4529 | |
7abec5be | 4530 | /* If TEMP is a MEM and we want a result value, make the access |
502b8322 AJ |
4531 | now so it gets done only once. Strictly speaking, this is |
4532 | only necessary if the MEM is volatile, or if the address | |
7abec5be RH |
4533 | overlaps TARGET. But not performing the load twice also |
4534 | reduces the amount of rtl we generate and then have to CSE. */ | |
8403445a | 4535 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == MEM && (want_value & 1) != 0) |
766f36c7 RK |
4536 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); |
4537 | ||
b258707c RS |
4538 | /* If TEMP is a VOIDmode constant, use convert_modes to make |
4539 | sure that we properly convert it. */ | |
4540 | if (CONSTANT_P (temp) && GET_MODE (temp) == VOIDmode) | |
1f1b0541 RH |
4541 | { |
4542 | temp = convert_modes (GET_MODE (target), TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), | |
4543 | temp, SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)); | |
4544 | temp = convert_modes (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (target)), | |
4545 | GET_MODE (target), temp, | |
4546 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)); | |
4547 | } | |
b258707c | 4548 | |
1499e0a8 RK |
4549 | convert_move (SUBREG_REG (target), temp, |
4550 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)); | |
3dbecef9 JW |
4551 | |
4552 | /* If we promoted a constant, change the mode back down to match | |
4553 | target. Otherwise, the caller might get confused by a result whose | |
4554 | mode is larger than expected. */ | |
4555 | ||
8403445a | 4556 | if ((want_value & 1) != 0 && GET_MODE (temp) != GET_MODE (target)) |
3dbecef9 | 4557 | { |
b3ca30df JJ |
4558 | if (GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode) |
4559 | { | |
4560 | temp = gen_lowpart_SUBREG (GET_MODE (target), temp); | |
4561 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (temp) = 1; | |
0fb7aeda | 4562 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_SET (temp, |
7879b81e | 4563 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)); |
b3ca30df JJ |
4564 | } |
4565 | else | |
4566 | temp = convert_modes (GET_MODE (target), | |
4567 | GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (target)), | |
4568 | temp, SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)); | |
3dbecef9 JW |
4569 | } |
4570 | ||
8403445a | 4571 | return want_value & 1 ? temp : NULL_RTX; |
1499e0a8 | 4572 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
4573 | else |
4574 | { | |
8403445a AM |
4575 | temp = expand_expr (exp, target, GET_MODE (target), |
4576 | want_value & 2 ? EXPAND_STACK_PARM : EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
766f36c7 | 4577 | /* Return TARGET if it's a specified hardware register. |
709f5be1 RS |
4578 | If TARGET is a volatile mem ref, either return TARGET |
4579 | or return a reg copied *from* TARGET; ANSI requires this. | |
4580 | ||
4581 | Otherwise, if TEMP is not TARGET, return TEMP | |
4582 | if it is constant (for efficiency), | |
4583 | or if we really want the correct value. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4584 | if (!(target && GET_CODE (target) == REG |
4585 | && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
709f5be1 | 4586 | && !(GET_CODE (target) == MEM && MEM_VOLATILE_P (target)) |
effbcc6a | 4587 | && ! rtx_equal_p (temp, target) |
8403445a | 4588 | && (CONSTANT_P (temp) || (want_value & 1) != 0)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
4589 | dont_return_target = 1; |
4590 | } | |
4591 | ||
b258707c RS |
4592 | /* If TEMP is a VOIDmode constant and the mode of the type of EXP is not |
4593 | the same as that of TARGET, adjust the constant. This is needed, for | |
4594 | example, in case it is a CONST_DOUBLE and we want only a word-sized | |
4595 | value. */ | |
4596 | if (CONSTANT_P (temp) && GET_MODE (temp) == VOIDmode | |
c1da1f33 | 4597 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != ERROR_MARK |
b258707c RS |
4598 | && GET_MODE (target) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) |
4599 | temp = convert_modes (GET_MODE (target), TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), | |
4600 | temp, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
4601 | ||
bbf6f052 | 4602 | /* If value was not generated in the target, store it there. |
37a08a29 RK |
4603 | Convert the value to TARGET's type first if necessary. |
4604 | If TEMP and TARGET compare equal according to rtx_equal_p, but | |
f3f2255a R |
4605 | one or both of them are volatile memory refs, we have to distinguish |
4606 | two cases: | |
4607 | - expand_expr has used TARGET. In this case, we must not generate | |
4608 | another copy. This can be detected by TARGET being equal according | |
4609 | to == . | |
4610 | - expand_expr has not used TARGET - that means that the source just | |
4611 | happens to have the same RTX form. Since temp will have been created | |
4612 | by expand_expr, it will compare unequal according to == . | |
4613 | We must generate a copy in this case, to reach the correct number | |
4614 | of volatile memory references. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 4615 | |
6036acbb | 4616 | if ((! rtx_equal_p (temp, target) |
f3f2255a R |
4617 | || (temp != target && (side_effects_p (temp) |
4618 | || side_effects_p (target)))) | |
e5408e52 | 4619 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != ERROR_MARK |
a9772b60 JJ |
4620 | && ! dont_store_target |
4621 | /* If store_expr stores a DECL whose DECL_RTL(exp) == TARGET, | |
4622 | but TARGET is not valid memory reference, TEMP will differ | |
4623 | from TARGET although it is really the same location. */ | |
4624 | && (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp)) != 'd' | |
e56fc090 HPN |
4625 | || target != DECL_RTL_IF_SET (exp)) |
4626 | /* If there's nothing to copy, don't bother. Don't call expr_size | |
4627 | unless necessary, because some front-ends (C++) expr_size-hook | |
4628 | aborts on objects that are not supposed to be bit-copied or | |
4629 | bit-initialized. */ | |
4630 | && expr_size (exp) != const0_rtx) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4631 | { |
4632 | target = protect_from_queue (target, 1); | |
4633 | if (GET_MODE (temp) != GET_MODE (target) | |
f0348c25 | 4634 | && GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode) |
bbf6f052 RK |
4635 | { |
4636 | int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
4637 | if (dont_return_target) | |
4638 | { | |
4639 | /* In this case, we will return TEMP, | |
4640 | so make sure it has the proper mode. | |
4641 | But don't forget to store the value into TARGET. */ | |
4642 | temp = convert_to_mode (GET_MODE (target), temp, unsignedp); | |
4643 | emit_move_insn (target, temp); | |
4644 | } | |
4645 | else | |
4646 | convert_move (target, temp, unsignedp); | |
4647 | } | |
4648 | ||
4649 | else if (GET_MODE (temp) == BLKmode && TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST) | |
4650 | { | |
c24ae149 RK |
4651 | /* Handle copying a string constant into an array. The string |
4652 | constant may be shorter than the array. So copy just the string's | |
4653 | actual length, and clear the rest. First get the size of the data | |
4654 | type of the string, which is actually the size of the target. */ | |
4655 | rtx size = expr_size (exp); | |
bbf6f052 | 4656 | |
e87b4f3f RS |
4657 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT |
4658 | && INTVAL (size) < TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp)) | |
8403445a AM |
4659 | emit_block_move (target, temp, size, |
4660 | (want_value & 2 | |
4661 | ? BLOCK_OP_CALL_PARM : BLOCK_OP_NORMAL)); | |
e87b4f3f | 4662 | else |
bbf6f052 | 4663 | { |
e87b4f3f RS |
4664 | /* Compute the size of the data to copy from the string. */ |
4665 | tree copy_size | |
c03b7665 | 4666 | = size_binop (MIN_EXPR, |
b50d17a1 | 4667 | make_tree (sizetype, size), |
fed3cef0 | 4668 | size_int (TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp))); |
8403445a AM |
4669 | rtx copy_size_rtx |
4670 | = expand_expr (copy_size, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, | |
4671 | (want_value & 2 | |
4672 | ? EXPAND_STACK_PARM : EXPAND_NORMAL)); | |
e87b4f3f RS |
4673 | rtx label = 0; |
4674 | ||
4675 | /* Copy that much. */ | |
267b28bd SE |
4676 | copy_size_rtx = convert_to_mode (ptr_mode, copy_size_rtx, |
4677 | TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)); | |
8403445a AM |
4678 | emit_block_move (target, temp, copy_size_rtx, |
4679 | (want_value & 2 | |
4680 | ? BLOCK_OP_CALL_PARM : BLOCK_OP_NORMAL)); | |
e87b4f3f | 4681 | |
88f63c77 RK |
4682 | /* Figure out how much is left in TARGET that we have to clear. |
4683 | Do all calculations in ptr_mode. */ | |
e87b4f3f RS |
4684 | if (GET_CODE (copy_size_rtx) == CONST_INT) |
4685 | { | |
c24ae149 RK |
4686 | size = plus_constant (size, -INTVAL (copy_size_rtx)); |
4687 | target = adjust_address (target, BLKmode, | |
4688 | INTVAL (copy_size_rtx)); | |
e87b4f3f RS |
4689 | } |
4690 | else | |
4691 | { | |
fa06ab5c | 4692 | size = expand_binop (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), sub_optab, size, |
906c4e36 RK |
4693 | copy_size_rtx, NULL_RTX, 0, |
4694 | OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
e87b4f3f | 4695 | |
c24ae149 RK |
4696 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED |
4697 | if (GET_MODE (copy_size_rtx) != Pmode) | |
267b28bd SE |
4698 | copy_size_rtx = convert_to_mode (Pmode, copy_size_rtx, |
4699 | TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)); | |
c24ae149 RK |
4700 | #endif |
4701 | ||
4702 | target = offset_address (target, copy_size_rtx, | |
4703 | highest_pow2_factor (copy_size)); | |
e87b4f3f | 4704 | label = gen_label_rtx (); |
c5d5d461 | 4705 | emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (size, const0_rtx, LT, NULL_RTX, |
a06ef755 | 4706 | GET_MODE (size), 0, label); |
e87b4f3f RS |
4707 | } |
4708 | ||
4709 | if (size != const0_rtx) | |
37a08a29 | 4710 | clear_storage (target, size); |
22619c3f | 4711 | |
e87b4f3f RS |
4712 | if (label) |
4713 | emit_label (label); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4714 | } |
4715 | } | |
fffa9c1d JW |
4716 | /* Handle calls that return values in multiple non-contiguous locations. |
4717 | The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
4718 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == PARALLEL) | |
04050c69 | 4719 | emit_group_load (target, temp, int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp))); |
bbf6f052 | 4720 | else if (GET_MODE (temp) == BLKmode) |
8403445a AM |
4721 | emit_block_move (target, temp, expr_size (exp), |
4722 | (want_value & 2 | |
4723 | ? BLOCK_OP_CALL_PARM : BLOCK_OP_NORMAL)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4724 | else |
4725 | emit_move_insn (target, temp); | |
4726 | } | |
709f5be1 | 4727 | |
766f36c7 | 4728 | /* If we don't want a value, return NULL_RTX. */ |
8403445a | 4729 | if ((want_value & 1) == 0) |
766f36c7 RK |
4730 | return NULL_RTX; |
4731 | ||
4732 | /* If we are supposed to return TEMP, do so as long as it isn't a MEM. | |
4733 | ??? The latter test doesn't seem to make sense. */ | |
4734 | else if (dont_return_target && GET_CODE (temp) != MEM) | |
bbf6f052 | 4735 | return temp; |
766f36c7 RK |
4736 | |
4737 | /* Return TARGET itself if it is a hard register. */ | |
8403445a AM |
4738 | else if ((want_value & 1) != 0 |
4739 | && GET_MODE (target) != BLKmode | |
766f36c7 RK |
4740 | && ! (GET_CODE (target) == REG |
4741 | && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
709f5be1 | 4742 | return copy_to_reg (target); |
3a94c984 | 4743 | |
766f36c7 | 4744 | else |
709f5be1 | 4745 | return target; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4746 | } |
4747 | \f | |
9de08200 RK |
4748 | /* Return 1 if EXP just contains zeros. */ |
4749 | ||
4750 | static int | |
502b8322 | 4751 | is_zeros_p (tree exp) |
9de08200 RK |
4752 | { |
4753 | tree elt; | |
4754 | ||
4755 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) | |
4756 | { | |
4757 | case CONVERT_EXPR: | |
4758 | case NOP_EXPR: | |
4759 | case NON_LVALUE_EXPR: | |
ed239f5a | 4760 | case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR: |
9de08200 RK |
4761 | return is_zeros_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); |
4762 | ||
4763 | case INTEGER_CST: | |
05bccae2 | 4764 | return integer_zerop (exp); |
9de08200 RK |
4765 | |
4766 | case COMPLEX_CST: | |
4767 | return | |
4768 | is_zeros_p (TREE_REALPART (exp)) && is_zeros_p (TREE_IMAGPART (exp)); | |
4769 | ||
4770 | case REAL_CST: | |
41c9120b | 4771 | return REAL_VALUES_IDENTICAL (TREE_REAL_CST (exp), dconst0); |
9de08200 | 4772 | |
69ef87e2 AH |
4773 | case VECTOR_CST: |
4774 | for (elt = TREE_VECTOR_CST_ELTS (exp); elt; | |
4775 | elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) | |
4776 | if (!is_zeros_p (TREE_VALUE (elt))) | |
4777 | return 0; | |
4778 | ||
4779 | return 1; | |
4780 | ||
9de08200 | 4781 | case CONSTRUCTOR: |
e1a43f73 PB |
4782 | if (TREE_TYPE (exp) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == SET_TYPE) |
4783 | return CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp) == NULL_TREE; | |
9de08200 RK |
4784 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) |
4785 | if (! is_zeros_p (TREE_VALUE (elt))) | |
4786 | return 0; | |
4787 | ||
4788 | return 1; | |
3a94c984 | 4789 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
4790 | default: |
4791 | return 0; | |
9de08200 | 4792 | } |
9de08200 RK |
4793 | } |
4794 | ||
4795 | /* Return 1 if EXP contains mostly (3/4) zeros. */ | |
4796 | ||
4797 | static int | |
502b8322 | 4798 | mostly_zeros_p (tree exp) |
9de08200 | 4799 | { |
9de08200 RK |
4800 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR) |
4801 | { | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4802 | int elts = 0, zeros = 0; |
4803 | tree elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); | |
4804 | if (TREE_TYPE (exp) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == SET_TYPE) | |
4805 | { | |
4806 | /* If there are no ranges of true bits, it is all zero. */ | |
4807 | return elt == NULL_TREE; | |
4808 | } | |
4809 | for (; elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) | |
4810 | { | |
4811 | /* We do not handle the case where the index is a RANGE_EXPR, | |
4812 | so the statistic will be somewhat inaccurate. | |
4813 | We do make a more accurate count in store_constructor itself, | |
4814 | so since this function is only used for nested array elements, | |
0f41302f | 4815 | this should be close enough. */ |
e1a43f73 PB |
4816 | if (mostly_zeros_p (TREE_VALUE (elt))) |
4817 | zeros++; | |
4818 | elts++; | |
4819 | } | |
9de08200 RK |
4820 | |
4821 | return 4 * zeros >= 3 * elts; | |
4822 | } | |
4823 | ||
4824 | return is_zeros_p (exp); | |
4825 | } | |
4826 | \f | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4827 | /* Helper function for store_constructor. |
4828 | TARGET, BITSIZE, BITPOS, MODE, EXP are as for store_field. | |
4829 | TYPE is the type of the CONSTRUCTOR, not the element type. | |
04050c69 | 4830 | CLEARED is as for store_constructor. |
23cb1766 | 4831 | ALIAS_SET is the alias set to use for any stores. |
23ccec44 JW |
4832 | |
4833 | This provides a recursive shortcut back to store_constructor when it isn't | |
4834 | necessary to go through store_field. This is so that we can pass through | |
4835 | the cleared field to let store_constructor know that we may not have to | |
4836 | clear a substructure if the outer structure has already been cleared. */ | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4837 | |
4838 | static void | |
502b8322 AJ |
4839 | store_constructor_field (rtx target, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, |
4840 | HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos, enum machine_mode mode, | |
4841 | tree exp, tree type, int cleared, int alias_set) | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4842 | { |
4843 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR | |
23ccec44 | 4844 | && bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT == 0 |
cc2902df | 4845 | /* If we have a nonzero bitpos for a register target, then we just |
23ccec44 JW |
4846 | let store_field do the bitfield handling. This is unlikely to |
4847 | generate unnecessary clear instructions anyways. */ | |
4848 | && (bitpos == 0 || GET_CODE (target) == MEM)) | |
e1a43f73 | 4849 | { |
61cb205c RK |
4850 | if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM) |
4851 | target | |
4852 | = adjust_address (target, | |
4853 | GET_MODE (target) == BLKmode | |
4854 | || 0 != (bitpos | |
4855 | % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (GET_MODE (target))) | |
4856 | ? BLKmode : VOIDmode, bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
23cb1766 | 4857 | |
e0339ef7 | 4858 | |
04050c69 | 4859 | /* Update the alias set, if required. */ |
10b76d73 RK |
4860 | if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM && ! MEM_KEEP_ALIAS_SET_P (target) |
4861 | && MEM_ALIAS_SET (target) != 0) | |
70072ed9 RK |
4862 | { |
4863 | target = copy_rtx (target); | |
4864 | set_mem_alias_set (target, alias_set); | |
4865 | } | |
e0339ef7 | 4866 | |
04050c69 | 4867 | store_constructor (exp, target, cleared, bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
e1a43f73 PB |
4868 | } |
4869 | else | |
a06ef755 RK |
4870 | store_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, exp, VOIDmode, 0, type, |
4871 | alias_set); | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4872 | } |
4873 | ||
bbf6f052 | 4874 | /* Store the value of constructor EXP into the rtx TARGET. |
04050c69 RK |
4875 | TARGET is either a REG or a MEM; we know it cannot conflict, since |
4876 | safe_from_p has been called. | |
b7010412 RK |
4877 | CLEARED is true if TARGET is known to have been zero'd. |
4878 | SIZE is the number of bytes of TARGET we are allowed to modify: this | |
4879 | may not be the same as the size of EXP if we are assigning to a field | |
4880 | which has been packed to exclude padding bits. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4881 | |
4882 | static void | |
502b8322 | 4883 | store_constructor (tree exp, rtx target, int cleared, HOST_WIDE_INT size) |
bbf6f052 | 4884 | { |
4af3895e | 4885 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (exp); |
a5efcd63 | 4886 | #ifdef WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS |
13eb1f7f | 4887 | HOST_WIDE_INT exp_size = int_size_in_bytes (type); |
a5efcd63 | 4888 | #endif |
4af3895e | 4889 | |
e44842fe RK |
4890 | if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE || TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE |
4891 | || TREE_CODE (type) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE) | |
bbf6f052 | 4892 | { |
b3694847 | 4893 | tree elt; |
bbf6f052 | 4894 | |
04050c69 | 4895 | /* We either clear the aggregate or indicate the value is dead. */ |
dd1db5ec RK |
4896 | if ((TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE |
4897 | || TREE_CODE (type) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE) | |
04050c69 RK |
4898 | && ! cleared |
4899 | && ! CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp)) | |
4900 | /* If the constructor is empty, clear the union. */ | |
a59f8640 | 4901 | { |
04050c69 RK |
4902 | clear_storage (target, expr_size (exp)); |
4903 | cleared = 1; | |
a59f8640 | 4904 | } |
4af3895e JVA |
4905 | |
4906 | /* If we are building a static constructor into a register, | |
4907 | set the initial value as zero so we can fold the value into | |
67225c15 RK |
4908 | a constant. But if more than one register is involved, |
4909 | this probably loses. */ | |
04050c69 | 4910 | else if (! cleared && GET_CODE (target) == REG && TREE_STATIC (exp) |
67225c15 | 4911 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (target)) <= UNITS_PER_WORD) |
9de08200 | 4912 | { |
04050c69 | 4913 | emit_move_insn (target, CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (target))); |
9de08200 RK |
4914 | cleared = 1; |
4915 | } | |
4916 | ||
4917 | /* If the constructor has fewer fields than the structure | |
4918 | or if we are initializing the structure to mostly zeros, | |
0d97bf4c | 4919 | clear the whole structure first. Don't do this if TARGET is a |
fcf1b822 RK |
4920 | register whose mode size isn't equal to SIZE since clear_storage |
4921 | can't handle this case. */ | |
04050c69 | 4922 | else if (! cleared && size > 0 |
9376fcd6 | 4923 | && ((list_length (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp)) |
c3b247b4 | 4924 | != fields_length (type)) |
fcf1b822 RK |
4925 | || mostly_zeros_p (exp)) |
4926 | && (GET_CODE (target) != REG | |
04050c69 RK |
4927 | || ((HOST_WIDE_INT) GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (target)) |
4928 | == size))) | |
9de08200 | 4929 | { |
337f4314 RK |
4930 | rtx xtarget = target; |
4931 | ||
4932 | if (readonly_fields_p (type)) | |
4933 | { | |
4934 | xtarget = copy_rtx (xtarget); | |
4935 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (xtarget) = 1; | |
4936 | } | |
4937 | ||
4938 | clear_storage (xtarget, GEN_INT (size)); | |
9de08200 RK |
4939 | cleared = 1; |
4940 | } | |
04050c69 RK |
4941 | |
4942 | if (! cleared) | |
38a448ca | 4943 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, target)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4944 | |
4945 | /* Store each element of the constructor into | |
4946 | the corresponding field of TARGET. */ | |
4947 | ||
4948 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) | |
4949 | { | |
b3694847 | 4950 | tree field = TREE_PURPOSE (elt); |
34c73909 | 4951 | tree value = TREE_VALUE (elt); |
b3694847 | 4952 | enum machine_mode mode; |
770ae6cc RK |
4953 | HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize; |
4954 | HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos = 0; | |
770ae6cc | 4955 | tree offset; |
b50d17a1 | 4956 | rtx to_rtx = target; |
bbf6f052 | 4957 | |
f32fd778 RS |
4958 | /* Just ignore missing fields. |
4959 | We cleared the whole structure, above, | |
4960 | if any fields are missing. */ | |
4961 | if (field == 0) | |
4962 | continue; | |
4963 | ||
8b6000fc | 4964 | if (cleared && is_zeros_p (value)) |
e1a43f73 | 4965 | continue; |
9de08200 | 4966 | |
770ae6cc RK |
4967 | if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (field), 1)) |
4968 | bitsize = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (field), 1); | |
14a774a9 RK |
4969 | else |
4970 | bitsize = -1; | |
4971 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
4972 | mode = DECL_MODE (field); |
4973 | if (DECL_BIT_FIELD (field)) | |
4974 | mode = VOIDmode; | |
4975 | ||
770ae6cc RK |
4976 | offset = DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (field); |
4977 | if (host_integerp (offset, 0) | |
4978 | && host_integerp (bit_position (field), 0)) | |
4979 | { | |
4980 | bitpos = int_bit_position (field); | |
4981 | offset = 0; | |
4982 | } | |
b50d17a1 | 4983 | else |
770ae6cc | 4984 | bitpos = tree_low_cst (DECL_FIELD_BIT_OFFSET (field), 0); |
3a94c984 | 4985 | |
b50d17a1 RK |
4986 | if (offset) |
4987 | { | |
4988 | rtx offset_rtx; | |
4989 | ||
7a6cdb44 | 4990 | if (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (offset)) |
7fa96708 | 4991 | offset = build (WITH_RECORD_EXPR, sizetype, |
956d6950 | 4992 | offset, make_tree (TREE_TYPE (exp), target)); |
bbf6f052 | 4993 | |
b50d17a1 RK |
4994 | offset_rtx = expand_expr (offset, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
4995 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) != MEM) | |
4996 | abort (); | |
4997 | ||
bd070e1a | 4998 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED |
4b6c1672 | 4999 | if (GET_MODE (offset_rtx) != Pmode) |
267b28bd | 5000 | offset_rtx = convert_to_mode (Pmode, offset_rtx, 0); |
fa06ab5c RK |
5001 | #else |
5002 | if (GET_MODE (offset_rtx) != ptr_mode) | |
5003 | offset_rtx = convert_to_mode (ptr_mode, offset_rtx, 0); | |
bd070e1a | 5004 | #endif |
bd070e1a | 5005 | |
0d4903b8 RK |
5006 | to_rtx = offset_address (to_rtx, offset_rtx, |
5007 | highest_pow2_factor (offset)); | |
b50d17a1 | 5008 | } |
c5c76735 | 5009 | |
cf04eb80 RK |
5010 | if (TREE_READONLY (field)) |
5011 | { | |
9151b3bf | 5012 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM) |
effbcc6a RK |
5013 | to_rtx = copy_rtx (to_rtx); |
5014 | ||
cf04eb80 RK |
5015 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (to_rtx) = 1; |
5016 | } | |
5017 | ||
34c73909 R |
5018 | #ifdef WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS |
5019 | /* If this initializes a field that is smaller than a word, at the | |
5020 | start of a word, try to widen it to a full word. | |
5021 | This special case allows us to output C++ member function | |
5022 | initializations in a form that the optimizers can understand. */ | |
770ae6cc | 5023 | if (GET_CODE (target) == REG |
34c73909 R |
5024 | && bitsize < BITS_PER_WORD |
5025 | && bitpos % BITS_PER_WORD == 0 | |
5026 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
5027 | && TREE_CODE (value) == INTEGER_CST | |
13eb1f7f RK |
5028 | && exp_size >= 0 |
5029 | && bitpos + BITS_PER_WORD <= exp_size * BITS_PER_UNIT) | |
34c73909 R |
5030 | { |
5031 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (value); | |
04050c69 | 5032 | |
34c73909 R |
5033 | if (TYPE_PRECISION (type) < BITS_PER_WORD) |
5034 | { | |
b0c48229 NB |
5035 | type = (*lang_hooks.types.type_for_size) |
5036 | (BITS_PER_WORD, TREE_UNSIGNED (type)); | |
34c73909 R |
5037 | value = convert (type, value); |
5038 | } | |
04050c69 | 5039 | |
34c73909 R |
5040 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) |
5041 | value | |
5042 | = fold (build (LSHIFT_EXPR, type, value, | |
5043 | build_int_2 (BITS_PER_WORD - bitsize, 0))); | |
5044 | bitsize = BITS_PER_WORD; | |
5045 | mode = word_mode; | |
5046 | } | |
5047 | #endif | |
10b76d73 RK |
5048 | |
5049 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM && !MEM_KEEP_ALIAS_SET_P (to_rtx) | |
5050 | && DECL_NONADDRESSABLE_P (field)) | |
5051 | { | |
5052 | to_rtx = copy_rtx (to_rtx); | |
5053 | MEM_KEEP_ALIAS_SET_P (to_rtx) = 1; | |
5054 | } | |
5055 | ||
c5c76735 | 5056 | store_constructor_field (to_rtx, bitsize, bitpos, mode, |
8b6000fc | 5057 | value, type, cleared, |
10b76d73 | 5058 | get_alias_set (TREE_TYPE (field))); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5059 | } |
5060 | } | |
e6834654 SS |
5061 | else if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE |
5062 | || TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE) | |
bbf6f052 | 5063 | { |
b3694847 SS |
5064 | tree elt; |
5065 | int i; | |
e1a43f73 | 5066 | int need_to_clear; |
4af3895e | 5067 | tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type); |
4af3895e | 5068 | tree elttype = TREE_TYPE (type); |
e6834654 | 5069 | int const_bounds_p; |
ae0ed63a JM |
5070 | HOST_WIDE_INT minelt = 0; |
5071 | HOST_WIDE_INT maxelt = 0; | |
85f3d674 | 5072 | |
e6834654 SS |
5073 | /* Vectors are like arrays, but the domain is stored via an array |
5074 | type indirectly. */ | |
5075 | if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE) | |
5076 | { | |
5077 | /* Note that although TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE uses | |
5078 | the same field as TYPE_DOMAIN, we are not guaranteed that | |
5079 | it always will. */ | |
5080 | domain = TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type); | |
5081 | domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (domain))); | |
5082 | } | |
5083 | ||
5084 | const_bounds_p = (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain) | |
5085 | && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain) | |
5086 | && host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain), 0) | |
5087 | && host_integerp (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain), 0)); | |
5088 | ||
85f3d674 RK |
5089 | /* If we have constant bounds for the range of the type, get them. */ |
5090 | if (const_bounds_p) | |
5091 | { | |
5092 | minelt = tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain), 0); | |
5093 | maxelt = tree_low_cst (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain), 0); | |
5094 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 5095 | |
e1a43f73 | 5096 | /* If the constructor has fewer elements than the array, |
38e01259 | 5097 | clear the whole array first. Similarly if this is |
e1a43f73 PB |
5098 | static constructor of a non-BLKmode object. */ |
5099 | if (cleared || (GET_CODE (target) == REG && TREE_STATIC (exp))) | |
5100 | need_to_clear = 1; | |
5101 | else | |
5102 | { | |
5103 | HOST_WIDE_INT count = 0, zero_count = 0; | |
85f3d674 RK |
5104 | need_to_clear = ! const_bounds_p; |
5105 | ||
e1a43f73 PB |
5106 | /* This loop is a more accurate version of the loop in |
5107 | mostly_zeros_p (it handles RANGE_EXPR in an index). | |
5108 | It is also needed to check for missing elements. */ | |
5109 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); | |
85f3d674 | 5110 | elt != NULL_TREE && ! need_to_clear; |
df0faff1 | 5111 | elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) |
e1a43f73 PB |
5112 | { |
5113 | tree index = TREE_PURPOSE (elt); | |
5114 | HOST_WIDE_INT this_node_count; | |
19caa751 | 5115 | |
e1a43f73 PB |
5116 | if (index != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR) |
5117 | { | |
5118 | tree lo_index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 0); | |
5119 | tree hi_index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 1); | |
05bccae2 | 5120 | |
19caa751 RK |
5121 | if (! host_integerp (lo_index, 1) |
5122 | || ! host_integerp (hi_index, 1)) | |
e1a43f73 PB |
5123 | { |
5124 | need_to_clear = 1; | |
5125 | break; | |
5126 | } | |
19caa751 RK |
5127 | |
5128 | this_node_count = (tree_low_cst (hi_index, 1) | |
5129 | - tree_low_cst (lo_index, 1) + 1); | |
e1a43f73 PB |
5130 | } |
5131 | else | |
5132 | this_node_count = 1; | |
85f3d674 | 5133 | |
e1a43f73 PB |
5134 | count += this_node_count; |
5135 | if (mostly_zeros_p (TREE_VALUE (elt))) | |
5136 | zero_count += this_node_count; | |
5137 | } | |
85f3d674 | 5138 | |
8e958f70 | 5139 | /* Clear the entire array first if there are any missing elements, |
0f41302f | 5140 | or if the incidence of zero elements is >= 75%. */ |
85f3d674 RK |
5141 | if (! need_to_clear |
5142 | && (count < maxelt - minelt + 1 || 4 * zero_count >= 3 * count)) | |
e1a43f73 PB |
5143 | need_to_clear = 1; |
5144 | } | |
85f3d674 | 5145 | |
9376fcd6 | 5146 | if (need_to_clear && size > 0) |
9de08200 RK |
5147 | { |
5148 | if (! cleared) | |
725e58b1 RK |
5149 | { |
5150 | if (REG_P (target)) | |
5151 | emit_move_insn (target, CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (target))); | |
5152 | else | |
5153 | clear_storage (target, GEN_INT (size)); | |
5154 | } | |
9de08200 RK |
5155 | cleared = 1; |
5156 | } | |
df4556a3 | 5157 | else if (REG_P (target)) |
bbf6f052 | 5158 | /* Inform later passes that the old value is dead. */ |
38a448ca | 5159 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, target)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5160 | |
5161 | /* Store each element of the constructor into | |
5162 | the corresponding element of TARGET, determined | |
5163 | by counting the elements. */ | |
5164 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), i = 0; | |
5165 | elt; | |
5166 | elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt), i++) | |
5167 | { | |
b3694847 | 5168 | enum machine_mode mode; |
19caa751 RK |
5169 | HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize; |
5170 | HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos; | |
bbf6f052 | 5171 | int unsignedp; |
e1a43f73 | 5172 | tree value = TREE_VALUE (elt); |
03dc44a6 RS |
5173 | tree index = TREE_PURPOSE (elt); |
5174 | rtx xtarget = target; | |
bbf6f052 | 5175 | |
e1a43f73 PB |
5176 | if (cleared && is_zeros_p (value)) |
5177 | continue; | |
9de08200 | 5178 | |
bbf6f052 | 5179 | unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (elttype); |
14a774a9 RK |
5180 | mode = TYPE_MODE (elttype); |
5181 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
19caa751 RK |
5182 | bitsize = (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (elttype), 1) |
5183 | ? tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (elttype), 1) | |
5184 | : -1); | |
14a774a9 RK |
5185 | else |
5186 | bitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode); | |
bbf6f052 | 5187 | |
e1a43f73 PB |
5188 | if (index != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR) |
5189 | { | |
5190 | tree lo_index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 0); | |
5191 | tree hi_index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 1); | |
4977bab6 | 5192 | rtx index_r, pos_rtx, loop_end; |
e1a43f73 | 5193 | struct nesting *loop; |
05c0b405 PB |
5194 | HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi, count; |
5195 | tree position; | |
e1a43f73 | 5196 | |
0f41302f | 5197 | /* If the range is constant and "small", unroll the loop. */ |
85f3d674 RK |
5198 | if (const_bounds_p |
5199 | && host_integerp (lo_index, 0) | |
19caa751 RK |
5200 | && host_integerp (hi_index, 0) |
5201 | && (lo = tree_low_cst (lo_index, 0), | |
5202 | hi = tree_low_cst (hi_index, 0), | |
05c0b405 PB |
5203 | count = hi - lo + 1, |
5204 | (GET_CODE (target) != MEM | |
5205 | || count <= 2 | |
19caa751 RK |
5206 | || (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (elttype), 1) |
5207 | && (tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (elttype), 1) * count | |
5208 | <= 40 * 8))))) | |
e1a43f73 | 5209 | { |
05c0b405 PB |
5210 | lo -= minelt; hi -= minelt; |
5211 | for (; lo <= hi; lo++) | |
e1a43f73 | 5212 | { |
19caa751 | 5213 | bitpos = lo * tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (elttype), 0); |
10b76d73 RK |
5214 | |
5215 | if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM | |
5216 | && !MEM_KEEP_ALIAS_SET_P (target) | |
e6834654 | 5217 | && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE |
10b76d73 RK |
5218 | && TYPE_NONALIASED_COMPONENT (type)) |
5219 | { | |
5220 | target = copy_rtx (target); | |
5221 | MEM_KEEP_ALIAS_SET_P (target) = 1; | |
5222 | } | |
5223 | ||
23cb1766 | 5224 | store_constructor_field |
04050c69 RK |
5225 | (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, value, type, cleared, |
5226 | get_alias_set (elttype)); | |
e1a43f73 PB |
5227 | } |
5228 | } | |
5229 | else | |
5230 | { | |
4977bab6 | 5231 | expand_expr (hi_index, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
e1a43f73 PB |
5232 | loop_end = gen_label_rtx (); |
5233 | ||
5234 | unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (domain); | |
5235 | ||
5236 | index = build_decl (VAR_DECL, NULL_TREE, domain); | |
5237 | ||
19e7881c | 5238 | index_r |
e1a43f73 PB |
5239 | = gen_reg_rtx (promote_mode (domain, DECL_MODE (index), |
5240 | &unsignedp, 0)); | |
19e7881c | 5241 | SET_DECL_RTL (index, index_r); |
e1a43f73 PB |
5242 | if (TREE_CODE (value) == SAVE_EXPR |
5243 | && SAVE_EXPR_RTL (value) == 0) | |
5244 | { | |
0f41302f MS |
5245 | /* Make sure value gets expanded once before the |
5246 | loop. */ | |
e1a43f73 PB |
5247 | expand_expr (value, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); |
5248 | emit_queue (); | |
5249 | } | |
5250 | store_expr (lo_index, index_r, 0); | |
5251 | loop = expand_start_loop (0); | |
5252 | ||
0f41302f | 5253 | /* Assign value to element index. */ |
fed3cef0 RK |
5254 | position |
5255 | = convert (ssizetype, | |
5256 | fold (build (MINUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (index), | |
5257 | index, TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain)))); | |
5258 | position = size_binop (MULT_EXPR, position, | |
5259 | convert (ssizetype, | |
5260 | TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (elttype))); | |
5261 | ||
e1a43f73 | 5262 | pos_rtx = expand_expr (position, 0, VOIDmode, 0); |
0d4903b8 RK |
5263 | xtarget = offset_address (target, pos_rtx, |
5264 | highest_pow2_factor (position)); | |
5265 | xtarget = adjust_address (xtarget, mode, 0); | |
e1a43f73 | 5266 | if (TREE_CODE (value) == CONSTRUCTOR) |
04050c69 | 5267 | store_constructor (value, xtarget, cleared, |
b7010412 | 5268 | bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
e1a43f73 PB |
5269 | else |
5270 | store_expr (value, xtarget, 0); | |
5271 | ||
5272 | expand_exit_loop_if_false (loop, | |
5273 | build (LT_EXPR, integer_type_node, | |
5274 | index, hi_index)); | |
5275 | ||
5276 | expand_increment (build (PREINCREMENT_EXPR, | |
5277 | TREE_TYPE (index), | |
7b8b9722 | 5278 | index, integer_one_node), 0, 0); |
e1a43f73 PB |
5279 | expand_end_loop (); |
5280 | emit_label (loop_end); | |
e1a43f73 PB |
5281 | } |
5282 | } | |
19caa751 RK |
5283 | else if ((index != 0 && ! host_integerp (index, 0)) |
5284 | || ! host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (elttype), 1)) | |
03dc44a6 | 5285 | { |
03dc44a6 RS |
5286 | tree position; |
5287 | ||
5b6c44ff | 5288 | if (index == 0) |
fed3cef0 | 5289 | index = ssize_int (1); |
5b6c44ff | 5290 | |
e1a43f73 | 5291 | if (minelt) |
fed3cef0 RK |
5292 | index = convert (ssizetype, |
5293 | fold (build (MINUS_EXPR, index, | |
5294 | TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain)))); | |
19caa751 | 5295 | |
fed3cef0 RK |
5296 | position = size_binop (MULT_EXPR, index, |
5297 | convert (ssizetype, | |
5298 | TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (elttype))); | |
0d4903b8 RK |
5299 | xtarget = offset_address (target, |
5300 | expand_expr (position, 0, VOIDmode, 0), | |
5301 | highest_pow2_factor (position)); | |
5302 | xtarget = adjust_address (xtarget, mode, 0); | |
e1a43f73 | 5303 | store_expr (value, xtarget, 0); |
03dc44a6 RS |
5304 | } |
5305 | else | |
5306 | { | |
5307 | if (index != 0) | |
19caa751 RK |
5308 | bitpos = ((tree_low_cst (index, 0) - minelt) |
5309 | * tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (elttype), 1)); | |
03dc44a6 | 5310 | else |
19caa751 RK |
5311 | bitpos = (i * tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (elttype), 1)); |
5312 | ||
10b76d73 | 5313 | if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM && !MEM_KEEP_ALIAS_SET_P (target) |
e6834654 | 5314 | && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE |
10b76d73 RK |
5315 | && TYPE_NONALIASED_COMPONENT (type)) |
5316 | { | |
5317 | target = copy_rtx (target); | |
5318 | MEM_KEEP_ALIAS_SET_P (target) = 1; | |
5319 | } | |
5320 | ||
c5c76735 | 5321 | store_constructor_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, value, |
04050c69 | 5322 | type, cleared, get_alias_set (elttype)); |
23cb1766 | 5323 | |
03dc44a6 | 5324 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
5325 | } |
5326 | } | |
19caa751 | 5327 | |
3a94c984 | 5328 | /* Set constructor assignments. */ |
071a6595 PB |
5329 | else if (TREE_CODE (type) == SET_TYPE) |
5330 | { | |
e1a43f73 | 5331 | tree elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); |
19caa751 | 5332 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nbytes = int_size_in_bytes (type), nbits; |
071a6595 PB |
5333 | tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type); |
5334 | tree domain_min, domain_max, bitlength; | |
5335 | ||
9faa82d8 | 5336 | /* The default implementation strategy is to extract the constant |
071a6595 PB |
5337 | parts of the constructor, use that to initialize the target, |
5338 | and then "or" in whatever non-constant ranges we need in addition. | |
5339 | ||
5340 | If a large set is all zero or all ones, it is | |
5341 | probably better to set it using memset (if available) or bzero. | |
5342 | Also, if a large set has just a single range, it may also be | |
5343 | better to first clear all the first clear the set (using | |
0f41302f | 5344 | bzero/memset), and set the bits we want. */ |
3a94c984 | 5345 | |
0f41302f | 5346 | /* Check for all zeros. */ |
9376fcd6 | 5347 | if (elt == NULL_TREE && size > 0) |
071a6595 | 5348 | { |
e1a43f73 | 5349 | if (!cleared) |
8ac61af7 | 5350 | clear_storage (target, GEN_INT (size)); |
071a6595 PB |
5351 | return; |
5352 | } | |
5353 | ||
071a6595 PB |
5354 | domain_min = convert (sizetype, TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain)); |
5355 | domain_max = convert (sizetype, TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain)); | |
5356 | bitlength = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, | |
fed3cef0 RK |
5357 | size_diffop (domain_max, domain_min), |
5358 | ssize_int (1)); | |
071a6595 | 5359 | |
19caa751 | 5360 | nbits = tree_low_cst (bitlength, 1); |
e1a43f73 PB |
5361 | |
5362 | /* For "small" sets, or "medium-sized" (up to 32 bytes) sets that | |
5363 | are "complicated" (more than one range), initialize (the | |
3a94c984 | 5364 | constant parts) by copying from a constant. */ |
e1a43f73 PB |
5365 | if (GET_MODE (target) != BLKmode || nbits <= 2 * BITS_PER_WORD |
5366 | || (nbytes <= 32 && TREE_CHAIN (elt) != NULL_TREE)) | |
071a6595 | 5367 | { |
19caa751 | 5368 | unsigned int set_word_size = TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)); |
b4ee5a72 | 5369 | enum machine_mode mode = mode_for_size (set_word_size, MODE_INT, 1); |
0f41302f | 5370 | char *bit_buffer = (char *) alloca (nbits); |
b4ee5a72 | 5371 | HOST_WIDE_INT word = 0; |
19caa751 RK |
5372 | unsigned int bit_pos = 0; |
5373 | unsigned int ibit = 0; | |
5374 | unsigned int offset = 0; /* In bytes from beginning of set. */ | |
5375 | ||
e1a43f73 | 5376 | elt = get_set_constructor_bits (exp, bit_buffer, nbits); |
b4ee5a72 | 5377 | for (;;) |
071a6595 | 5378 | { |
b4ee5a72 PB |
5379 | if (bit_buffer[ibit]) |
5380 | { | |
b09f3348 | 5381 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) |
b4ee5a72 PB |
5382 | word |= (1 << (set_word_size - 1 - bit_pos)); |
5383 | else | |
5384 | word |= 1 << bit_pos; | |
5385 | } | |
19caa751 | 5386 | |
b4ee5a72 PB |
5387 | bit_pos++; ibit++; |
5388 | if (bit_pos >= set_word_size || ibit == nbits) | |
071a6595 | 5389 | { |
e1a43f73 PB |
5390 | if (word != 0 || ! cleared) |
5391 | { | |
5392 | rtx datum = GEN_INT (word); | |
5393 | rtx to_rtx; | |
19caa751 | 5394 | |
0f41302f MS |
5395 | /* The assumption here is that it is safe to use |
5396 | XEXP if the set is multi-word, but not if | |
5397 | it's single-word. */ | |
e1a43f73 | 5398 | if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM) |
f4ef873c | 5399 | to_rtx = adjust_address (target, mode, offset); |
3a94c984 | 5400 | else if (offset == 0) |
e1a43f73 PB |
5401 | to_rtx = target; |
5402 | else | |
5403 | abort (); | |
5404 | emit_move_insn (to_rtx, datum); | |
5405 | } | |
19caa751 | 5406 | |
b4ee5a72 PB |
5407 | if (ibit == nbits) |
5408 | break; | |
5409 | word = 0; | |
5410 | bit_pos = 0; | |
5411 | offset += set_word_size / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
071a6595 PB |
5412 | } |
5413 | } | |
071a6595 | 5414 | } |
e1a43f73 | 5415 | else if (!cleared) |
19caa751 RK |
5416 | /* Don't bother clearing storage if the set is all ones. */ |
5417 | if (TREE_CHAIN (elt) != NULL_TREE | |
5418 | || (TREE_PURPOSE (elt) == NULL_TREE | |
5419 | ? nbits != 1 | |
5420 | : ( ! host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (elt), 0) | |
5421 | || ! host_integerp (TREE_PURPOSE (elt), 0) | |
5422 | || (tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (elt), 0) | |
5423 | - tree_low_cst (TREE_PURPOSE (elt), 0) + 1 | |
5424 | != (HOST_WIDE_INT) nbits)))) | |
8ac61af7 | 5425 | clear_storage (target, expr_size (exp)); |
3a94c984 | 5426 | |
e1a43f73 | 5427 | for (; elt != NULL_TREE; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) |
071a6595 | 5428 | { |
3a94c984 | 5429 | /* Start of range of element or NULL. */ |
071a6595 | 5430 | tree startbit = TREE_PURPOSE (elt); |
3a94c984 | 5431 | /* End of range of element, or element value. */ |
071a6595 PB |
5432 | tree endbit = TREE_VALUE (elt); |
5433 | HOST_WIDE_INT startb, endb; | |
19caa751 | 5434 | rtx bitlength_rtx, startbit_rtx, endbit_rtx, targetx; |
071a6595 PB |
5435 | |
5436 | bitlength_rtx = expand_expr (bitlength, | |
19caa751 | 5437 | NULL_RTX, MEM, EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS); |
071a6595 | 5438 | |
3a94c984 | 5439 | /* Handle non-range tuple element like [ expr ]. */ |
071a6595 PB |
5440 | if (startbit == NULL_TREE) |
5441 | { | |
5442 | startbit = save_expr (endbit); | |
5443 | endbit = startbit; | |
5444 | } | |
19caa751 | 5445 | |
071a6595 PB |
5446 | startbit = convert (sizetype, startbit); |
5447 | endbit = convert (sizetype, endbit); | |
5448 | if (! integer_zerop (domain_min)) | |
5449 | { | |
5450 | startbit = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, startbit, domain_min); | |
5451 | endbit = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, endbit, domain_min); | |
5452 | } | |
3a94c984 | 5453 | startbit_rtx = expand_expr (startbit, NULL_RTX, MEM, |
071a6595 | 5454 | EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS); |
3a94c984 | 5455 | endbit_rtx = expand_expr (endbit, NULL_RTX, MEM, |
071a6595 PB |
5456 | EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS); |
5457 | ||
5458 | if (REG_P (target)) | |
5459 | { | |
1da68f56 RK |
5460 | targetx |
5461 | = assign_temp | |
b0c48229 NB |
5462 | ((build_qualified_type ((*lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode) |
5463 | (GET_MODE (target), 0), | |
1da68f56 RK |
5464 | TYPE_QUAL_CONST)), |
5465 | 0, 1, 1); | |
071a6595 PB |
5466 | emit_move_insn (targetx, target); |
5467 | } | |
19caa751 | 5468 | |
071a6595 PB |
5469 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM) |
5470 | targetx = target; | |
5471 | else | |
5472 | abort (); | |
5473 | ||
4ca79136 RH |
5474 | /* Optimization: If startbit and endbit are constants divisible |
5475 | by BITS_PER_UNIT, call memset instead. */ | |
5476 | if (TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS | |
5477 | && TREE_CODE (startbit) == INTEGER_CST | |
071a6595 PB |
5478 | && TREE_CODE (endbit) == INTEGER_CST |
5479 | && (startb = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (startbit)) % BITS_PER_UNIT == 0 | |
e1a43f73 | 5480 | && (endb = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (endbit) + 1) % BITS_PER_UNIT == 0) |
071a6595 | 5481 | { |
ebb1b59a | 5482 | emit_library_call (memset_libfunc, LCT_NORMAL, |
071a6595 | 5483 | VOIDmode, 3, |
e1a43f73 PB |
5484 | plus_constant (XEXP (targetx, 0), |
5485 | startb / BITS_PER_UNIT), | |
071a6595 | 5486 | Pmode, |
3b6f75e2 | 5487 | constm1_rtx, TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), |
071a6595 | 5488 | GEN_INT ((endb - startb) / BITS_PER_UNIT), |
3b6f75e2 | 5489 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); |
071a6595 PB |
5490 | } |
5491 | else | |
68d28100 RH |
5492 | emit_library_call (setbits_libfunc, LCT_NORMAL, |
5493 | VOIDmode, 4, XEXP (targetx, 0), | |
ebb1b59a | 5494 | Pmode, bitlength_rtx, TYPE_MODE (sizetype), |
19caa751 RK |
5495 | startbit_rtx, TYPE_MODE (sizetype), |
5496 | endbit_rtx, TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
5497 | ||
071a6595 PB |
5498 | if (REG_P (target)) |
5499 | emit_move_insn (target, targetx); | |
5500 | } | |
5501 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5502 | |
5503 | else | |
5504 | abort (); | |
5505 | } | |
5506 | ||
5507 | /* Store the value of EXP (an expression tree) | |
5508 | into a subfield of TARGET which has mode MODE and occupies | |
5509 | BITSIZE bits, starting BITPOS bits from the start of TARGET. | |
5510 | If MODE is VOIDmode, it means that we are storing into a bit-field. | |
5511 | ||
5512 | If VALUE_MODE is VOIDmode, return nothing in particular. | |
5513 | UNSIGNEDP is not used in this case. | |
5514 | ||
5515 | Otherwise, return an rtx for the value stored. This rtx | |
5516 | has mode VALUE_MODE if that is convenient to do. | |
5517 | In this case, UNSIGNEDP must be nonzero if the value is an unsigned type. | |
5518 | ||
a06ef755 | 5519 | TYPE is the type of the underlying object, |
ece32014 MM |
5520 | |
5521 | ALIAS_SET is the alias set for the destination. This value will | |
5522 | (in general) be different from that for TARGET, since TARGET is a | |
5523 | reference to the containing structure. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5524 | |
5525 | static rtx | |
502b8322 AJ |
5526 | store_field (rtx target, HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos, |
5527 | enum machine_mode mode, tree exp, enum machine_mode value_mode, | |
5528 | int unsignedp, tree type, int alias_set) | |
bbf6f052 | 5529 | { |
906c4e36 | 5530 | HOST_WIDE_INT width_mask = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 5531 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
5532 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ERROR_MARK) |
5533 | return const0_rtx; | |
5534 | ||
2be6a7e9 RK |
5535 | /* If we have nothing to store, do nothing unless the expression has |
5536 | side-effects. */ | |
5537 | if (bitsize == 0) | |
5538 | return expand_expr (exp, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); | |
6a87d634 | 5539 | else if (bitsize >= 0 && bitsize < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) |
906c4e36 | 5540 | width_mask = ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << bitsize) - 1; |
bbf6f052 RK |
5541 | |
5542 | /* If we are storing into an unaligned field of an aligned union that is | |
5543 | in a register, we may have the mode of TARGET being an integer mode but | |
5544 | MODE == BLKmode. In that case, get an aligned object whose size and | |
5545 | alignment are the same as TARGET and store TARGET into it (we can avoid | |
5546 | the store if the field being stored is the entire width of TARGET). Then | |
5547 | call ourselves recursively to store the field into a BLKmode version of | |
5548 | that object. Finally, load from the object into TARGET. This is not | |
5549 | very efficient in general, but should only be slightly more expensive | |
5550 | than the otherwise-required unaligned accesses. Perhaps this can be | |
85a43a2f RK |
5551 | cleaned up later. It's tempting to make OBJECT readonly, but it's set |
5552 | twice, once with emit_move_insn and once via store_field. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5553 | |
5554 | if (mode == BLKmode | |
5555 | && (GET_CODE (target) == REG || GET_CODE (target) == SUBREG)) | |
5556 | { | |
85a43a2f | 5557 | rtx object = assign_temp (type, 0, 1, 1); |
c4e59f51 | 5558 | rtx blk_object = adjust_address (object, BLKmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 | 5559 | |
8752c357 | 5560 | if (bitsize != (HOST_WIDE_INT) GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (target))) |
bbf6f052 RK |
5561 | emit_move_insn (object, target); |
5562 | ||
a06ef755 RK |
5563 | store_field (blk_object, bitsize, bitpos, mode, exp, VOIDmode, 0, type, |
5564 | alias_set); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5565 | |
5566 | emit_move_insn (target, object); | |
5567 | ||
a06ef755 | 5568 | /* We want to return the BLKmode version of the data. */ |
46093b97 | 5569 | return blk_object; |
bbf6f052 | 5570 | } |
c3b247b4 JM |
5571 | |
5572 | if (GET_CODE (target) == CONCAT) | |
5573 | { | |
5574 | /* We're storing into a struct containing a single __complex. */ | |
5575 | ||
5576 | if (bitpos != 0) | |
5577 | abort (); | |
5578 | return store_expr (exp, target, 0); | |
5579 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5580 | |
5581 | /* If the structure is in a register or if the component | |
5582 | is a bit field, we cannot use addressing to access it. | |
5583 | Use bit-field techniques or SUBREG to store in it. */ | |
5584 | ||
4fa52007 | 5585 | if (mode == VOIDmode |
6ab06cbb JW |
5586 | || (mode != BLKmode && ! direct_store[(int) mode] |
5587 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_COMPLEX_INT | |
5588 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT) | |
4fa52007 | 5589 | || GET_CODE (target) == REG |
c980ac49 | 5590 | || GET_CODE (target) == SUBREG |
ccc98036 RS |
5591 | /* If the field isn't aligned enough to store as an ordinary memref, |
5592 | store it as a bit field. */ | |
15b19a7d | 5593 | || (mode != BLKmode |
9e5f281f OH |
5594 | && ((((MEM_ALIGN (target) < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) |
5595 | || bitpos % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) | |
5596 | && SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (mode, MEM_ALIGN (target))) | |
502b8322 | 5597 | || (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0))) |
14a774a9 RK |
5598 | /* If the RHS and field are a constant size and the size of the |
5599 | RHS isn't the same size as the bitfield, we must use bitfield | |
5600 | operations. */ | |
05bccae2 RK |
5601 | || (bitsize >= 0 |
5602 | && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) == INTEGER_CST | |
5603 | && compare_tree_int (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), bitsize) != 0)) | |
bbf6f052 | 5604 | { |
906c4e36 | 5605 | rtx temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbd6cf73 | 5606 | |
ef19912d RK |
5607 | /* If BITSIZE is narrower than the size of the type of EXP |
5608 | we will be narrowing TEMP. Normally, what's wanted are the | |
5609 | low-order bits. However, if EXP's type is a record and this is | |
5610 | big-endian machine, we want the upper BITSIZE bits. */ | |
5611 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (temp)) == MODE_INT | |
65a07688 | 5612 | && bitsize < (HOST_WIDE_INT) GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (temp)) |
ef19912d RK |
5613 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == RECORD_TYPE) |
5614 | temp = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, GET_MODE (temp), temp, | |
5615 | size_int (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (temp)) | |
5616 | - bitsize), | |
c1853da7 | 5617 | NULL_RTX, 1); |
ef19912d | 5618 | |
bbd6cf73 RK |
5619 | /* Unless MODE is VOIDmode or BLKmode, convert TEMP to |
5620 | MODE. */ | |
5621 | if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode | |
5622 | && mode != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) | |
5623 | temp = convert_modes (mode, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), temp, 1); | |
5624 | ||
a281e72d RK |
5625 | /* If the modes of TARGET and TEMP are both BLKmode, both |
5626 | must be in memory and BITPOS must be aligned on a byte | |
5627 | boundary. If so, we simply do a block copy. */ | |
5628 | if (GET_MODE (target) == BLKmode && GET_MODE (temp) == BLKmode) | |
5629 | { | |
5630 | if (GET_CODE (target) != MEM || GET_CODE (temp) != MEM | |
5631 | || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0) | |
5632 | abort (); | |
5633 | ||
f4ef873c | 5634 | target = adjust_address (target, VOIDmode, bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
a281e72d | 5635 | emit_block_move (target, temp, |
a06ef755 | 5636 | GEN_INT ((bitsize + BITS_PER_UNIT - 1) |
44bb111a RH |
5637 | / BITS_PER_UNIT), |
5638 | BLOCK_OP_NORMAL); | |
a281e72d RK |
5639 | |
5640 | return value_mode == VOIDmode ? const0_rtx : target; | |
5641 | } | |
5642 | ||
bbf6f052 | 5643 | /* Store the value in the bitfield. */ |
a06ef755 RK |
5644 | store_bit_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, temp, |
5645 | int_size_in_bytes (type)); | |
5646 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5647 | if (value_mode != VOIDmode) |
5648 | { | |
04050c69 RK |
5649 | /* The caller wants an rtx for the value. |
5650 | If possible, avoid refetching from the bitfield itself. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5651 | if (width_mask != 0 |
5652 | && ! (GET_CODE (target) == MEM && MEM_VOLATILE_P (target))) | |
5c4d7cfb | 5653 | { |
9074de27 | 5654 | tree count; |
5c4d7cfb | 5655 | enum machine_mode tmode; |
86a2c12a | 5656 | |
5c4d7cfb | 5657 | tmode = GET_MODE (temp); |
86a2c12a RS |
5658 | if (tmode == VOIDmode) |
5659 | tmode = value_mode; | |
22273300 JJ |
5660 | |
5661 | if (unsignedp) | |
5662 | return expand_and (tmode, temp, | |
2496c7bd | 5663 | gen_int_mode (width_mask, tmode), |
22273300 JJ |
5664 | NULL_RTX); |
5665 | ||
5c4d7cfb RS |
5666 | count = build_int_2 (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (tmode) - bitsize, 0); |
5667 | temp = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, tmode, temp, count, 0, 0); | |
5668 | return expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, tmode, temp, count, 0, 0); | |
5669 | } | |
04050c69 | 5670 | |
bbf6f052 | 5671 | return extract_bit_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, unsignedp, |
04050c69 | 5672 | NULL_RTX, value_mode, VOIDmode, |
a06ef755 | 5673 | int_size_in_bytes (type)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5674 | } |
5675 | return const0_rtx; | |
5676 | } | |
5677 | else | |
5678 | { | |
5679 | rtx addr = XEXP (target, 0); | |
a06ef755 | 5680 | rtx to_rtx = target; |
bbf6f052 RK |
5681 | |
5682 | /* If a value is wanted, it must be the lhs; | |
5683 | so make the address stable for multiple use. */ | |
5684 | ||
5685 | if (value_mode != VOIDmode && GET_CODE (addr) != REG | |
5686 | && ! CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (addr) | |
5687 | /* A frame-pointer reference is already stable. */ | |
5688 | && ! (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS | |
5689 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 1)) == CONST_INT | |
5690 | && (XEXP (addr, 0) == virtual_incoming_args_rtx | |
5691 | || XEXP (addr, 0) == virtual_stack_vars_rtx))) | |
a06ef755 | 5692 | to_rtx = replace_equiv_address (to_rtx, copy_to_reg (addr)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5693 | |
5694 | /* Now build a reference to just the desired component. */ | |
5695 | ||
a06ef755 RK |
5696 | to_rtx = adjust_address (target, mode, bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
5697 | ||
5698 | if (to_rtx == target) | |
5699 | to_rtx = copy_rtx (to_rtx); | |
792760b9 | 5700 | |
c6df88cb | 5701 | MEM_SET_IN_STRUCT_P (to_rtx, 1); |
10b76d73 | 5702 | if (!MEM_KEEP_ALIAS_SET_P (to_rtx) && MEM_ALIAS_SET (to_rtx) != 0) |
a06ef755 | 5703 | set_mem_alias_set (to_rtx, alias_set); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5704 | |
5705 | return store_expr (exp, to_rtx, value_mode != VOIDmode); | |
5706 | } | |
5707 | } | |
5708 | \f | |
5709 | /* Given an expression EXP that may be a COMPONENT_REF, a BIT_FIELD_REF, | |
b4e3fabb RK |
5710 | an ARRAY_REF, or an ARRAY_RANGE_REF, look for nested operations of these |
5711 | codes and find the ultimate containing object, which we return. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5712 | |
5713 | We set *PBITSIZE to the size in bits that we want, *PBITPOS to the | |
5714 | bit position, and *PUNSIGNEDP to the signedness of the field. | |
7bb0943f RS |
5715 | If the position of the field is variable, we store a tree |
5716 | giving the variable offset (in units) in *POFFSET. | |
5717 | This offset is in addition to the bit position. | |
5718 | If the position is not variable, we store 0 in *POFFSET. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5719 | |
5720 | If any of the extraction expressions is volatile, | |
5721 | we store 1 in *PVOLATILEP. Otherwise we don't change that. | |
5722 | ||
5723 | If the field is a bit-field, *PMODE is set to VOIDmode. Otherwise, it | |
5724 | is a mode that can be used to access the field. In that case, *PBITSIZE | |
e7c33f54 RK |
5725 | is redundant. |
5726 | ||
5727 | If the field describes a variable-sized object, *PMODE is set to | |
5728 | VOIDmode and *PBITSIZE is set to -1. An access cannot be made in | |
6d2f8887 | 5729 | this case, but the address of the object can be found. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
5730 | |
5731 | tree | |
502b8322 AJ |
5732 | get_inner_reference (tree exp, HOST_WIDE_INT *pbitsize, |
5733 | HOST_WIDE_INT *pbitpos, tree *poffset, | |
5734 | enum machine_mode *pmode, int *punsignedp, | |
5735 | int *pvolatilep) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5736 | { |
5737 | tree size_tree = 0; | |
5738 | enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode; | |
fed3cef0 | 5739 | tree offset = size_zero_node; |
770ae6cc | 5740 | tree bit_offset = bitsize_zero_node; |
738cc472 | 5741 | tree placeholder_ptr = 0; |
770ae6cc | 5742 | tree tem; |
bbf6f052 | 5743 | |
770ae6cc RK |
5744 | /* First get the mode, signedness, and size. We do this from just the |
5745 | outermost expression. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5746 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPONENT_REF) |
5747 | { | |
5748 | size_tree = DECL_SIZE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
5749 | if (! DECL_BIT_FIELD (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
5750 | mode = DECL_MODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
770ae6cc | 5751 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5752 | *punsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); |
5753 | } | |
5754 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == BIT_FIELD_REF) | |
5755 | { | |
5756 | size_tree = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
5757 | *punsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (exp); | |
5758 | } | |
5759 | else | |
5760 | { | |
5761 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
770ae6cc RK |
5762 | *punsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)); |
5763 | ||
ab87f8c8 JL |
5764 | if (mode == BLKmode) |
5765 | size_tree = TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
770ae6cc RK |
5766 | else |
5767 | *pbitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode); | |
bbf6f052 | 5768 | } |
3a94c984 | 5769 | |
770ae6cc | 5770 | if (size_tree != 0) |
bbf6f052 | 5771 | { |
770ae6cc | 5772 | if (! host_integerp (size_tree, 1)) |
e7c33f54 RK |
5773 | mode = BLKmode, *pbitsize = -1; |
5774 | else | |
770ae6cc | 5775 | *pbitsize = tree_low_cst (size_tree, 1); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5776 | } |
5777 | ||
5778 | /* Compute cumulative bit-offset for nested component-refs and array-refs, | |
5779 | and find the ultimate containing object. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5780 | while (1) |
5781 | { | |
770ae6cc RK |
5782 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == BIT_FIELD_REF) |
5783 | bit_offset = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, bit_offset, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)); | |
5784 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPONENT_REF) | |
bbf6f052 | 5785 | { |
770ae6cc RK |
5786 | tree field = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); |
5787 | tree this_offset = DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (field); | |
bbf6f052 | 5788 | |
e7f3c83f RK |
5789 | /* If this field hasn't been filled in yet, don't go |
5790 | past it. This should only happen when folding expressions | |
5791 | made during type construction. */ | |
770ae6cc | 5792 | if (this_offset == 0) |
e7f3c83f | 5793 | break; |
7a6cdb44 | 5794 | else if (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (this_offset)) |
770ae6cc | 5795 | this_offset = build (WITH_RECORD_EXPR, sizetype, this_offset, exp); |
e7f3c83f | 5796 | |
7156dead | 5797 | offset = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, offset, this_offset); |
770ae6cc RK |
5798 | bit_offset = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, bit_offset, |
5799 | DECL_FIELD_BIT_OFFSET (field)); | |
e6d8c385 | 5800 | |
a06ef755 | 5801 | /* ??? Right now we don't do anything with DECL_OFFSET_ALIGN. */ |
bbf6f052 | 5802 | } |
7156dead | 5803 | |
b4e3fabb RK |
5804 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ARRAY_REF |
5805 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == ARRAY_RANGE_REF) | |
bbf6f052 | 5806 | { |
742920c7 | 5807 | tree index = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); |
b4e3fabb RK |
5808 | tree array = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); |
5809 | tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (array)); | |
770ae6cc | 5810 | tree low_bound = (domain ? TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain) : 0); |
b4e3fabb | 5811 | tree unit_size = TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (array))); |
742920c7 | 5812 | |
770ae6cc RK |
5813 | /* We assume all arrays have sizes that are a multiple of a byte. |
5814 | First subtract the lower bound, if any, in the type of the | |
5815 | index, then convert to sizetype and multiply by the size of the | |
5816 | array element. */ | |
5817 | if (low_bound != 0 && ! integer_zerop (low_bound)) | |
5818 | index = fold (build (MINUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (index), | |
5819 | index, low_bound)); | |
f8dac6eb | 5820 | |
7156dead RK |
5821 | /* If the index has a self-referential type, pass it to a |
5822 | WITH_RECORD_EXPR; if the component size is, pass our | |
5823 | component to one. */ | |
7a6cdb44 | 5824 | if (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (index)) |
770ae6cc | 5825 | index = build (WITH_RECORD_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (index), index, exp); |
7a6cdb44 | 5826 | if (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (unit_size)) |
b4e3fabb | 5827 | unit_size = build (WITH_RECORD_EXPR, sizetype, unit_size, array); |
742920c7 | 5828 | |
770ae6cc RK |
5829 | offset = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, offset, |
5830 | size_binop (MULT_EXPR, | |
5831 | convert (sizetype, index), | |
7156dead | 5832 | unit_size)); |
bbf6f052 | 5833 | } |
7156dead | 5834 | |
738cc472 RK |
5835 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == PLACEHOLDER_EXPR) |
5836 | { | |
70072ed9 RK |
5837 | tree new = find_placeholder (exp, &placeholder_ptr); |
5838 | ||
5839 | /* If we couldn't find the replacement, return the PLACEHOLDER_EXPR. | |
5840 | We might have been called from tree optimization where we | |
5841 | haven't set up an object yet. */ | |
5842 | if (new == 0) | |
5843 | break; | |
5844 | else | |
5845 | exp = new; | |
5846 | ||
738cc472 RK |
5847 | continue; |
5848 | } | |
c1853da7 RK |
5849 | |
5850 | /* We can go inside most conversions: all NON_VALUE_EXPRs, all normal | |
5851 | conversions that don't change the mode, and all view conversions | |
5852 | except those that need to "step up" the alignment. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 5853 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) != NON_LVALUE_EXPR |
c1853da7 RK |
5854 | && ! (TREE_CODE (exp) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR |
5855 | && ! ((TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
5856 | > TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
5857 | && STRICT_ALIGNMENT | |
5858 | && (TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) | |
5859 | < BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) | |
5860 | && (TYPE_ALIGN_OK (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
5861 | || TYPE_ALIGN_OK (TREE_TYPE | |
5862 | (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5863 | && ! ((TREE_CODE (exp) == NOP_EXPR |
5864 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == CONVERT_EXPR) | |
5865 | && (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
5866 | == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))))) | |
5867 | break; | |
7bb0943f RS |
5868 | |
5869 | /* If any reference in the chain is volatile, the effect is volatile. */ | |
5870 | if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp)) | |
5871 | *pvolatilep = 1; | |
839c4796 | 5872 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5873 | exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); |
5874 | } | |
5875 | ||
770ae6cc RK |
5876 | /* If OFFSET is constant, see if we can return the whole thing as a |
5877 | constant bit position. Otherwise, split it up. */ | |
5878 | if (host_integerp (offset, 0) | |
5879 | && 0 != (tem = size_binop (MULT_EXPR, convert (bitsizetype, offset), | |
5880 | bitsize_unit_node)) | |
5881 | && 0 != (tem = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, tem, bit_offset)) | |
5882 | && host_integerp (tem, 0)) | |
5883 | *pbitpos = tree_low_cst (tem, 0), *poffset = 0; | |
5884 | else | |
5885 | *pbitpos = tree_low_cst (bit_offset, 0), *poffset = offset; | |
b50d17a1 | 5886 | |
bbf6f052 | 5887 | *pmode = mode; |
bbf6f052 RK |
5888 | return exp; |
5889 | } | |
921b3427 | 5890 | |
ed239f5a RK |
5891 | /* Return 1 if T is an expression that get_inner_reference handles. */ |
5892 | ||
5893 | int | |
502b8322 | 5894 | handled_component_p (tree t) |
ed239f5a RK |
5895 | { |
5896 | switch (TREE_CODE (t)) | |
5897 | { | |
5898 | case BIT_FIELD_REF: | |
5899 | case COMPONENT_REF: | |
5900 | case ARRAY_REF: | |
5901 | case ARRAY_RANGE_REF: | |
5902 | case NON_LVALUE_EXPR: | |
5903 | case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR: | |
5904 | return 1; | |
5905 | ||
1a8c4ca6 EB |
5906 | /* ??? Sure they are handled, but get_inner_reference may return |
5907 | a different PBITSIZE, depending upon whether the expression is | |
5908 | wrapped up in a NOP_EXPR or not, e.g. for bitfields. */ | |
ed239f5a RK |
5909 | case NOP_EXPR: |
5910 | case CONVERT_EXPR: | |
5911 | return (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t)) | |
5912 | == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (t, 0)))); | |
5913 | ||
5914 | default: | |
5915 | return 0; | |
5916 | } | |
5917 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 5918 | \f |
3fe44edd RK |
5919 | /* Given an rtx VALUE that may contain additions and multiplications, return |
5920 | an equivalent value that just refers to a register, memory, or constant. | |
5921 | This is done by generating instructions to perform the arithmetic and | |
5922 | returning a pseudo-register containing the value. | |
c45a13a6 RK |
5923 | |
5924 | The returned value may be a REG, SUBREG, MEM or constant. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5925 | |
5926 | rtx | |
502b8322 | 5927 | force_operand (rtx value, rtx target) |
bbf6f052 | 5928 | { |
8a28dbcc | 5929 | rtx op1, op2; |
bbf6f052 | 5930 | /* Use subtarget as the target for operand 0 of a binary operation. */ |
b3694847 | 5931 | rtx subtarget = get_subtarget (target); |
8a28dbcc | 5932 | enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (value); |
bbf6f052 | 5933 | |
8b015896 | 5934 | /* Check for a PIC address load. */ |
8a28dbcc | 5935 | if ((code == PLUS || code == MINUS) |
8b015896 RH |
5936 | && XEXP (value, 0) == pic_offset_table_rtx |
5937 | && (GET_CODE (XEXP (value, 1)) == SYMBOL_REF | |
5938 | || GET_CODE (XEXP (value, 1)) == LABEL_REF | |
5939 | || GET_CODE (XEXP (value, 1)) == CONST)) | |
5940 | { | |
5941 | if (!subtarget) | |
5942 | subtarget = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (value)); | |
5943 | emit_move_insn (subtarget, value); | |
5944 | return subtarget; | |
5945 | } | |
5946 | ||
8a28dbcc | 5947 | if (code == ZERO_EXTEND || code == SIGN_EXTEND) |
bbf6f052 | 5948 | { |
8a28dbcc JH |
5949 | if (!target) |
5950 | target = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (value)); | |
ce0f3925 | 5951 | convert_move (target, force_operand (XEXP (value, 0), NULL), |
8a28dbcc JH |
5952 | code == ZERO_EXTEND); |
5953 | return target; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5954 | } |
5955 | ||
8a28dbcc | 5956 | if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '2' || GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == 'c') |
bbf6f052 RK |
5957 | { |
5958 | op2 = XEXP (value, 1); | |
8a28dbcc | 5959 | if (!CONSTANT_P (op2) && !(GET_CODE (op2) == REG && op2 != subtarget)) |
bbf6f052 | 5960 | subtarget = 0; |
8a28dbcc | 5961 | if (code == MINUS && GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_INT) |
bbf6f052 | 5962 | { |
8a28dbcc | 5963 | code = PLUS; |
bbf6f052 RK |
5964 | op2 = negate_rtx (GET_MODE (value), op2); |
5965 | } | |
5966 | ||
5967 | /* Check for an addition with OP2 a constant integer and our first | |
8a28dbcc JH |
5968 | operand a PLUS of a virtual register and something else. In that |
5969 | case, we want to emit the sum of the virtual register and the | |
5970 | constant first and then add the other value. This allows virtual | |
5971 | register instantiation to simply modify the constant rather than | |
5972 | creating another one around this addition. */ | |
5973 | if (code == PLUS && GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_INT | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5974 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (value, 0)) == PLUS |
5975 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0)) == REG | |
5976 | && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0)) >= FIRST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER | |
5977 | && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0)) <= LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER) | |
5978 | { | |
8a28dbcc JH |
5979 | rtx temp = expand_simple_binop (GET_MODE (value), code, |
5980 | XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0), op2, | |
5981 | subtarget, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
5982 | return expand_simple_binop (GET_MODE (value), code, temp, | |
5983 | force_operand (XEXP (XEXP (value, | |
5984 | 0), 1), 0), | |
5985 | target, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
bbf6f052 | 5986 | } |
3a94c984 | 5987 | |
8a28dbcc JH |
5988 | op1 = force_operand (XEXP (value, 0), subtarget); |
5989 | op2 = force_operand (op2, NULL_RTX); | |
5990 | switch (code) | |
5991 | { | |
5992 | case MULT: | |
5993 | return expand_mult (GET_MODE (value), op1, op2, target, 1); | |
5994 | case DIV: | |
5995 | if (!INTEGRAL_MODE_P (GET_MODE (value))) | |
5996 | return expand_simple_binop (GET_MODE (value), code, op1, op2, | |
5997 | target, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
5998 | else | |
5999 | return expand_divmod (0, | |
6000 | FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (value)) | |
6001 | ? RDIV_EXPR : TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, | |
6002 | GET_MODE (value), op1, op2, target, 0); | |
6003 | break; | |
6004 | case MOD: | |
6005 | return expand_divmod (1, TRUNC_MOD_EXPR, GET_MODE (value), op1, op2, | |
6006 | target, 0); | |
6007 | break; | |
6008 | case UDIV: | |
6009 | return expand_divmod (0, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, GET_MODE (value), op1, op2, | |
6010 | target, 1); | |
6011 | break; | |
6012 | case UMOD: | |
6013 | return expand_divmod (1, TRUNC_MOD_EXPR, GET_MODE (value), op1, op2, | |
6014 | target, 1); | |
6015 | break; | |
6016 | case ASHIFTRT: | |
6017 | return expand_simple_binop (GET_MODE (value), code, op1, op2, | |
6018 | target, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
6019 | break; | |
6020 | default: | |
6021 | return expand_simple_binop (GET_MODE (value), code, op1, op2, | |
6022 | target, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
6023 | } | |
6024 | } | |
6025 | if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '1') | |
6026 | { | |
6027 | op1 = force_operand (XEXP (value, 0), NULL_RTX); | |
6028 | return expand_simple_unop (GET_MODE (value), code, op1, target, 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 6029 | } |
34e81b5a RK |
6030 | |
6031 | #ifdef INSN_SCHEDULING | |
6032 | /* On machines that have insn scheduling, we want all memory reference to be | |
6033 | explicit, so we need to deal with such paradoxical SUBREGs. */ | |
6034 | if (GET_CODE (value) == SUBREG && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (value)) == MEM | |
6035 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (value)) | |
6036 | > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (value))))) | |
6037 | value | |
6038 | = simplify_gen_subreg (GET_MODE (value), | |
6039 | force_reg (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (value)), | |
6040 | force_operand (SUBREG_REG (value), | |
6041 | NULL_RTX)), | |
6042 | GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (value)), | |
6043 | SUBREG_BYTE (value)); | |
6044 | #endif | |
6045 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6046 | return value; |
6047 | } | |
6048 | \f | |
bbf6f052 | 6049 | /* Subroutine of expand_expr: return nonzero iff there is no way that |
e5e809f4 JL |
6050 | EXP can reference X, which is being modified. TOP_P is nonzero if this |
6051 | call is going to be used to determine whether we need a temporary | |
ff439b5f CB |
6052 | for EXP, as opposed to a recursive call to this function. |
6053 | ||
6054 | It is always safe for this routine to return zero since it merely | |
6055 | searches for optimization opportunities. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 6056 | |
8f17b5c5 | 6057 | int |
502b8322 | 6058 | safe_from_p (rtx x, tree exp, int top_p) |
bbf6f052 RK |
6059 | { |
6060 | rtx exp_rtl = 0; | |
6061 | int i, nops; | |
1da68f56 | 6062 | static tree save_expr_list; |
bbf6f052 | 6063 | |
6676e72f RK |
6064 | if (x == 0 |
6065 | /* If EXP has varying size, we MUST use a target since we currently | |
8f6562d0 PB |
6066 | have no way of allocating temporaries of variable size |
6067 | (except for arrays that have TYPE_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE set). | |
6068 | So we assume here that something at a higher level has prevented a | |
f4510f37 | 6069 | clash. This is somewhat bogus, but the best we can do. Only |
e5e809f4 | 6070 | do this when X is BLKmode and when we are at the top level. */ |
d0f062fb | 6071 | || (top_p && TREE_TYPE (exp) != 0 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp)) |
f4510f37 | 6072 | && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) != INTEGER_CST |
8f6562d0 PB |
6073 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != ARRAY_TYPE |
6074 | || TYPE_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == NULL_TREE | |
6075 | || TREE_CODE (TYPE_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) | |
6076 | != INTEGER_CST) | |
1da68f56 RK |
6077 | && GET_MODE (x) == BLKmode) |
6078 | /* If X is in the outgoing argument area, it is always safe. */ | |
6079 | || (GET_CODE (x) == MEM | |
6080 | && (XEXP (x, 0) == virtual_outgoing_args_rtx | |
6081 | || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS | |
6082 | && XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0) == virtual_outgoing_args_rtx)))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6083 | return 1; |
6084 | ||
6085 | /* If this is a subreg of a hard register, declare it unsafe, otherwise, | |
6086 | find the underlying pseudo. */ | |
6087 | if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG) | |
6088 | { | |
6089 | x = SUBREG_REG (x); | |
6090 | if (GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
6091 | return 0; | |
6092 | } | |
6093 | ||
1da68f56 RK |
6094 | /* A SAVE_EXPR might appear many times in the expression passed to the |
6095 | top-level safe_from_p call, and if it has a complex subexpression, | |
6096 | examining it multiple times could result in a combinatorial explosion. | |
6097 | E.g. on an Alpha running at least 200MHz, a Fortran test case compiled | |
6098 | with optimization took about 28 minutes to compile -- even though it was | |
6099 | only a few lines long. So we mark each SAVE_EXPR we see with TREE_PRIVATE | |
6100 | and turn that off when we are done. We keep a list of the SAVE_EXPRs | |
6101 | we have processed. Note that the only test of top_p was above. */ | |
6102 | ||
6103 | if (top_p) | |
6104 | { | |
6105 | int rtn; | |
6106 | tree t; | |
6107 | ||
6108 | save_expr_list = 0; | |
6109 | ||
6110 | rtn = safe_from_p (x, exp, 0); | |
6111 | ||
6112 | for (t = save_expr_list; t != 0; t = TREE_CHAIN (t)) | |
6113 | TREE_PRIVATE (TREE_PURPOSE (t)) = 0; | |
6114 | ||
6115 | return rtn; | |
6116 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 6117 | |
1da68f56 | 6118 | /* Now look at our tree code and possibly recurse. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
6119 | switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp))) |
6120 | { | |
6121 | case 'd': | |
a9772b60 | 6122 | exp_rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (exp); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6123 | break; |
6124 | ||
6125 | case 'c': | |
6126 | return 1; | |
6127 | ||
6128 | case 'x': | |
6129 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == TREE_LIST) | |
f8d4be57 CE |
6130 | { |
6131 | while (1) | |
6132 | { | |
6133 | if (TREE_VALUE (exp) && !safe_from_p (x, TREE_VALUE (exp), 0)) | |
6134 | return 0; | |
6135 | exp = TREE_CHAIN (exp); | |
6136 | if (!exp) | |
6137 | return 1; | |
6138 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) != TREE_LIST) | |
6139 | return safe_from_p (x, exp, 0); | |
6140 | } | |
6141 | } | |
ff439b5f CB |
6142 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ERROR_MARK) |
6143 | return 1; /* An already-visited SAVE_EXPR? */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6144 | else |
6145 | return 0; | |
6146 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6147 | case '2': |
6148 | case '<': | |
f8d4be57 CE |
6149 | if (!safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0)) |
6150 | return 0; | |
6151 | /* FALLTHRU */ | |
6152 | ||
6153 | case '1': | |
6154 | return safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6155 | |
6156 | case 'e': | |
6157 | case 'r': | |
6158 | /* Now do code-specific tests. EXP_RTL is set to any rtx we find in | |
6159 | the expression. If it is set, we conflict iff we are that rtx or | |
6160 | both are in memory. Otherwise, we check all operands of the | |
6161 | expression recursively. */ | |
6162 | ||
6163 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) | |
6164 | { | |
6165 | case ADDR_EXPR: | |
70072ed9 RK |
6166 | /* If the operand is static or we are static, we can't conflict. |
6167 | Likewise if we don't conflict with the operand at all. */ | |
6168 | if (staticp (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) | |
6169 | || TREE_STATIC (exp) | |
6170 | || safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) | |
6171 | return 1; | |
6172 | ||
6173 | /* Otherwise, the only way this can conflict is if we are taking | |
6174 | the address of a DECL a that address if part of X, which is | |
6175 | very rare. */ | |
6176 | exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
6177 | if (DECL_P (exp)) | |
6178 | { | |
6179 | if (!DECL_RTL_SET_P (exp) | |
6180 | || GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) != MEM) | |
6181 | return 0; | |
6182 | else | |
6183 | exp_rtl = XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0); | |
6184 | } | |
6185 | break; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6186 | |
6187 | case INDIRECT_REF: | |
1da68f56 RK |
6188 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM |
6189 | && alias_sets_conflict_p (MEM_ALIAS_SET (x), | |
6190 | get_alias_set (exp))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6191 | return 0; |
6192 | break; | |
6193 | ||
6194 | case CALL_EXPR: | |
f9808f81 MM |
6195 | /* Assume that the call will clobber all hard registers and |
6196 | all of memory. */ | |
6197 | if ((GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
6198 | || GET_CODE (x) == MEM) | |
6199 | return 0; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6200 | break; |
6201 | ||
6202 | case RTL_EXPR: | |
3bb5826a RK |
6203 | /* If a sequence exists, we would have to scan every instruction |
6204 | in the sequence to see if it was safe. This is probably not | |
6205 | worthwhile. */ | |
6206 | if (RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp)) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6207 | return 0; |
6208 | ||
3bb5826a | 6209 | exp_rtl = RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6210 | break; |
6211 | ||
6212 | case WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR: | |
6ad7895a | 6213 | exp_rtl = WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR_RTL (exp); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6214 | break; |
6215 | ||
5dab5552 | 6216 | case CLEANUP_POINT_EXPR: |
e5e809f4 | 6217 | return safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0); |
5dab5552 | 6218 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6219 | case SAVE_EXPR: |
6220 | exp_rtl = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
ff439b5f CB |
6221 | if (exp_rtl) |
6222 | break; | |
6223 | ||
1da68f56 RK |
6224 | /* If we've already scanned this, don't do it again. Otherwise, |
6225 | show we've scanned it and record for clearing the flag if we're | |
6226 | going on. */ | |
6227 | if (TREE_PRIVATE (exp)) | |
6228 | return 1; | |
ff439b5f | 6229 | |
1da68f56 RK |
6230 | TREE_PRIVATE (exp) = 1; |
6231 | if (! safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) | |
ff59bfe6 | 6232 | { |
1da68f56 RK |
6233 | TREE_PRIVATE (exp) = 0; |
6234 | return 0; | |
ff59bfe6 | 6235 | } |
1da68f56 RK |
6236 | |
6237 | save_expr_list = tree_cons (exp, NULL_TREE, save_expr_list); | |
ff439b5f | 6238 | return 1; |
bbf6f052 | 6239 | |
8129842c RS |
6240 | case BIND_EXPR: |
6241 | /* The only operand we look at is operand 1. The rest aren't | |
6242 | part of the expression. */ | |
e5e809f4 | 6243 | return safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0); |
8129842c | 6244 | |
bbf6f052 | 6245 | case METHOD_CALL_EXPR: |
4fe9b91c | 6246 | /* This takes an rtx argument, but shouldn't appear here. */ |
bbf6f052 | 6247 | abort (); |
3a94c984 | 6248 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
6249 | default: |
6250 | break; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6251 | } |
6252 | ||
6253 | /* If we have an rtx, we do not need to scan our operands. */ | |
6254 | if (exp_rtl) | |
6255 | break; | |
6256 | ||
8f17b5c5 | 6257 | nops = first_rtl_op (TREE_CODE (exp)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6258 | for (i = 0; i < nops; i++) |
6259 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i) != 0 | |
e5e809f4 | 6260 | && ! safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, i), 0)) |
bbf6f052 | 6261 | return 0; |
8f17b5c5 MM |
6262 | |
6263 | /* If this is a language-specific tree code, it may require | |
6264 | special handling. */ | |
dbbbbf3b JDA |
6265 | if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (exp) |
6266 | >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE | |
ac79cd5a | 6267 | && !(*lang_hooks.safe_from_p) (x, exp)) |
8f17b5c5 | 6268 | return 0; |
bbf6f052 RK |
6269 | } |
6270 | ||
6271 | /* If we have an rtl, find any enclosed object. Then see if we conflict | |
6272 | with it. */ | |
6273 | if (exp_rtl) | |
6274 | { | |
6275 | if (GET_CODE (exp_rtl) == SUBREG) | |
6276 | { | |
6277 | exp_rtl = SUBREG_REG (exp_rtl); | |
6278 | if (GET_CODE (exp_rtl) == REG | |
6279 | && REGNO (exp_rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
6280 | return 0; | |
6281 | } | |
6282 | ||
6283 | /* If the rtl is X, then it is not safe. Otherwise, it is unless both | |
1da68f56 | 6284 | are memory and they conflict. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
6285 | return ! (rtx_equal_p (x, exp_rtl) |
6286 | || (GET_CODE (x) == MEM && GET_CODE (exp_rtl) == MEM | |
21117a17 | 6287 | && true_dependence (exp_rtl, VOIDmode, x, |
1da68f56 | 6288 | rtx_addr_varies_p))); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6289 | } |
6290 | ||
6291 | /* If we reach here, it is safe. */ | |
6292 | return 1; | |
6293 | } | |
6294 | ||
01c8a7c8 RK |
6295 | /* Subroutine of expand_expr: return rtx if EXP is a |
6296 | variable or parameter; else return 0. */ | |
6297 | ||
6298 | static rtx | |
502b8322 | 6299 | var_rtx (tree exp) |
01c8a7c8 RK |
6300 | { |
6301 | STRIP_NOPS (exp); | |
6302 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) | |
6303 | { | |
6304 | case PARM_DECL: | |
6305 | case VAR_DECL: | |
6306 | return DECL_RTL (exp); | |
6307 | default: | |
6308 | return 0; | |
6309 | } | |
6310 | } | |
dbecbbe4 JL |
6311 | |
6312 | #ifdef MAX_INTEGER_COMPUTATION_MODE | |
400500c4 | 6313 | |
dbecbbe4 | 6314 | void |
502b8322 | 6315 | check_max_integer_computation_mode (tree exp) |
dbecbbe4 | 6316 | { |
5f652c07 | 6317 | enum tree_code code; |
dbecbbe4 JL |
6318 | enum machine_mode mode; |
6319 | ||
5f652c07 JM |
6320 | /* Strip any NOPs that don't change the mode. */ |
6321 | STRIP_NOPS (exp); | |
6322 | code = TREE_CODE (exp); | |
6323 | ||
71bca506 JL |
6324 | /* We must allow conversions of constants to MAX_INTEGER_COMPUTATION_MODE. */ |
6325 | if (code == NOP_EXPR | |
6326 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
6327 | return; | |
6328 | ||
dbecbbe4 JL |
6329 | /* First check the type of the overall operation. We need only look at |
6330 | unary, binary and relational operations. */ | |
6331 | if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '1' | |
6332 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '2' | |
6333 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '<') | |
6334 | { | |
6335 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
6336 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
6337 | && mode > MAX_INTEGER_COMPUTATION_MODE) | |
400500c4 | 6338 | internal_error ("unsupported wide integer operation"); |
dbecbbe4 JL |
6339 | } |
6340 | ||
6341 | /* Check operand of a unary op. */ | |
6342 | if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '1') | |
6343 | { | |
6344 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
6345 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
6346 | && mode > MAX_INTEGER_COMPUTATION_MODE) | |
400500c4 | 6347 | internal_error ("unsupported wide integer operation"); |
dbecbbe4 | 6348 | } |
3a94c984 | 6349 | |
dbecbbe4 JL |
6350 | /* Check operands of a binary/comparison op. */ |
6351 | if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '2' || TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '<') | |
6352 | { | |
6353 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
6354 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
6355 | && mode > MAX_INTEGER_COMPUTATION_MODE) | |
400500c4 | 6356 | internal_error ("unsupported wide integer operation"); |
dbecbbe4 JL |
6357 | |
6358 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))); | |
6359 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
6360 | && mode > MAX_INTEGER_COMPUTATION_MODE) | |
400500c4 | 6361 | internal_error ("unsupported wide integer operation"); |
dbecbbe4 JL |
6362 | } |
6363 | } | |
6364 | #endif | |
14a774a9 | 6365 | \f |
0d4903b8 RK |
6366 | /* Return the highest power of two that EXP is known to be a multiple of. |
6367 | This is used in updating alignment of MEMs in array references. */ | |
6368 | ||
9ceca302 | 6369 | static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT |
502b8322 | 6370 | highest_pow2_factor (tree exp) |
0d4903b8 | 6371 | { |
9ceca302 | 6372 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT c0, c1; |
0d4903b8 RK |
6373 | |
6374 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) | |
6375 | { | |
6376 | case INTEGER_CST: | |
e0f1be5c JJ |
6377 | /* We can find the lowest bit that's a one. If the low |
6378 | HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT bits are zero, return BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT. | |
6379 | We need to handle this case since we can find it in a COND_EXPR, | |
6380 | a MIN_EXPR, or a MAX_EXPR. If the constant overlows, we have an | |
6381 | erroneous program, so return BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT to avoid any | |
3a531a8b | 6382 | later ICE. */ |
e0f1be5c | 6383 | if (TREE_CONSTANT_OVERFLOW (exp)) |
1ed1b4fb | 6384 | return BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT; |
e0f1be5c | 6385 | else |
0d4903b8 | 6386 | { |
e0f1be5c JJ |
6387 | /* Note: tree_low_cst is intentionally not used here, |
6388 | we don't care about the upper bits. */ | |
6389 | c0 = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (exp); | |
6390 | c0 &= -c0; | |
6391 | return c0 ? c0 : BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT; | |
0d4903b8 RK |
6392 | } |
6393 | break; | |
6394 | ||
65a07688 | 6395 | case PLUS_EXPR: case MINUS_EXPR: case MIN_EXPR: case MAX_EXPR: |
0d4903b8 RK |
6396 | c0 = highest_pow2_factor (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); |
6397 | c1 = highest_pow2_factor (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
6398 | return MIN (c0, c1); | |
6399 | ||
6400 | case MULT_EXPR: | |
6401 | c0 = highest_pow2_factor (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
6402 | c1 = highest_pow2_factor (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
6403 | return c0 * c1; | |
6404 | ||
6405 | case ROUND_DIV_EXPR: case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR: case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR: | |
6406 | case CEIL_DIV_EXPR: | |
65a07688 RK |
6407 | if (integer_pow2p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) |
6408 | && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) | |
6409 | { | |
6410 | c0 = highest_pow2_factor (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
6411 | c1 = tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1); | |
6412 | return MAX (1, c0 / c1); | |
6413 | } | |
6414 | break; | |
0d4903b8 RK |
6415 | |
6416 | case NON_LVALUE_EXPR: case NOP_EXPR: case CONVERT_EXPR: | |
65a07688 | 6417 | case SAVE_EXPR: case WITH_RECORD_EXPR: |
0d4903b8 RK |
6418 | return highest_pow2_factor (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); |
6419 | ||
65a07688 RK |
6420 | case COMPOUND_EXPR: |
6421 | return highest_pow2_factor (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
6422 | ||
0d4903b8 RK |
6423 | case COND_EXPR: |
6424 | c0 = highest_pow2_factor (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
6425 | c1 = highest_pow2_factor (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)); | |
6426 | return MIN (c0, c1); | |
6427 | ||
6428 | default: | |
6429 | break; | |
6430 | } | |
6431 | ||
6432 | return 1; | |
6433 | } | |
818c0c94 RH |
6434 | |
6435 | /* Similar, except that it is known that the expression must be a multiple | |
6436 | of the alignment of TYPE. */ | |
6437 | ||
9ceca302 | 6438 | static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT |
502b8322 | 6439 | highest_pow2_factor_for_type (tree type, tree exp) |
818c0c94 | 6440 | { |
9ceca302 | 6441 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_align, factor; |
818c0c94 RH |
6442 | |
6443 | factor = highest_pow2_factor (exp); | |
6444 | type_align = TYPE_ALIGN (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
6445 | return MAX (factor, type_align); | |
6446 | } | |
0d4903b8 | 6447 | \f |
f47e9b4e RK |
6448 | /* Return an object on the placeholder list that matches EXP, a |
6449 | PLACEHOLDER_EXPR. An object "matches" if it is of the type of the | |
738cc472 | 6450 | PLACEHOLDER_EXPR or a pointer type to it. For further information, see |
70072ed9 RK |
6451 | tree.def. If no such object is found, return 0. If PLIST is nonzero, it |
6452 | is a location which initially points to a starting location in the | |
738cc472 RK |
6453 | placeholder list (zero means start of the list) and where a pointer into |
6454 | the placeholder list at which the object is found is placed. */ | |
f47e9b4e RK |
6455 | |
6456 | tree | |
502b8322 | 6457 | find_placeholder (tree exp, tree *plist) |
f47e9b4e RK |
6458 | { |
6459 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (exp); | |
6460 | tree placeholder_expr; | |
6461 | ||
738cc472 RK |
6462 | for (placeholder_expr |
6463 | = plist && *plist ? TREE_CHAIN (*plist) : placeholder_list; | |
6464 | placeholder_expr != 0; | |
f47e9b4e RK |
6465 | placeholder_expr = TREE_CHAIN (placeholder_expr)) |
6466 | { | |
6467 | tree need_type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type); | |
6468 | tree elt; | |
6469 | ||
6470 | /* Find the outermost reference that is of the type we want. If none, | |
6471 | see if any object has a type that is a pointer to the type we | |
6472 | want. */ | |
6473 | for (elt = TREE_PURPOSE (placeholder_expr); elt != 0; | |
6474 | elt = ((TREE_CODE (elt) == COMPOUND_EXPR | |
6475 | || TREE_CODE (elt) == COND_EXPR) | |
6476 | ? TREE_OPERAND (elt, 1) | |
6477 | : (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == 'r' | |
6478 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == '1' | |
6479 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == '2' | |
6480 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == 'e') | |
6481 | ? TREE_OPERAND (elt, 0) : 0)) | |
6482 | if (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (TREE_TYPE (elt)) == need_type) | |
6483 | { | |
6484 | if (plist) | |
6485 | *plist = placeholder_expr; | |
6486 | return elt; | |
6487 | } | |
6488 | ||
6489 | for (elt = TREE_PURPOSE (placeholder_expr); elt != 0; | |
6490 | elt | |
6491 | = ((TREE_CODE (elt) == COMPOUND_EXPR | |
6492 | || TREE_CODE (elt) == COND_EXPR) | |
6493 | ? TREE_OPERAND (elt, 1) | |
6494 | : (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == 'r' | |
6495 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == '1' | |
6496 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == '2' | |
6497 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == 'e') | |
6498 | ? TREE_OPERAND (elt, 0) : 0)) | |
6499 | if (POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (elt)) | |
6500 | && (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (elt))) | |
6501 | == need_type)) | |
6502 | { | |
6503 | if (plist) | |
6504 | *plist = placeholder_expr; | |
6505 | return build1 (INDIRECT_REF, need_type, elt); | |
6506 | } | |
6507 | } | |
6508 | ||
70072ed9 | 6509 | return 0; |
f47e9b4e RK |
6510 | } |
6511 | \f | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6512 | /* expand_expr: generate code for computing expression EXP. |
6513 | An rtx for the computed value is returned. The value is never null. | |
6514 | In the case of a void EXP, const0_rtx is returned. | |
6515 | ||
6516 | The value may be stored in TARGET if TARGET is nonzero. | |
6517 | TARGET is just a suggestion; callers must assume that | |
6518 | the rtx returned may not be the same as TARGET. | |
6519 | ||
6520 | If TARGET is CONST0_RTX, it means that the value will be ignored. | |
6521 | ||
6522 | If TMODE is not VOIDmode, it suggests generating the | |
6523 | result in mode TMODE. But this is done only when convenient. | |
6524 | Otherwise, TMODE is ignored and the value generated in its natural mode. | |
6525 | TMODE is just a suggestion; callers must assume that | |
6526 | the rtx returned may not have mode TMODE. | |
6527 | ||
d6a5ac33 RK |
6528 | Note that TARGET may have neither TMODE nor MODE. In that case, it |
6529 | probably will not be used. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6530 | |
6531 | If MODIFIER is EXPAND_SUM then when EXP is an addition | |
6532 | we can return an rtx of the form (MULT (REG ...) (CONST_INT ...)) | |
6533 | or a nest of (PLUS ...) and (MINUS ...) where the terms are | |
6534 | products as above, or REG or MEM, or constant. | |
6535 | Ordinarily in such cases we would output mul or add instructions | |
6536 | and then return a pseudo reg containing the sum. | |
6537 | ||
6538 | EXPAND_INITIALIZER is much like EXPAND_SUM except that | |
6539 | it also marks a label as absolutely required (it can't be dead). | |
26fcb35a | 6540 | It also makes a ZERO_EXTEND or SIGN_EXTEND instead of emitting extend insns. |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6541 | This is used for outputting expressions used in initializers. |
6542 | ||
6543 | EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS says that it is okay to return a MEM | |
6544 | with a constant address even if that address is not normally legitimate. | |
8403445a AM |
6545 | EXPAND_INITIALIZER and EXPAND_SUM also have this effect. |
6546 | ||
6547 | EXPAND_STACK_PARM is used when expanding to a TARGET on the stack for | |
6548 | a call parameter. Such targets require special care as we haven't yet | |
6549 | marked TARGET so that it's safe from being trashed by libcalls. We | |
6550 | don't want to use TARGET for anything but the final result; | |
6551 | Intermediate values must go elsewhere. Additionally, calls to | |
6552 | emit_block_move will be flagged with BLOCK_OP_CALL_PARM. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6553 | |
6554 | rtx | |
502b8322 | 6555 | expand_expr (tree exp, rtx target, enum machine_mode tmode, enum expand_modifier modifier) |
bbf6f052 | 6556 | { |
b3694847 | 6557 | rtx op0, op1, temp; |
bbf6f052 RK |
6558 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (exp); |
6559 | int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (type); | |
b3694847 SS |
6560 | enum machine_mode mode; |
6561 | enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (exp); | |
bbf6f052 | 6562 | optab this_optab; |
68557e14 ML |
6563 | rtx subtarget, original_target; |
6564 | int ignore; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6565 | tree context; |
6566 | ||
3a94c984 | 6567 | /* Handle ERROR_MARK before anybody tries to access its type. */ |
85f3d674 | 6568 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK) |
68557e14 ML |
6569 | { |
6570 | op0 = CONST0_RTX (tmode); | |
6571 | if (op0 != 0) | |
6572 | return op0; | |
6573 | return const0_rtx; | |
6574 | } | |
6575 | ||
6576 | mode = TYPE_MODE (type); | |
6577 | /* Use subtarget as the target for operand 0 of a binary operation. */ | |
296b4ed9 | 6578 | subtarget = get_subtarget (target); |
68557e14 ML |
6579 | original_target = target; |
6580 | ignore = (target == const0_rtx | |
6581 | || ((code == NON_LVALUE_EXPR || code == NOP_EXPR | |
6582 | || code == CONVERT_EXPR || code == REFERENCE_EXPR | |
ac79cd5a | 6583 | || code == COND_EXPR || code == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR) |
68557e14 ML |
6584 | && TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)); |
6585 | ||
dd27116b RK |
6586 | /* If we are going to ignore this result, we need only do something |
6587 | if there is a side-effect somewhere in the expression. If there | |
b50d17a1 RK |
6588 | is, short-circuit the most common cases here. Note that we must |
6589 | not call expand_expr with anything but const0_rtx in case this | |
6590 | is an initial expansion of a size that contains a PLACEHOLDER_EXPR. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 6591 | |
dd27116b RK |
6592 | if (ignore) |
6593 | { | |
6594 | if (! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (exp)) | |
6595 | return const0_rtx; | |
6596 | ||
14a774a9 RK |
6597 | /* Ensure we reference a volatile object even if value is ignored, but |
6598 | don't do this if all we are doing is taking its address. */ | |
dd27116b RK |
6599 | if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp) |
6600 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != FUNCTION_DECL | |
14a774a9 RK |
6601 | && mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode |
6602 | && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS) | |
dd27116b | 6603 | { |
37a08a29 | 6604 | temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, modifier); |
dd27116b RK |
6605 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == MEM) |
6606 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); | |
6607 | return const0_rtx; | |
6608 | } | |
6609 | ||
14a774a9 RK |
6610 | if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '1' || code == COMPONENT_REF |
6611 | || code == INDIRECT_REF || code == BUFFER_REF) | |
37a08a29 RK |
6612 | return expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, |
6613 | modifier); | |
6614 | ||
14a774a9 | 6615 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '2' || TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '<' |
b4e3fabb | 6616 | || code == ARRAY_REF || code == ARRAY_RANGE_REF) |
dd27116b | 6617 | { |
37a08a29 RK |
6618 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, modifier); |
6619 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, modifier); | |
dd27116b RK |
6620 | return const0_rtx; |
6621 | } | |
6622 | else if ((code == TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR || code == TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR) | |
6623 | && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
6624 | /* If the second operand has no side effects, just evaluate | |
0f41302f | 6625 | the first. */ |
37a08a29 RK |
6626 | return expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, |
6627 | modifier); | |
14a774a9 RK |
6628 | else if (code == BIT_FIELD_REF) |
6629 | { | |
37a08a29 RK |
6630 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, modifier); |
6631 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, modifier); | |
6632 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, modifier); | |
14a774a9 RK |
6633 | return const0_rtx; |
6634 | } | |
37a08a29 | 6635 | |
90764a87 | 6636 | target = 0; |
dd27116b | 6637 | } |
bbf6f052 | 6638 | |
dbecbbe4 | 6639 | #ifdef MAX_INTEGER_COMPUTATION_MODE |
5f652c07 | 6640 | /* Only check stuff here if the mode we want is different from the mode |
fbe5a4a6 | 6641 | of the expression; if it's the same, check_max_integer_computation_mode |
5f652c07 JM |
6642 | will handle it. Do we really need to check this stuff at all? */ |
6643 | ||
ce3c0b53 | 6644 | if (target |
5f652c07 | 6645 | && GET_MODE (target) != mode |
ce3c0b53 JL |
6646 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != INTEGER_CST |
6647 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != PARM_DECL | |
ee06cc21 | 6648 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != ARRAY_REF |
b4e3fabb | 6649 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != ARRAY_RANGE_REF |
ee06cc21 JL |
6650 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != COMPONENT_REF |
6651 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != BIT_FIELD_REF | |
6652 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != INDIRECT_REF | |
6bcd94ae | 6653 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != CALL_EXPR |
6ab46dff GRK |
6654 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != VAR_DECL |
6655 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != RTL_EXPR) | |
dbecbbe4 JL |
6656 | { |
6657 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (target); | |
6658 | ||
6659 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
6660 | && mode > MAX_INTEGER_COMPUTATION_MODE) | |
400500c4 | 6661 | internal_error ("unsupported wide integer operation"); |
dbecbbe4 JL |
6662 | } |
6663 | ||
5f652c07 JM |
6664 | if (tmode != mode |
6665 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != INTEGER_CST | |
ce3c0b53 | 6666 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != PARM_DECL |
ee06cc21 | 6667 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != ARRAY_REF |
b4e3fabb | 6668 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != ARRAY_RANGE_REF |
ee06cc21 JL |
6669 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != COMPONENT_REF |
6670 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != BIT_FIELD_REF | |
6671 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != INDIRECT_REF | |
ce3c0b53 | 6672 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != VAR_DECL |
6bcd94ae | 6673 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != CALL_EXPR |
6ab46dff | 6674 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != RTL_EXPR |
71bca506 | 6675 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (tmode) == MODE_INT |
dbecbbe4 | 6676 | && tmode > MAX_INTEGER_COMPUTATION_MODE) |
400500c4 | 6677 | internal_error ("unsupported wide integer operation"); |
dbecbbe4 JL |
6678 | |
6679 | check_max_integer_computation_mode (exp); | |
6680 | #endif | |
6681 | ||
e44842fe RK |
6682 | /* If will do cse, generate all results into pseudo registers |
6683 | since 1) that allows cse to find more things | |
6684 | and 2) otherwise cse could produce an insn the machine | |
4977bab6 ZW |
6685 | cannot support. An exception is a CONSTRUCTOR into a multi-word |
6686 | MEM: that's much more likely to be most efficient into the MEM. | |
6687 | Another is a CALL_EXPR which must return in memory. */ | |
e44842fe | 6688 | |
bbf6f052 | 6689 | if (! cse_not_expected && mode != BLKmode && target |
c24ae149 | 6690 | && (GET_CODE (target) != REG || REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) |
4977bab6 ZW |
6691 | && ! (code == CONSTRUCTOR && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > UNITS_PER_WORD) |
6692 | && ! (code == CALL_EXPR && aggregate_value_p (exp))) | |
8403445a | 6693 | target = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 6694 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6695 | switch (code) |
6696 | { | |
6697 | case LABEL_DECL: | |
b552441b RS |
6698 | { |
6699 | tree function = decl_function_context (exp); | |
046e4e36 ZW |
6700 | /* Labels in containing functions, or labels used from initializers, |
6701 | must be forced. */ | |
6702 | if (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
6703 | || (function != current_function_decl | |
6704 | && function != inline_function_decl | |
6705 | && function != 0)) | |
6706 | temp = force_label_rtx (exp); | |
ab87f8c8 | 6707 | else |
046e4e36 | 6708 | temp = label_rtx (exp); |
c5c76735 | 6709 | |
046e4e36 | 6710 | temp = gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE, gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, temp)); |
d0977240 RK |
6711 | if (function != current_function_decl |
6712 | && function != inline_function_decl && function != 0) | |
26fcb35a RS |
6713 | LABEL_REF_NONLOCAL_P (XEXP (temp, 0)) = 1; |
6714 | return temp; | |
b552441b | 6715 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
6716 | |
6717 | case PARM_DECL: | |
1877be45 | 6718 | if (!DECL_RTL_SET_P (exp)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
6719 | { |
6720 | error_with_decl (exp, "prior parameter's size depends on `%s'"); | |
4af3895e | 6721 | return CONST0_RTX (mode); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6722 | } |
6723 | ||
0f41302f | 6724 | /* ... fall through ... */ |
d6a5ac33 | 6725 | |
bbf6f052 | 6726 | case VAR_DECL: |
2dca20cd RS |
6727 | /* If a static var's type was incomplete when the decl was written, |
6728 | but the type is complete now, lay out the decl now. */ | |
ca06cfe6 RH |
6729 | if (DECL_SIZE (exp) == 0 |
6730 | && COMPLETE_OR_UNBOUND_ARRAY_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
2dca20cd | 6731 | && (TREE_STATIC (exp) || DECL_EXTERNAL (exp))) |
a46666a9 | 6732 | layout_decl (exp, 0); |
921b3427 | 6733 | |
0f41302f | 6734 | /* ... fall through ... */ |
d6a5ac33 | 6735 | |
2dca20cd | 6736 | case FUNCTION_DECL: |
bbf6f052 RK |
6737 | case RESULT_DECL: |
6738 | if (DECL_RTL (exp) == 0) | |
6739 | abort (); | |
d6a5ac33 | 6740 | |
e44842fe RK |
6741 | /* Ensure variable marked as used even if it doesn't go through |
6742 | a parser. If it hasn't be used yet, write out an external | |
6743 | definition. */ | |
6744 | if (! TREE_USED (exp)) | |
6745 | { | |
6746 | assemble_external (exp); | |
6747 | TREE_USED (exp) = 1; | |
6748 | } | |
6749 | ||
dc6d66b3 RK |
6750 | /* Show we haven't gotten RTL for this yet. */ |
6751 | temp = 0; | |
6752 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6753 | /* Handle variables inherited from containing functions. */ |
6754 | context = decl_function_context (exp); | |
6755 | ||
6756 | /* We treat inline_function_decl as an alias for the current function | |
6757 | because that is the inline function whose vars, types, etc. | |
6758 | are being merged into the current function. | |
6759 | See expand_inline_function. */ | |
d6a5ac33 | 6760 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6761 | if (context != 0 && context != current_function_decl |
6762 | && context != inline_function_decl | |
6763 | /* If var is static, we don't need a static chain to access it. */ | |
6764 | && ! (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == MEM | |
6765 | && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)))) | |
6766 | { | |
6767 | rtx addr; | |
6768 | ||
6769 | /* Mark as non-local and addressable. */ | |
81feeecb | 6770 | DECL_NONLOCAL (exp) = 1; |
38ee6ed9 JM |
6771 | if (DECL_NO_STATIC_CHAIN (current_function_decl)) |
6772 | abort (); | |
dffd7eb6 | 6773 | (*lang_hooks.mark_addressable) (exp); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6774 | if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) != MEM) |
6775 | abort (); | |
6776 | addr = XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0); | |
6777 | if (GET_CODE (addr) == MEM) | |
792760b9 RK |
6778 | addr |
6779 | = replace_equiv_address (addr, | |
6780 | fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (addr, 0), exp)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6781 | else |
6782 | addr = fix_lexical_addr (addr, exp); | |
3bdf5ad1 | 6783 | |
792760b9 | 6784 | temp = replace_equiv_address (DECL_RTL (exp), addr); |
bbf6f052 | 6785 | } |
4af3895e | 6786 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6787 | /* This is the case of an array whose size is to be determined |
6788 | from its initializer, while the initializer is still being parsed. | |
6789 | See expand_decl. */ | |
d6a5ac33 | 6790 | |
dc6d66b3 RK |
6791 | else if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == MEM |
6792 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)) == REG) | |
792760b9 | 6793 | temp = validize_mem (DECL_RTL (exp)); |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6794 | |
6795 | /* If DECL_RTL is memory, we are in the normal case and either | |
6796 | the address is not valid or it is not a register and -fforce-addr | |
6797 | is specified, get the address into a register. */ | |
6798 | ||
dc6d66b3 RK |
6799 | else if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == MEM |
6800 | && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
6801 | && modifier != EXPAND_SUM | |
6802 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
6803 | && (! memory_address_p (DECL_MODE (exp), | |
6804 | XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)) | |
6805 | || (flag_force_addr | |
6806 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)) != REG))) | |
792760b9 RK |
6807 | temp = replace_equiv_address (DECL_RTL (exp), |
6808 | copy_rtx (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0))); | |
1499e0a8 | 6809 | |
dc6d66b3 | 6810 | /* If we got something, return it. But first, set the alignment |
04956a1a | 6811 | if the address is a register. */ |
dc6d66b3 RK |
6812 | if (temp != 0) |
6813 | { | |
6814 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == MEM && GET_CODE (XEXP (temp, 0)) == REG) | |
bdb429a5 | 6815 | mark_reg_pointer (XEXP (temp, 0), DECL_ALIGN (exp)); |
dc6d66b3 RK |
6816 | |
6817 | return temp; | |
6818 | } | |
6819 | ||
1499e0a8 RK |
6820 | /* If the mode of DECL_RTL does not match that of the decl, it |
6821 | must be a promoted value. We return a SUBREG of the wanted mode, | |
6822 | but mark it so that we know that it was already extended. */ | |
6823 | ||
6824 | if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == REG | |
7254c5fa | 6825 | && GET_MODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) != DECL_MODE (exp)) |
1499e0a8 | 6826 | { |
1499e0a8 RK |
6827 | /* Get the signedness used for this variable. Ensure we get the |
6828 | same mode we got when the variable was declared. */ | |
78911e8b | 6829 | if (GET_MODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) |
0fb7aeda | 6830 | != promote_mode (type, DECL_MODE (exp), &unsignedp, |
e8dcd824 | 6831 | (TREE_CODE (exp) == RESULT_DECL ? 1 : 0))) |
1499e0a8 RK |
6832 | abort (); |
6833 | ||
ddef6bc7 | 6834 | temp = gen_lowpart_SUBREG (mode, DECL_RTL (exp)); |
1499e0a8 | 6835 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (temp) = 1; |
7879b81e | 6836 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_SET (temp, unsignedp); |
1499e0a8 RK |
6837 | return temp; |
6838 | } | |
6839 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6840 | return DECL_RTL (exp); |
6841 | ||
6842 | case INTEGER_CST: | |
d8a50944 | 6843 | temp = immed_double_const (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (exp), |
05bccae2 | 6844 | TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (exp), mode); |
bbf6f052 | 6845 | |
d8a50944 RH |
6846 | /* ??? If overflow is set, fold will have done an incomplete job, |
6847 | which can result in (plus xx (const_int 0)), which can get | |
6848 | simplified by validate_replace_rtx during virtual register | |
6849 | instantiation, which can result in unrecognizable insns. | |
6850 | Avoid this by forcing all overflows into registers. */ | |
c2e9dc85 RH |
6851 | if (TREE_CONSTANT_OVERFLOW (exp) |
6852 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
d8a50944 RH |
6853 | temp = force_reg (mode, temp); |
6854 | ||
6855 | return temp; | |
6856 | ||
d744e06e AH |
6857 | case VECTOR_CST: |
6858 | return const_vector_from_tree (exp); | |
6859 | ||
bbf6f052 | 6860 | case CONST_DECL: |
8403445a | 6861 | return expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (exp), target, VOIDmode, modifier); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6862 | |
6863 | case REAL_CST: | |
6864 | /* If optimized, generate immediate CONST_DOUBLE | |
3a94c984 KH |
6865 | which will be turned into memory by reload if necessary. |
6866 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6867 | We used to force a register so that loop.c could see it. But |
6868 | this does not allow gen_* patterns to perform optimizations with | |
6869 | the constants. It also produces two insns in cases like "x = 1.0;". | |
6870 | On most machines, floating-point constants are not permitted in | |
6871 | many insns, so we'd end up copying it to a register in any case. | |
6872 | ||
6873 | Now, we do the copying in expand_binop, if appropriate. */ | |
5692c7bc ZW |
6874 | return CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (TREE_REAL_CST (exp), |
6875 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6876 | |
6877 | case COMPLEX_CST: | |
9ad58e09 RS |
6878 | /* Handle evaluating a complex constant in a CONCAT target. */ |
6879 | if (original_target && GET_CODE (original_target) == CONCAT) | |
6880 | { | |
6881 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
6882 | rtx rtarg, itarg; | |
6883 | ||
6884 | rtarg = XEXP (original_target, 0); | |
6885 | itarg = XEXP (original_target, 1); | |
6886 | ||
6887 | /* Move the real and imaginary parts separately. */ | |
6888 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_REALPART (exp), rtarg, mode, 0); | |
6889 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_IMAGPART (exp), itarg, mode, 0); | |
6890 | ||
6891 | if (op0 != rtarg) | |
6892 | emit_move_insn (rtarg, op0); | |
6893 | if (op1 != itarg) | |
6894 | emit_move_insn (itarg, op1); | |
6895 | ||
6896 | return original_target; | |
6897 | } | |
6898 | ||
71c0e7fc | 6899 | /* ... fall through ... */ |
9ad58e09 | 6900 | |
bbf6f052 | 6901 | case STRING_CST: |
afc6aaab | 6902 | temp = output_constant_def (exp, 1); |
bbf6f052 | 6903 | |
afc6aaab | 6904 | /* temp contains a constant address. |
bbf6f052 RK |
6905 | On RISC machines where a constant address isn't valid, |
6906 | make some insns to get that address into a register. */ | |
afc6aaab | 6907 | if (modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS |
bbf6f052 RK |
6908 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER |
6909 | && modifier != EXPAND_SUM | |
afc6aaab ZW |
6910 | && (! memory_address_p (mode, XEXP (temp, 0)) |
6911 | || flag_force_addr)) | |
6912 | return replace_equiv_address (temp, | |
6913 | copy_rtx (XEXP (temp, 0))); | |
6914 | return temp; | |
bbf6f052 | 6915 | |
bf1e5319 | 6916 | case EXPR_WITH_FILE_LOCATION: |
b24f65cd APB |
6917 | { |
6918 | rtx to_return; | |
070588f0 | 6919 | location_t saved_loc = input_location; |
b24f65cd | 6920 | input_filename = EXPR_WFL_FILENAME (exp); |
d479d37f | 6921 | input_line = EXPR_WFL_LINENO (exp); |
b24f65cd | 6922 | if (EXPR_WFL_EMIT_LINE_NOTE (exp)) |
d479d37f | 6923 | emit_line_note (input_filename, input_line); |
6ad7895a | 6924 | /* Possibly avoid switching back and forth here. */ |
b0ca54af | 6925 | to_return = expand_expr (EXPR_WFL_NODE (exp), target, tmode, modifier); |
070588f0 | 6926 | input_location = saved_loc; |
b24f65cd APB |
6927 | return to_return; |
6928 | } | |
bf1e5319 | 6929 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6930 | case SAVE_EXPR: |
6931 | context = decl_function_context (exp); | |
d6a5ac33 | 6932 | |
d0977240 RK |
6933 | /* If this SAVE_EXPR was at global context, assume we are an |
6934 | initialization function and move it into our context. */ | |
6935 | if (context == 0) | |
6936 | SAVE_EXPR_CONTEXT (exp) = current_function_decl; | |
6937 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6938 | /* We treat inline_function_decl as an alias for the current function |
6939 | because that is the inline function whose vars, types, etc. | |
6940 | are being merged into the current function. | |
6941 | See expand_inline_function. */ | |
6942 | if (context == current_function_decl || context == inline_function_decl) | |
6943 | context = 0; | |
6944 | ||
6945 | /* If this is non-local, handle it. */ | |
6946 | if (context) | |
6947 | { | |
d0977240 RK |
6948 | /* The following call just exists to abort if the context is |
6949 | not of a containing function. */ | |
6950 | find_function_data (context); | |
6951 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6952 | temp = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp); |
6953 | if (temp && GET_CODE (temp) == REG) | |
6954 | { | |
f29a2bd1 | 6955 | put_var_into_stack (exp, /*rescan=*/true); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6956 | temp = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp); |
6957 | } | |
6958 | if (temp == 0 || GET_CODE (temp) != MEM) | |
6959 | abort (); | |
792760b9 RK |
6960 | return |
6961 | replace_equiv_address (temp, | |
6962 | fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (temp, 0), exp)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6963 | } |
6964 | if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp) == 0) | |
6965 | { | |
06089a8b RK |
6966 | if (mode == VOIDmode) |
6967 | temp = const0_rtx; | |
6968 | else | |
1da68f56 RK |
6969 | temp = assign_temp (build_qualified_type (type, |
6970 | (TYPE_QUALS (type) | |
6971 | | TYPE_QUAL_CONST)), | |
6972 | 3, 0, 0); | |
1499e0a8 | 6973 | |
bbf6f052 | 6974 | SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp) = temp; |
bbf6f052 | 6975 | if (!optimize && GET_CODE (temp) == REG) |
38a448ca RH |
6976 | save_expr_regs = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, temp, |
6977 | save_expr_regs); | |
ff78f773 RK |
6978 | |
6979 | /* If the mode of TEMP does not match that of the expression, it | |
6980 | must be a promoted value. We pass store_expr a SUBREG of the | |
6981 | wanted mode but mark it so that we know that it was already | |
3ac1a319 | 6982 | extended. */ |
ff78f773 RK |
6983 | |
6984 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == REG && GET_MODE (temp) != mode) | |
6985 | { | |
ddef6bc7 | 6986 | temp = gen_lowpart_SUBREG (mode, SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp)); |
3ac1a319 | 6987 | promote_mode (type, mode, &unsignedp, 0); |
ff78f773 | 6988 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (temp) = 1; |
7879b81e | 6989 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_SET (temp, unsignedp); |
ff78f773 RK |
6990 | } |
6991 | ||
4c7a0be9 | 6992 | if (temp == const0_rtx) |
37a08a29 | 6993 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); |
4c7a0be9 | 6994 | else |
8403445a AM |
6995 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), temp, |
6996 | modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM ? 2 : 0); | |
e5e809f4 JL |
6997 | |
6998 | TREE_USED (exp) = 1; | |
bbf6f052 | 6999 | } |
1499e0a8 RK |
7000 | |
7001 | /* If the mode of SAVE_EXPR_RTL does not match that of the expression, it | |
7002 | must be a promoted value. We return a SUBREG of the wanted mode, | |
0f41302f | 7003 | but mark it so that we know that it was already extended. */ |
1499e0a8 RK |
7004 | |
7005 | if (GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp)) == REG | |
7006 | && GET_MODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp)) != mode) | |
7007 | { | |
e70d22c8 RK |
7008 | /* Compute the signedness and make the proper SUBREG. */ |
7009 | promote_mode (type, mode, &unsignedp, 0); | |
ddef6bc7 | 7010 | temp = gen_lowpart_SUBREG (mode, SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp)); |
1499e0a8 | 7011 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (temp) = 1; |
7879b81e | 7012 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_SET (temp, unsignedp); |
1499e0a8 RK |
7013 | return temp; |
7014 | } | |
7015 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7016 | return SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp); |
7017 | ||
679163cf MS |
7018 | case UNSAVE_EXPR: |
7019 | { | |
7020 | rtx temp; | |
7021 | temp = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, tmode, modifier); | |
24965e7a NB |
7022 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) |
7023 | = (*lang_hooks.unsave_expr_now) (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
679163cf MS |
7024 | return temp; |
7025 | } | |
7026 | ||
b50d17a1 | 7027 | case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR: |
e9a25f70 | 7028 | { |
f47e9b4e | 7029 | tree old_list = placeholder_list; |
738cc472 | 7030 | tree placeholder_expr = 0; |
e9a25f70 | 7031 | |
f47e9b4e | 7032 | exp = find_placeholder (exp, &placeholder_expr); |
70072ed9 RK |
7033 | if (exp == 0) |
7034 | abort (); | |
7035 | ||
f47e9b4e | 7036 | placeholder_list = TREE_CHAIN (placeholder_expr); |
37a08a29 | 7037 | temp = expand_expr (exp, original_target, tmode, modifier); |
f47e9b4e RK |
7038 | placeholder_list = old_list; |
7039 | return temp; | |
e9a25f70 | 7040 | } |
b50d17a1 | 7041 | |
b50d17a1 RK |
7042 | case WITH_RECORD_EXPR: |
7043 | /* Put the object on the placeholder list, expand our first operand, | |
7044 | and pop the list. */ | |
7045 | placeholder_list = tree_cons (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_TREE, | |
7046 | placeholder_list); | |
37a08a29 RK |
7047 | target = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), original_target, tmode, |
7048 | modifier); | |
b50d17a1 RK |
7049 | placeholder_list = TREE_CHAIN (placeholder_list); |
7050 | return target; | |
7051 | ||
70e6ca43 APB |
7052 | case GOTO_EXPR: |
7053 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == LABEL_DECL) | |
7054 | expand_goto (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
7055 | else | |
7056 | expand_computed_goto (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
7057 | return const0_rtx; | |
7058 | ||
bbf6f052 | 7059 | case EXIT_EXPR: |
df4ae160 | 7060 | expand_exit_loop_if_false (NULL, |
e44842fe | 7061 | invert_truthvalue (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7062 | return const0_rtx; |
7063 | ||
f42e28dd APB |
7064 | case LABELED_BLOCK_EXPR: |
7065 | if (LABELED_BLOCK_BODY (exp)) | |
b0832fe1 | 7066 | expand_expr_stmt_value (LABELED_BLOCK_BODY (exp), 0, 1); |
30f7a378 | 7067 | /* Should perhaps use expand_label, but this is simpler and safer. */ |
0a5fee32 | 7068 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
f42e28dd APB |
7069 | emit_label (label_rtx (LABELED_BLOCK_LABEL (exp))); |
7070 | return const0_rtx; | |
7071 | ||
7072 | case EXIT_BLOCK_EXPR: | |
7073 | if (EXIT_BLOCK_RETURN (exp)) | |
ab87f8c8 | 7074 | sorry ("returned value in block_exit_expr"); |
f42e28dd APB |
7075 | expand_goto (LABELED_BLOCK_LABEL (EXIT_BLOCK_LABELED_BLOCK (exp))); |
7076 | return const0_rtx; | |
7077 | ||
bbf6f052 | 7078 | case LOOP_EXPR: |
0088fcb1 | 7079 | push_temp_slots (); |
bbf6f052 | 7080 | expand_start_loop (1); |
b0832fe1 | 7081 | expand_expr_stmt_value (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, 1); |
bbf6f052 | 7082 | expand_end_loop (); |
0088fcb1 | 7083 | pop_temp_slots (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7084 | |
7085 | return const0_rtx; | |
7086 | ||
7087 | case BIND_EXPR: | |
7088 | { | |
7089 | tree vars = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7090 | |
7091 | /* Need to open a binding contour here because | |
e976b8b2 | 7092 | if there are any cleanups they must be contained here. */ |
8e91754e | 7093 | expand_start_bindings (2); |
bbf6f052 | 7094 | |
2df53c0b RS |
7095 | /* Mark the corresponding BLOCK for output in its proper place. */ |
7096 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2) != 0 | |
7097 | && ! TREE_USED (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) | |
43577e6b | 7098 | (*lang_hooks.decls.insert_block) (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7099 | |
7100 | /* If VARS have not yet been expanded, expand them now. */ | |
7101 | while (vars) | |
7102 | { | |
19e7881c | 7103 | if (!DECL_RTL_SET_P (vars)) |
4977bab6 | 7104 | expand_decl (vars); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7105 | expand_decl_init (vars); |
7106 | vars = TREE_CHAIN (vars); | |
7107 | } | |
7108 | ||
37a08a29 | 7109 | temp = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, tmode, modifier); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7110 | |
7111 | expand_end_bindings (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, 0); | |
7112 | ||
7113 | return temp; | |
7114 | } | |
7115 | ||
7116 | case RTL_EXPR: | |
83b853c9 JM |
7117 | if (RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp)) |
7118 | { | |
7119 | if (RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp) == const0_rtx) | |
7120 | abort (); | |
2f937369 | 7121 | emit_insn (RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp)); |
83b853c9 JM |
7122 | RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp) = const0_rtx; |
7123 | } | |
64dc53f3 MM |
7124 | preserve_rtl_expr_result (RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp)); |
7125 | free_temps_for_rtl_expr (exp); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7126 | return RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp); |
7127 | ||
7128 | case CONSTRUCTOR: | |
dd27116b RK |
7129 | /* If we don't need the result, just ensure we evaluate any |
7130 | subexpressions. */ | |
7131 | if (ignore) | |
7132 | { | |
7133 | tree elt; | |
37a08a29 | 7134 | |
dd27116b | 7135 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) |
37a08a29 RK |
7136 | expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (elt), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); |
7137 | ||
dd27116b RK |
7138 | return const0_rtx; |
7139 | } | |
3207b172 | 7140 | |
4af3895e JVA |
7141 | /* All elts simple constants => refer to a constant in memory. But |
7142 | if this is a non-BLKmode mode, let it store a field at a time | |
7143 | since that should make a CONST_INT or CONST_DOUBLE when we | |
3207b172 | 7144 | fold. Likewise, if we have a target we can use, it is best to |
d720b9d1 RK |
7145 | store directly into the target unless the type is large enough |
7146 | that memcpy will be used. If we are making an initializer and | |
00182e1e AH |
7147 | all operands are constant, put it in memory as well. |
7148 | ||
7149 | FIXME: Avoid trying to fill vector constructors piece-meal. | |
7150 | Output them with output_constant_def below unless we're sure | |
7151 | they're zeros. This should go away when vector initializers | |
7152 | are treated like VECTOR_CST instead of arrays. | |
7153 | */ | |
dd27116b | 7154 | else if ((TREE_STATIC (exp) |
3207b172 | 7155 | && ((mode == BLKmode |
e5e809f4 | 7156 | && ! (target != 0 && safe_from_p (target, exp, 1))) |
d720b9d1 | 7157 | || TREE_ADDRESSABLE (exp) |
19caa751 | 7158 | || (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type), 1) |
3a94c984 | 7159 | && (! MOVE_BY_PIECES_P |
19caa751 RK |
7160 | (tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type), 1), |
7161 | TYPE_ALIGN (type))) | |
0fb7aeda KH |
7162 | && ((TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE |
7163 | && !is_zeros_p (exp)) | |
7164 | || ! mostly_zeros_p (exp))))) | |
f59700f9 RK |
7165 | || ((modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER |
7166 | || modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS) | |
7167 | && TREE_CONSTANT (exp))) | |
bbf6f052 | 7168 | { |
bd7cf17e | 7169 | rtx constructor = output_constant_def (exp, 1); |
19caa751 | 7170 | |
b552441b RS |
7171 | if (modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS |
7172 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
792760b9 RK |
7173 | && modifier != EXPAND_SUM) |
7174 | constructor = validize_mem (constructor); | |
7175 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7176 | return constructor; |
7177 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7178 | else |
7179 | { | |
e9ac02a6 JW |
7180 | /* Handle calls that pass values in multiple non-contiguous |
7181 | locations. The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
e5e809f4 | 7182 | if (target == 0 || ! safe_from_p (target, exp, 1) |
8403445a AM |
7183 | || GET_CODE (target) == PARALLEL |
7184 | || modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) | |
1da68f56 RK |
7185 | target |
7186 | = assign_temp (build_qualified_type (type, | |
7187 | (TYPE_QUALS (type) | |
7188 | | (TREE_READONLY (exp) | |
7189 | * TYPE_QUAL_CONST))), | |
c24ae149 | 7190 | 0, TREE_ADDRESSABLE (exp), 1); |
07604beb | 7191 | |
de8920be | 7192 | store_constructor (exp, target, 0, int_expr_size (exp)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7193 | return target; |
7194 | } | |
7195 | ||
7196 | case INDIRECT_REF: | |
7197 | { | |
7198 | tree exp1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
7581a30f | 7199 | tree index; |
3a94c984 KH |
7200 | tree string = string_constant (exp1, &index); |
7201 | ||
06eaa86f | 7202 | /* Try to optimize reads from const strings. */ |
0fb7aeda KH |
7203 | if (string |
7204 | && TREE_CODE (string) == STRING_CST | |
7205 | && TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST | |
05bccae2 | 7206 | && compare_tree_int (index, TREE_STRING_LENGTH (string)) < 0 |
0fb7aeda KH |
7207 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT |
7208 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1 | |
37a08a29 | 7209 | && modifier != EXPAND_WRITE) |
0fb7aeda | 7210 | return gen_int_mode (TREE_STRING_POINTER (string) |
21ef78aa | 7211 | [TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index)], mode); |
bbf6f052 | 7212 | |
405f0da6 JW |
7213 | op0 = expand_expr (exp1, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM); |
7214 | op0 = memory_address (mode, op0); | |
38a448ca | 7215 | temp = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, op0); |
3bdf5ad1 | 7216 | set_mem_attributes (temp, exp, 0); |
1125706f | 7217 | |
14a774a9 RK |
7218 | /* If we are writing to this object and its type is a record with |
7219 | readonly fields, we must mark it as readonly so it will | |
7220 | conflict with readonly references to those fields. */ | |
37a08a29 | 7221 | if (modifier == EXPAND_WRITE && readonly_fields_p (type)) |
14a774a9 RK |
7222 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (temp) = 1; |
7223 | ||
8c8a8e34 JW |
7224 | return temp; |
7225 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7226 | |
7227 | case ARRAY_REF: | |
742920c7 RK |
7228 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) != ARRAY_TYPE) |
7229 | abort (); | |
bbf6f052 | 7230 | |
bbf6f052 | 7231 | { |
742920c7 RK |
7232 | tree array = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); |
7233 | tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (array)); | |
7234 | tree low_bound = domain ? TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain) : integer_zero_node; | |
fed3cef0 | 7235 | tree index = convert (sizetype, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); |
08293add | 7236 | HOST_WIDE_INT i; |
b50d17a1 | 7237 | |
d4c89139 PB |
7238 | /* Optimize the special-case of a zero lower bound. |
7239 | ||
7240 | We convert the low_bound to sizetype to avoid some problems | |
7241 | with constant folding. (E.g. suppose the lower bound is 1, | |
7242 | and its mode is QI. Without the conversion, (ARRAY | |
7243 | +(INDEX-(unsigned char)1)) becomes ((ARRAY+(-(unsigned char)1)) | |
fed3cef0 | 7244 | +INDEX), which becomes (ARRAY+255+INDEX). Oops!) */ |
d4c89139 | 7245 | |
742920c7 | 7246 | if (! integer_zerop (low_bound)) |
fed3cef0 | 7247 | index = size_diffop (index, convert (sizetype, low_bound)); |
742920c7 | 7248 | |
742920c7 | 7249 | /* Fold an expression like: "foo"[2]. |
ad2e7dd0 RK |
7250 | This is not done in fold so it won't happen inside &. |
7251 | Don't fold if this is for wide characters since it's too | |
7252 | difficult to do correctly and this is a very rare case. */ | |
742920c7 | 7253 | |
017e1b43 RH |
7254 | if (modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS |
7255 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
7256 | && modifier != EXPAND_MEMORY | |
cb5fa0f8 | 7257 | && TREE_CODE (array) == STRING_CST |
742920c7 | 7258 | && TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST |
05bccae2 | 7259 | && compare_tree_int (index, TREE_STRING_LENGTH (array)) < 0 |
ad2e7dd0 RK |
7260 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT |
7261 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1) | |
21ef78aa DE |
7262 | return gen_int_mode (TREE_STRING_POINTER (array) |
7263 | [TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index)], mode); | |
bbf6f052 | 7264 | |
742920c7 RK |
7265 | /* If this is a constant index into a constant array, |
7266 | just get the value from the array. Handle both the cases when | |
7267 | we have an explicit constructor and when our operand is a variable | |
7268 | that was declared const. */ | |
4af3895e | 7269 | |
017e1b43 RH |
7270 | if (modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS |
7271 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
7272 | && modifier != EXPAND_MEMORY | |
7273 | && TREE_CODE (array) == CONSTRUCTOR | |
7274 | && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (array) | |
05bccae2 | 7275 | && TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST |
3a94c984 | 7276 | && 0 > compare_tree_int (index, |
05bccae2 RK |
7277 | list_length (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS |
7278 | (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
742920c7 | 7279 | { |
05bccae2 RK |
7280 | tree elem; |
7281 | ||
7282 | for (elem = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)), | |
7283 | i = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index); | |
7284 | elem != 0 && i != 0; i--, elem = TREE_CHAIN (elem)) | |
7285 | ; | |
7286 | ||
7287 | if (elem) | |
37a08a29 RK |
7288 | return expand_expr (fold (TREE_VALUE (elem)), target, tmode, |
7289 | modifier); | |
742920c7 | 7290 | } |
3a94c984 | 7291 | |
742920c7 | 7292 | else if (optimize >= 1 |
cb5fa0f8 RK |
7293 | && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS |
7294 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
017e1b43 | 7295 | && modifier != EXPAND_MEMORY |
742920c7 RK |
7296 | && TREE_READONLY (array) && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (array) |
7297 | && TREE_CODE (array) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (array) | |
7298 | && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (array)) != ERROR_MARK) | |
7299 | { | |
08293add | 7300 | if (TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST) |
742920c7 RK |
7301 | { |
7302 | tree init = DECL_INITIAL (array); | |
7303 | ||
742920c7 RK |
7304 | if (TREE_CODE (init) == CONSTRUCTOR) |
7305 | { | |
665f2503 | 7306 | tree elem; |
742920c7 | 7307 | |
05bccae2 | 7308 | for (elem = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init); |
5cb1bea4 JM |
7309 | (elem |
7310 | && !tree_int_cst_equal (TREE_PURPOSE (elem), index)); | |
05bccae2 RK |
7311 | elem = TREE_CHAIN (elem)) |
7312 | ; | |
7313 | ||
c54b0a5e | 7314 | if (elem && !TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_VALUE (elem))) |
742920c7 | 7315 | return expand_expr (fold (TREE_VALUE (elem)), target, |
37a08a29 | 7316 | tmode, modifier); |
742920c7 RK |
7317 | } |
7318 | else if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST | |
05bccae2 RK |
7319 | && 0 > compare_tree_int (index, |
7320 | TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init))) | |
5c80f6e6 JJ |
7321 | { |
7322 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (init)); | |
7323 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (type); | |
7324 | ||
7325 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
7326 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1) | |
21ef78aa DE |
7327 | return gen_int_mode (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init) |
7328 | [TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index)], mode); | |
5c80f6e6 | 7329 | } |
742920c7 RK |
7330 | } |
7331 | } | |
7332 | } | |
afc6aaab | 7333 | goto normal_inner_ref; |
bbf6f052 RK |
7334 | |
7335 | case COMPONENT_REF: | |
4af3895e | 7336 | /* If the operand is a CONSTRUCTOR, we can just extract the |
afc6aaab ZW |
7337 | appropriate field if it is present. */ |
7338 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == CONSTRUCTOR) | |
4af3895e JVA |
7339 | { |
7340 | tree elt; | |
7341 | ||
7342 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); elt; | |
7343 | elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) | |
86b5812c RK |
7344 | if (TREE_PURPOSE (elt) == TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) |
7345 | /* We can normally use the value of the field in the | |
7346 | CONSTRUCTOR. However, if this is a bitfield in | |
7347 | an integral mode that we can fit in a HOST_WIDE_INT, | |
7348 | we must mask only the number of bits in the bitfield, | |
7349 | since this is done implicitly by the constructor. If | |
7350 | the bitfield does not meet either of those conditions, | |
7351 | we can't do this optimization. */ | |
7352 | && (! DECL_BIT_FIELD (TREE_PURPOSE (elt)) | |
7353 | || ((GET_MODE_CLASS (DECL_MODE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt))) | |
7354 | == MODE_INT) | |
7355 | && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (DECL_MODE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt))) | |
7356 | <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)))) | |
7357 | { | |
8403445a AM |
7358 | if (DECL_BIT_FIELD (TREE_PURPOSE (elt)) |
7359 | && modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) | |
7360 | target = 0; | |
3a94c984 | 7361 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (elt), target, tmode, modifier); |
86b5812c RK |
7362 | if (DECL_BIT_FIELD (TREE_PURPOSE (elt))) |
7363 | { | |
9df2c88c RK |
7364 | HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize |
7365 | = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_SIZE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt))); | |
22273300 JJ |
7366 | enum machine_mode imode |
7367 | = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt))); | |
86b5812c RK |
7368 | |
7369 | if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt)))) | |
7370 | { | |
7371 | op1 = GEN_INT (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << bitsize) - 1); | |
22273300 | 7372 | op0 = expand_and (imode, op0, op1, target); |
86b5812c RK |
7373 | } |
7374 | else | |
7375 | { | |
7376 | tree count | |
e5e809f4 JL |
7377 | = build_int_2 (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (imode) - bitsize, |
7378 | 0); | |
86b5812c RK |
7379 | |
7380 | op0 = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, imode, op0, count, | |
7381 | target, 0); | |
7382 | op0 = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, imode, op0, count, | |
7383 | target, 0); | |
7384 | } | |
7385 | } | |
7386 | ||
7387 | return op0; | |
7388 | } | |
4af3895e | 7389 | } |
afc6aaab | 7390 | goto normal_inner_ref; |
4af3895e | 7391 | |
afc6aaab ZW |
7392 | case BIT_FIELD_REF: |
7393 | case ARRAY_RANGE_REF: | |
7394 | normal_inner_ref: | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7395 | { |
7396 | enum machine_mode mode1; | |
770ae6cc | 7397 | HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos; |
7bb0943f | 7398 | tree offset; |
bbf6f052 | 7399 | int volatilep = 0; |
839c4796 | 7400 | tree tem = get_inner_reference (exp, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, |
a06ef755 | 7401 | &mode1, &unsignedp, &volatilep); |
f47e9b4e | 7402 | rtx orig_op0; |
bbf6f052 | 7403 | |
e7f3c83f RK |
7404 | /* If we got back the original object, something is wrong. Perhaps |
7405 | we are evaluating an expression too early. In any event, don't | |
7406 | infinitely recurse. */ | |
7407 | if (tem == exp) | |
7408 | abort (); | |
7409 | ||
3d27140a | 7410 | /* If TEM's type is a union of variable size, pass TARGET to the inner |
b74f5ff2 RK |
7411 | computation, since it will need a temporary and TARGET is known |
7412 | to have to do. This occurs in unchecked conversion in Ada. */ | |
3a94c984 | 7413 | |
f47e9b4e RK |
7414 | orig_op0 = op0 |
7415 | = expand_expr (tem, | |
7416 | (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (tem)) == UNION_TYPE | |
7417 | && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (tem))) | |
7418 | != INTEGER_CST) | |
8403445a | 7419 | && modifier != EXPAND_STACK_PARM |
f47e9b4e RK |
7420 | ? target : NULL_RTX), |
7421 | VOIDmode, | |
7422 | (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
8403445a AM |
7423 | || modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS |
7424 | || modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) | |
f47e9b4e | 7425 | ? modifier : EXPAND_NORMAL); |
bbf6f052 | 7426 | |
8c8a8e34 | 7427 | /* If this is a constant, put it into a register if it is a |
14a774a9 | 7428 | legitimate constant and OFFSET is 0 and memory if it isn't. */ |
8c8a8e34 JW |
7429 | if (CONSTANT_P (op0)) |
7430 | { | |
7431 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (tem)); | |
14a774a9 RK |
7432 | if (mode != BLKmode && LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (op0) |
7433 | && offset == 0) | |
8c8a8e34 JW |
7434 | op0 = force_reg (mode, op0); |
7435 | else | |
7436 | op0 = validize_mem (force_const_mem (mode, op0)); | |
7437 | } | |
7438 | ||
7bb0943f RS |
7439 | if (offset != 0) |
7440 | { | |
8403445a AM |
7441 | rtx offset_rtx = expand_expr (offset, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, |
7442 | EXPAND_SUM); | |
7bb0943f | 7443 | |
a2725049 | 7444 | /* If this object is in a register, put it into memory. |
14a774a9 RK |
7445 | This case can't occur in C, but can in Ada if we have |
7446 | unchecked conversion of an expression from a scalar type to | |
7447 | an array or record type. */ | |
7448 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == REG || GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG | |
7449 | || GET_CODE (op0) == CONCAT || GET_CODE (op0) == ADDRESSOF) | |
7450 | { | |
d04218c0 RK |
7451 | /* If the operand is a SAVE_EXPR, we can deal with this by |
7452 | forcing the SAVE_EXPR into memory. */ | |
7453 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == SAVE_EXPR) | |
eeb35b45 | 7454 | { |
502b8322 | 7455 | put_var_into_stack (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), |
f29a2bd1 | 7456 | /*rescan=*/true); |
eeb35b45 RK |
7457 | op0 = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); |
7458 | } | |
d04218c0 RK |
7459 | else |
7460 | { | |
7461 | tree nt | |
7462 | = build_qualified_type (TREE_TYPE (tem), | |
7463 | (TYPE_QUALS (TREE_TYPE (tem)) | |
7464 | | TYPE_QUAL_CONST)); | |
7465 | rtx memloc = assign_temp (nt, 1, 1, 1); | |
7466 | ||
d04218c0 RK |
7467 | emit_move_insn (memloc, op0); |
7468 | op0 = memloc; | |
7469 | } | |
14a774a9 RK |
7470 | } |
7471 | ||
7bb0943f RS |
7472 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != MEM) |
7473 | abort (); | |
2d48c13d | 7474 | |
2d48c13d | 7475 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED |
4b6c1672 | 7476 | if (GET_MODE (offset_rtx) != Pmode) |
267b28bd | 7477 | offset_rtx = convert_to_mode (Pmode, offset_rtx, 0); |
fa06ab5c RK |
7478 | #else |
7479 | if (GET_MODE (offset_rtx) != ptr_mode) | |
7480 | offset_rtx = convert_to_mode (ptr_mode, offset_rtx, 0); | |
2d48c13d JL |
7481 | #endif |
7482 | ||
14a774a9 | 7483 | /* A constant address in OP0 can have VOIDmode, we must not try |
efd07ca7 | 7484 | to call force_reg for that case. Avoid that case. */ |
89752202 HB |
7485 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == MEM |
7486 | && GET_MODE (op0) == BLKmode | |
efd07ca7 | 7487 | && GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) != VOIDmode |
14a774a9 | 7488 | && bitsize != 0 |
3a94c984 | 7489 | && (bitpos % bitsize) == 0 |
89752202 | 7490 | && (bitsize % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode1)) == 0 |
a06ef755 | 7491 | && MEM_ALIGN (op0) == GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode1)) |
89752202 | 7492 | { |
e3c8ea67 | 7493 | op0 = adjust_address (op0, mode1, bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
89752202 HB |
7494 | bitpos = 0; |
7495 | } | |
7496 | ||
0d4903b8 RK |
7497 | op0 = offset_address (op0, offset_rtx, |
7498 | highest_pow2_factor (offset)); | |
7bb0943f RS |
7499 | } |
7500 | ||
1ce7f3c2 RK |
7501 | /* If OFFSET is making OP0 more aligned than BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT, |
7502 | record its alignment as BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT. */ | |
7503 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == MEM && bitpos == 0 && offset != 0 | |
7504 | && is_aligning_offset (offset, tem)) | |
7505 | set_mem_align (op0, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT); | |
7506 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7507 | /* Don't forget about volatility even if this is a bitfield. */ |
7508 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == MEM && volatilep && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0)) | |
7509 | { | |
f47e9b4e RK |
7510 | if (op0 == orig_op0) |
7511 | op0 = copy_rtx (op0); | |
7512 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7513 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0) = 1; |
7514 | } | |
7515 | ||
010f87c4 JJ |
7516 | /* The following code doesn't handle CONCAT. |
7517 | Assume only bitpos == 0 can be used for CONCAT, due to | |
7518 | one element arrays having the same mode as its element. */ | |
7519 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == CONCAT) | |
7520 | { | |
7521 | if (bitpos != 0 || bitsize != GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0))) | |
7522 | abort (); | |
7523 | return op0; | |
7524 | } | |
7525 | ||
ccc98036 RS |
7526 | /* In cases where an aligned union has an unaligned object |
7527 | as a field, we might be extracting a BLKmode value from | |
7528 | an integer-mode (e.g., SImode) object. Handle this case | |
7529 | by doing the extract into an object as wide as the field | |
7530 | (which we know to be the width of a basic mode), then | |
cb5fa0f8 | 7531 | storing into memory, and changing the mode to BLKmode. */ |
bbf6f052 | 7532 | if (mode1 == VOIDmode |
ccc98036 | 7533 | || GET_CODE (op0) == REG || GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG |
cb5fa0f8 RK |
7534 | || (mode1 != BLKmode && ! direct_load[(int) mode1] |
7535 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_COMPLEX_INT | |
10c2a453 RK |
7536 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT |
7537 | && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
7538 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
cb5fa0f8 RK |
7539 | /* If the field isn't aligned enough to fetch as a memref, |
7540 | fetch it as a bit field. */ | |
7541 | || (mode1 != BLKmode | |
9e5f281f OH |
7542 | && (((TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (tem)) < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) |
7543 | || (bitpos % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) != 0)) | |
a8f3bf52 RK |
7544 | && ((modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS |
7545 | || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
7546 | ? STRICT_ALIGNMENT | |
7547 | : SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (mode1, MEM_ALIGN (op0)))) | |
9e5f281f | 7548 | || (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0))) |
cb5fa0f8 RK |
7549 | /* If the type and the field are a constant size and the |
7550 | size of the type isn't the same size as the bitfield, | |
7551 | we must use bitfield operations. */ | |
7552 | || (bitsize >= 0 | |
7553 | && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) | |
7554 | == INTEGER_CST) | |
7555 | && 0 != compare_tree_int (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), | |
a06ef755 | 7556 | bitsize))) |
bbf6f052 | 7557 | { |
bbf6f052 RK |
7558 | enum machine_mode ext_mode = mode; |
7559 | ||
14a774a9 RK |
7560 | if (ext_mode == BLKmode |
7561 | && ! (target != 0 && GET_CODE (op0) == MEM | |
7562 | && GET_CODE (target) == MEM | |
7563 | && bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT == 0)) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7564 | ext_mode = mode_for_size (bitsize, MODE_INT, 1); |
7565 | ||
7566 | if (ext_mode == BLKmode) | |
a281e72d RK |
7567 | { |
7568 | /* In this case, BITPOS must start at a byte boundary and | |
7569 | TARGET, if specified, must be a MEM. */ | |
7570 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != MEM | |
7571 | || (target != 0 && GET_CODE (target) != MEM) | |
7572 | || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0) | |
7573 | abort (); | |
7574 | ||
f4ef873c | 7575 | op0 = adjust_address (op0, VOIDmode, bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
a281e72d RK |
7576 | if (target == 0) |
7577 | target = assign_temp (type, 0, 1, 1); | |
7578 | ||
7579 | emit_block_move (target, op0, | |
a06ef755 | 7580 | GEN_INT ((bitsize + BITS_PER_UNIT - 1) |
44bb111a | 7581 | / BITS_PER_UNIT), |
8403445a AM |
7582 | (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM |
7583 | ? BLOCK_OP_CALL_PARM : BLOCK_OP_NORMAL)); | |
3a94c984 | 7584 | |
a281e72d RK |
7585 | return target; |
7586 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 7587 | |
dc6d66b3 RK |
7588 | op0 = validize_mem (op0); |
7589 | ||
7590 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == MEM && GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == REG) | |
04050c69 | 7591 | mark_reg_pointer (XEXP (op0, 0), MEM_ALIGN (op0)); |
dc6d66b3 | 7592 | |
8403445a AM |
7593 | op0 = extract_bit_field (op0, bitsize, bitpos, unsignedp, |
7594 | (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM | |
7595 | ? NULL_RTX : target), | |
7596 | ext_mode, ext_mode, | |
bbf6f052 | 7597 | int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (tem))); |
ef19912d RK |
7598 | |
7599 | /* If the result is a record type and BITSIZE is narrower than | |
7600 | the mode of OP0, an integral mode, and this is a big endian | |
7601 | machine, we must put the field into the high-order bits. */ | |
7602 | if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN | |
7603 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op0)) == MODE_INT | |
65a07688 | 7604 | && bitsize < (HOST_WIDE_INT) GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0))) |
ef19912d RK |
7605 | op0 = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, GET_MODE (op0), op0, |
7606 | size_int (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) | |
7607 | - bitsize), | |
7608 | op0, 1); | |
7609 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7610 | if (mode == BLKmode) |
7611 | { | |
c3d32120 | 7612 | rtx new = assign_temp (build_qualified_type |
b0c48229 NB |
7613 | ((*lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode) |
7614 | (ext_mode, 0), | |
c3d32120 | 7615 | TYPE_QUAL_CONST), 0, 1, 1); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7616 | |
7617 | emit_move_insn (new, op0); | |
7618 | op0 = copy_rtx (new); | |
7619 | PUT_MODE (op0, BLKmode); | |
c3d32120 | 7620 | set_mem_attributes (op0, exp, 1); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7621 | } |
7622 | ||
7623 | return op0; | |
7624 | } | |
7625 | ||
05019f83 RK |
7626 | /* If the result is BLKmode, use that to access the object |
7627 | now as well. */ | |
7628 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
7629 | mode1 = BLKmode; | |
7630 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7631 | /* Get a reference to just this component. */ |
7632 | if (modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
7633 | || modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
f1ec5147 | 7634 | op0 = adjust_address_nv (op0, mode1, bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
bbf6f052 | 7635 | else |
f4ef873c | 7636 | op0 = adjust_address (op0, mode1, bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
41472af8 | 7637 | |
f47e9b4e RK |
7638 | if (op0 == orig_op0) |
7639 | op0 = copy_rtx (op0); | |
7640 | ||
3bdf5ad1 | 7641 | set_mem_attributes (op0, exp, 0); |
dc6d66b3 | 7642 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == REG) |
a06ef755 | 7643 | mark_reg_pointer (XEXP (op0, 0), MEM_ALIGN (op0)); |
dc6d66b3 | 7644 | |
bbf6f052 | 7645 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0) |= volatilep; |
0d15e60c | 7646 | if (mode == mode1 || mode1 == BLKmode || mode1 == tmode |
08bbd316 | 7647 | || modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS |
0d15e60c | 7648 | || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) |
bbf6f052 | 7649 | return op0; |
0d15e60c | 7650 | else if (target == 0) |
bbf6f052 | 7651 | target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode); |
0d15e60c | 7652 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7653 | convert_move (target, op0, unsignedp); |
7654 | return target; | |
7655 | } | |
7656 | ||
4a8d0c9c RH |
7657 | case VTABLE_REF: |
7658 | { | |
7659 | rtx insn, before = get_last_insn (), vtbl_ref; | |
7660 | ||
7661 | /* Evaluate the interior expression. */ | |
7662 | subtarget = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, | |
7663 | tmode, modifier); | |
7664 | ||
7665 | /* Get or create an instruction off which to hang a note. */ | |
7666 | if (REG_P (subtarget)) | |
7667 | { | |
7668 | target = subtarget; | |
7669 | insn = get_last_insn (); | |
7670 | if (insn == before) | |
7671 | abort (); | |
7672 | if (! INSN_P (insn)) | |
7673 | insn = prev_nonnote_insn (insn); | |
7674 | } | |
7675 | else | |
7676 | { | |
7677 | target = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (subtarget)); | |
7678 | insn = emit_move_insn (target, subtarget); | |
7679 | } | |
7680 | ||
7681 | /* Collect the data for the note. */ | |
7682 | vtbl_ref = XEXP (DECL_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)), 0); | |
7683 | vtbl_ref = plus_constant (vtbl_ref, | |
7684 | tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0)); | |
7685 | /* Discard the initial CONST that was added. */ | |
7686 | vtbl_ref = XEXP (vtbl_ref, 0); | |
7687 | ||
7688 | REG_NOTES (insn) | |
7689 | = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_VTABLE_REF, vtbl_ref, REG_NOTES (insn)); | |
7690 | ||
7691 | return target; | |
7692 | } | |
7693 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7694 | /* Intended for a reference to a buffer of a file-object in Pascal. |
7695 | But it's not certain that a special tree code will really be | |
7696 | necessary for these. INDIRECT_REF might work for them. */ | |
7697 | case BUFFER_REF: | |
7698 | abort (); | |
7699 | ||
7308a047 | 7700 | case IN_EXPR: |
7308a047 | 7701 | { |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7702 | /* Pascal set IN expression. |
7703 | ||
7704 | Algorithm: | |
7705 | rlo = set_low - (set_low%bits_per_word); | |
7706 | the_word = set [ (index - rlo)/bits_per_word ]; | |
7707 | bit_index = index % bits_per_word; | |
7708 | bitmask = 1 << bit_index; | |
7709 | return !!(the_word & bitmask); */ | |
7710 | ||
7308a047 RS |
7711 | tree set = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); |
7712 | tree index = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
d6a5ac33 | 7713 | int iunsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (index)); |
7308a047 | 7714 | tree set_type = TREE_TYPE (set); |
7308a047 RS |
7715 | tree set_low_bound = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (set_type)); |
7716 | tree set_high_bound = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (set_type)); | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7717 | rtx index_val = expand_expr (index, 0, VOIDmode, 0); |
7718 | rtx lo_r = expand_expr (set_low_bound, 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7719 | rtx hi_r = expand_expr (set_high_bound, 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7720 | rtx setval = expand_expr (set, 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7721 | rtx setaddr = XEXP (setval, 0); | |
7722 | enum machine_mode index_mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (index)); | |
7308a047 RS |
7723 | rtx rlow; |
7724 | rtx diff, quo, rem, addr, bit, result; | |
7308a047 | 7725 | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7726 | /* If domain is empty, answer is no. Likewise if index is constant |
7727 | and out of bounds. */ | |
51723711 | 7728 | if (((TREE_CODE (set_high_bound) == INTEGER_CST |
d6a5ac33 | 7729 | && TREE_CODE (set_low_bound) == INTEGER_CST |
51723711 | 7730 | && tree_int_cst_lt (set_high_bound, set_low_bound)) |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7731 | || (TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST |
7732 | && TREE_CODE (set_low_bound) == INTEGER_CST | |
7733 | && tree_int_cst_lt (index, set_low_bound)) | |
7734 | || (TREE_CODE (set_high_bound) == INTEGER_CST | |
7735 | && TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST | |
7736 | && tree_int_cst_lt (set_high_bound, index)))) | |
7308a047 RS |
7737 | return const0_rtx; |
7738 | ||
d6a5ac33 RK |
7739 | if (target == 0) |
7740 | target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode); | |
7308a047 RS |
7741 | |
7742 | /* If we get here, we have to generate the code for both cases | |
7743 | (in range and out of range). */ | |
7744 | ||
7745 | op0 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
7746 | op1 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
7747 | ||
7748 | if (! (GET_CODE (index_val) == CONST_INT | |
7749 | && GET_CODE (lo_r) == CONST_INT)) | |
a06ef755 RK |
7750 | emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (index_val, lo_r, LT, NULL_RTX, |
7751 | GET_MODE (index_val), iunsignedp, op1); | |
7308a047 RS |
7752 | |
7753 | if (! (GET_CODE (index_val) == CONST_INT | |
7754 | && GET_CODE (hi_r) == CONST_INT)) | |
a06ef755 RK |
7755 | emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (index_val, hi_r, GT, NULL_RTX, |
7756 | GET_MODE (index_val), iunsignedp, op1); | |
7308a047 RS |
7757 | |
7758 | /* Calculate the element number of bit zero in the first word | |
7759 | of the set. */ | |
7760 | if (GET_CODE (lo_r) == CONST_INT) | |
17938e57 | 7761 | rlow = GEN_INT (INTVAL (lo_r) |
3a94c984 | 7762 | & ~((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << BITS_PER_UNIT)); |
7308a047 | 7763 | else |
17938e57 RK |
7764 | rlow = expand_binop (index_mode, and_optab, lo_r, |
7765 | GEN_INT (~((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << BITS_PER_UNIT)), | |
d6a5ac33 | 7766 | NULL_RTX, iunsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
7308a047 | 7767 | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7768 | diff = expand_binop (index_mode, sub_optab, index_val, rlow, |
7769 | NULL_RTX, iunsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
7308a047 RS |
7770 | |
7771 | quo = expand_divmod (0, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, index_mode, diff, | |
d6a5ac33 | 7772 | GEN_INT (BITS_PER_UNIT), NULL_RTX, iunsignedp); |
7308a047 | 7773 | rem = expand_divmod (1, TRUNC_MOD_EXPR, index_mode, index_val, |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7774 | GEN_INT (BITS_PER_UNIT), NULL_RTX, iunsignedp); |
7775 | ||
7308a047 | 7776 | addr = memory_address (byte_mode, |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7777 | expand_binop (index_mode, add_optab, diff, |
7778 | setaddr, NULL_RTX, iunsignedp, | |
17938e57 | 7779 | OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN)); |
d6a5ac33 | 7780 | |
3a94c984 | 7781 | /* Extract the bit we want to examine. */ |
7308a047 | 7782 | bit = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, byte_mode, |
38a448ca | 7783 | gen_rtx_MEM (byte_mode, addr), |
17938e57 RK |
7784 | make_tree (TREE_TYPE (index), rem), |
7785 | NULL_RTX, 1); | |
7786 | result = expand_binop (byte_mode, and_optab, bit, const1_rtx, | |
7787 | GET_MODE (target) == byte_mode ? target : 0, | |
7308a047 | 7788 | 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
17938e57 RK |
7789 | |
7790 | if (result != target) | |
7791 | convert_move (target, result, 1); | |
7308a047 RS |
7792 | |
7793 | /* Output the code to handle the out-of-range case. */ | |
7794 | emit_jump (op0); | |
7795 | emit_label (op1); | |
7796 | emit_move_insn (target, const0_rtx); | |
7797 | emit_label (op0); | |
7798 | return target; | |
7799 | } | |
7800 | ||
bbf6f052 | 7801 | case WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR: |
6ad7895a | 7802 | if (WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR_RTL (exp) == 0) |
bbf6f052 | 7803 | { |
6ad7895a | 7804 | WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR_RTL (exp) |
37a08a29 | 7805 | = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, tmode, modifier); |
659e5a7a JM |
7806 | expand_decl_cleanup_eh (NULL_TREE, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), |
7807 | CLEANUP_EH_ONLY (exp)); | |
e976b8b2 | 7808 | |
bbf6f052 | 7809 | /* That's it for this cleanup. */ |
6ad7895a | 7810 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 7811 | } |
6ad7895a | 7812 | return WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR_RTL (exp); |
bbf6f052 | 7813 | |
5dab5552 MS |
7814 | case CLEANUP_POINT_EXPR: |
7815 | { | |
e976b8b2 MS |
7816 | /* Start a new binding layer that will keep track of all cleanup |
7817 | actions to be performed. */ | |
8e91754e | 7818 | expand_start_bindings (2); |
e976b8b2 | 7819 | |
d93d4205 | 7820 | target_temp_slot_level = temp_slot_level; |
e976b8b2 | 7821 | |
37a08a29 | 7822 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, tmode, modifier); |
f283f66b JM |
7823 | /* If we're going to use this value, load it up now. */ |
7824 | if (! ignore) | |
7825 | op0 = force_not_mem (op0); | |
d93d4205 | 7826 | preserve_temp_slots (op0); |
e976b8b2 | 7827 | expand_end_bindings (NULL_TREE, 0, 0); |
5dab5552 MS |
7828 | } |
7829 | return op0; | |
7830 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7831 | case CALL_EXPR: |
7832 | /* Check for a built-in function. */ | |
7833 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7834 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) |
7835 | == FUNCTION_DECL) | |
bbf6f052 | 7836 | && DECL_BUILT_IN (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) |
0fb7aeda | 7837 | { |
c70eaeaf KG |
7838 | if (DECL_BUILT_IN_CLASS (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) |
7839 | == BUILT_IN_FRONTEND) | |
8403445a AM |
7840 | return (*lang_hooks.expand_expr) (exp, original_target, |
7841 | tmode, modifier); | |
c70eaeaf KG |
7842 | else |
7843 | return expand_builtin (exp, target, subtarget, tmode, ignore); | |
7844 | } | |
d6a5ac33 | 7845 | |
8129842c | 7846 | return expand_call (exp, target, ignore); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7847 | |
7848 | case NON_LVALUE_EXPR: | |
7849 | case NOP_EXPR: | |
7850 | case CONVERT_EXPR: | |
7851 | case REFERENCE_EXPR: | |
4a53008b | 7852 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) == error_mark_node) |
a592f288 | 7853 | return const0_rtx; |
4a53008b | 7854 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7855 | if (TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE) |
7856 | { | |
7857 | tree valtype = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
14a774a9 | 7858 | |
c3d32120 RK |
7859 | /* If both input and output are BLKmode, this conversion isn't doing |
7860 | anything except possibly changing memory attribute. */ | |
7861 | if (mode == BLKmode && TYPE_MODE (valtype) == BLKmode) | |
7862 | { | |
7863 | rtx result = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, tmode, | |
7864 | modifier); | |
7865 | ||
7866 | result = copy_rtx (result); | |
7867 | set_mem_attributes (result, exp, 0); | |
7868 | return result; | |
7869 | } | |
14a774a9 | 7870 | |
bbf6f052 | 7871 | if (target == 0) |
1da68f56 | 7872 | target = assign_temp (type, 0, 1, 1); |
d6a5ac33 | 7873 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7874 | if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM) |
7875 | /* Store data into beginning of memory target. */ | |
7876 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
8403445a AM |
7877 | adjust_address (target, TYPE_MODE (valtype), 0), |
7878 | modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM ? 2 : 0); | |
1499e0a8 | 7879 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7880 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == REG) |
7881 | /* Store this field into a union of the proper type. */ | |
14a774a9 RK |
7882 | store_field (target, |
7883 | MIN ((int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE | |
7884 | (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) | |
7885 | * BITS_PER_UNIT), | |
8752c357 | 7886 | (HOST_WIDE_INT) GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)), |
14a774a9 | 7887 | 0, TYPE_MODE (valtype), TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), |
a06ef755 | 7888 | VOIDmode, 0, type, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7889 | else |
7890 | abort (); | |
7891 | ||
7892 | /* Return the entire union. */ | |
7893 | return target; | |
7894 | } | |
d6a5ac33 | 7895 | |
7f62854a RK |
7896 | if (mode == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) |
7897 | { | |
7898 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, | |
37a08a29 | 7899 | modifier); |
7f62854a RK |
7900 | |
7901 | /* If the signedness of the conversion differs and OP0 is | |
7902 | a promoted SUBREG, clear that indication since we now | |
7903 | have to do the proper extension. */ | |
7904 | if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) != unsignedp | |
7905 | && GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG) | |
7906 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (op0) = 0; | |
7907 | ||
7908 | return op0; | |
7909 | } | |
7910 | ||
fdf473ae | 7911 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, mode, modifier); |
12342f90 RS |
7912 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == mode) |
7913 | return op0; | |
12342f90 | 7914 | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7915 | /* If OP0 is a constant, just convert it into the proper mode. */ |
7916 | if (CONSTANT_P (op0)) | |
fdf473ae RH |
7917 | { |
7918 | tree inner_type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
7919 | enum machine_mode inner_mode = TYPE_MODE (inner_type); | |
7920 | ||
0fb7aeda | 7921 | if (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) |
fdf473ae RH |
7922 | return simplify_gen_subreg (mode, op0, inner_mode, |
7923 | subreg_lowpart_offset (mode, | |
7924 | inner_mode)); | |
7925 | else | |
7926 | return convert_modes (mode, inner_mode, op0, | |
7927 | TREE_UNSIGNED (inner_type)); | |
7928 | } | |
12342f90 | 7929 | |
26fcb35a | 7930 | if (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) |
38a448ca | 7931 | return gen_rtx_fmt_e (unsignedp ? ZERO_EXTEND : SIGN_EXTEND, mode, op0); |
d6a5ac33 | 7932 | |
bbf6f052 | 7933 | if (target == 0) |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7934 | return |
7935 | convert_to_mode (mode, op0, | |
7936 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); | |
bbf6f052 | 7937 | else |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7938 | convert_move (target, op0, |
7939 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7940 | return target; |
7941 | ||
ed239f5a | 7942 | case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR: |
37a08a29 | 7943 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, mode, modifier); |
ed239f5a RK |
7944 | |
7945 | /* If the input and output modes are both the same, we are done. | |
13cf99ec RK |
7946 | Otherwise, if neither mode is BLKmode and both are integral and within |
7947 | a word, we can use gen_lowpart. If neither is true, make sure the | |
7948 | operand is in memory and convert the MEM to the new mode. */ | |
ed239f5a RK |
7949 | if (TYPE_MODE (type) == GET_MODE (op0)) |
7950 | ; | |
7951 | else if (TYPE_MODE (type) != BLKmode && GET_MODE (op0) != BLKmode | |
13cf99ec RK |
7952 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op0)) == MODE_INT |
7953 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (type)) == MODE_INT | |
ed239f5a RK |
7954 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (type)) <= UNITS_PER_WORD |
7955 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) <= UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
7956 | op0 = gen_lowpart (TYPE_MODE (type), op0); | |
c11c10d8 | 7957 | else if (GET_CODE (op0) != MEM) |
ed239f5a | 7958 | { |
c11c10d8 RK |
7959 | /* If the operand is not a MEM, force it into memory. Since we |
7960 | are going to be be changing the mode of the MEM, don't call | |
7961 | force_const_mem for constants because we don't allow pool | |
7962 | constants to change mode. */ | |
ed239f5a | 7963 | tree inner_type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); |
ed239f5a | 7964 | |
c11c10d8 RK |
7965 | if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (exp)) |
7966 | abort (); | |
ed239f5a | 7967 | |
c11c10d8 RK |
7968 | if (target == 0 || GET_MODE (target) != TYPE_MODE (inner_type)) |
7969 | target | |
7970 | = assign_stack_temp_for_type | |
7971 | (TYPE_MODE (inner_type), | |
7972 | GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (inner_type)), 0, inner_type); | |
ed239f5a | 7973 | |
c11c10d8 RK |
7974 | emit_move_insn (target, op0); |
7975 | op0 = target; | |
ed239f5a RK |
7976 | } |
7977 | ||
c11c10d8 RK |
7978 | /* At this point, OP0 is in the correct mode. If the output type is such |
7979 | that the operand is known to be aligned, indicate that it is. | |
7980 | Otherwise, we need only be concerned about alignment for non-BLKmode | |
7981 | results. */ | |
ed239f5a RK |
7982 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == MEM) |
7983 | { | |
7984 | op0 = copy_rtx (op0); | |
7985 | ||
ed239f5a RK |
7986 | if (TYPE_ALIGN_OK (type)) |
7987 | set_mem_align (op0, MAX (MEM_ALIGN (op0), TYPE_ALIGN (type))); | |
7988 | else if (TYPE_MODE (type) != BLKmode && STRICT_ALIGNMENT | |
7989 | && MEM_ALIGN (op0) < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (TYPE_MODE (type))) | |
7990 | { | |
7991 | tree inner_type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
65a07688 RK |
7992 | HOST_WIDE_INT temp_size |
7993 | = MAX (int_size_in_bytes (inner_type), | |
7994 | (HOST_WIDE_INT) GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (type))); | |
ed239f5a RK |
7995 | rtx new = assign_stack_temp_for_type (TYPE_MODE (type), |
7996 | temp_size, 0, type); | |
c4e59f51 | 7997 | rtx new_with_op0_mode = adjust_address (new, GET_MODE (op0), 0); |
ed239f5a | 7998 | |
c11c10d8 RK |
7999 | if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (exp)) |
8000 | abort (); | |
8001 | ||
ed239f5a RK |
8002 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == BLKmode) |
8003 | emit_block_move (new_with_op0_mode, op0, | |
44bb111a | 8004 | GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (type))), |
8403445a AM |
8005 | (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM |
8006 | ? BLOCK_OP_CALL_PARM : BLOCK_OP_NORMAL)); | |
ed239f5a RK |
8007 | else |
8008 | emit_move_insn (new_with_op0_mode, op0); | |
8009 | ||
8010 | op0 = new; | |
8011 | } | |
0fb7aeda | 8012 | |
c4e59f51 | 8013 | op0 = adjust_address (op0, TYPE_MODE (type), 0); |
ed239f5a RK |
8014 | } |
8015 | ||
8016 | return op0; | |
8017 | ||
bbf6f052 | 8018 | case PLUS_EXPR: |
91ce572a | 8019 | this_optab = ! unsignedp && flag_trapv |
a9785c70 | 8020 | && (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT) |
91ce572a | 8021 | ? addv_optab : add_optab; |
bbf6f052 RK |
8022 | |
8023 | /* If we are adding a constant, an RTL_EXPR that is sp, fp, or ap, and | |
8024 | something else, make sure we add the register to the constant and | |
8025 | then to the other thing. This case can occur during strength | |
8026 | reduction and doing it this way will produce better code if the | |
8027 | frame pointer or argument pointer is eliminated. | |
8028 | ||
8029 | fold-const.c will ensure that the constant is always in the inner | |
8030 | PLUS_EXPR, so the only case we need to do anything about is if | |
8031 | sp, ap, or fp is our second argument, in which case we must swap | |
8032 | the innermost first argument and our second argument. */ | |
8033 | ||
8034 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == PLUS_EXPR | |
8035 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1)) == INTEGER_CST | |
8036 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == RTL_EXPR | |
8037 | && (RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == frame_pointer_rtx | |
8038 | || RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == stack_pointer_rtx | |
8039 | || RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == arg_pointer_rtx)) | |
8040 | { | |
8041 | tree t = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
8042 | ||
8043 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0); | |
8044 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0) = t; | |
8045 | } | |
8046 | ||
88f63c77 | 8047 | /* If the result is to be ptr_mode and we are adding an integer to |
bbf6f052 RK |
8048 | something, we might be forming a constant. So try to use |
8049 | plus_constant. If it produces a sum and we can't accept it, | |
8050 | use force_operand. This allows P = &ARR[const] to generate | |
8051 | efficient code on machines where a SYMBOL_REF is not a valid | |
8052 | address. | |
8053 | ||
8054 | If this is an EXPAND_SUM call, always return the sum. */ | |
c980ac49 | 8055 | if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER |
0fb7aeda | 8056 | || (mode == ptr_mode && (unsignedp || ! flag_trapv))) |
bbf6f052 | 8057 | { |
8403445a AM |
8058 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
8059 | target = 0; | |
c980ac49 RS |
8060 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == INTEGER_CST |
8061 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT | |
8062 | && TREE_CONSTANT (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
8063 | { | |
cbbc503e JL |
8064 | rtx constant_part; |
8065 | ||
c980ac49 RS |
8066 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), subtarget, VOIDmode, |
8067 | EXPAND_SUM); | |
cbbc503e JL |
8068 | /* Use immed_double_const to ensure that the constant is |
8069 | truncated according to the mode of OP1, then sign extended | |
8070 | to a HOST_WIDE_INT. Using the constant directly can result | |
8071 | in non-canonical RTL in a 64x32 cross compile. */ | |
8072 | constant_part | |
8073 | = immed_double_const (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)), | |
8074 | (HOST_WIDE_INT) 0, | |
a5efcd63 | 8075 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))); |
7f401c74 | 8076 | op1 = plus_constant (op1, INTVAL (constant_part)); |
c980ac49 RS |
8077 | if (modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) |
8078 | op1 = force_operand (op1, target); | |
8079 | return op1; | |
8080 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 8081 | |
c980ac49 RS |
8082 | else if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST |
8083 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_INT | |
8084 | && TREE_CONSTANT (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) | |
8085 | { | |
cbbc503e JL |
8086 | rtx constant_part; |
8087 | ||
c980ac49 | 8088 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, |
70d95bac RH |
8089 | (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER |
8090 | ? EXPAND_INITIALIZER : EXPAND_SUM)); | |
c980ac49 RS |
8091 | if (! CONSTANT_P (op0)) |
8092 | { | |
8093 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, | |
8094 | VOIDmode, modifier); | |
709f5be1 RS |
8095 | /* Don't go to both_summands if modifier |
8096 | says it's not right to return a PLUS. */ | |
8097 | if (modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
8098 | goto binop2; | |
c980ac49 RS |
8099 | goto both_summands; |
8100 | } | |
cbbc503e JL |
8101 | /* Use immed_double_const to ensure that the constant is |
8102 | truncated according to the mode of OP1, then sign extended | |
8103 | to a HOST_WIDE_INT. Using the constant directly can result | |
8104 | in non-canonical RTL in a 64x32 cross compile. */ | |
8105 | constant_part | |
8106 | = immed_double_const (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)), | |
8107 | (HOST_WIDE_INT) 0, | |
2a94e396 | 8108 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); |
7f401c74 | 8109 | op0 = plus_constant (op0, INTVAL (constant_part)); |
c980ac49 RS |
8110 | if (modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) |
8111 | op0 = force_operand (op0, target); | |
8112 | return op0; | |
8113 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8114 | } |
8115 | ||
4ef7870a EB |
8116 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) |
8117 | subtarget = 0; | |
8118 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
8119 | /* No sense saving up arithmetic to be done |
8120 | if it's all in the wrong mode to form part of an address. | |
8121 | And force_operand won't know whether to sign-extend or | |
8122 | zero-extend. */ | |
8123 | if ((modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
88f63c77 | 8124 | || mode != ptr_mode) |
4ef7870a EB |
8125 | { |
8126 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
c6547c92 RS |
8127 | if (! operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), |
8128 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0)) | |
8129 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8130 | else | |
8131 | op1 = op0; | |
6e7727eb EB |
8132 | if (op0 == const0_rtx) |
8133 | return op1; | |
8134 | if (op1 == const0_rtx) | |
8135 | return op0; | |
4ef7870a EB |
8136 | goto binop2; |
8137 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 8138 | |
37a08a29 | 8139 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, modifier); |
c6547c92 RS |
8140 | if (! operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), |
8141 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0)) | |
8142 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, | |
8143 | VOIDmode, modifier); | |
8144 | else | |
8145 | op1 = op0; | |
bbf6f052 | 8146 | |
1717e19e UW |
8147 | /* We come here from MINUS_EXPR when the second operand is a |
8148 | constant. */ | |
c980ac49 | 8149 | both_summands: |
bbf6f052 RK |
8150 | /* Make sure any term that's a sum with a constant comes last. */ |
8151 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS | |
8152 | && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (op0, 1))) | |
8153 | { | |
8154 | temp = op0; | |
8155 | op0 = op1; | |
8156 | op1 = temp; | |
8157 | } | |
8158 | /* If adding to a sum including a constant, | |
8159 | associate it to put the constant outside. */ | |
8160 | if (GET_CODE (op1) == PLUS | |
8161 | && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (op1, 1))) | |
8162 | { | |
8163 | rtx constant_term = const0_rtx; | |
8164 | ||
8165 | temp = simplify_binary_operation (PLUS, mode, XEXP (op1, 0), op0); | |
8166 | if (temp != 0) | |
8167 | op0 = temp; | |
6f90e075 JW |
8168 | /* Ensure that MULT comes first if there is one. */ |
8169 | else if (GET_CODE (op0) == MULT) | |
38a448ca | 8170 | op0 = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, op0, XEXP (op1, 0)); |
bbf6f052 | 8171 | else |
38a448ca | 8172 | op0 = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, XEXP (op1, 0), op0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8173 | |
8174 | /* Let's also eliminate constants from op0 if possible. */ | |
8175 | op0 = eliminate_constant_term (op0, &constant_term); | |
8176 | ||
8177 | /* CONSTANT_TERM and XEXP (op1, 1) are known to be constant, so | |
3a94c984 | 8178 | their sum should be a constant. Form it into OP1, since the |
bbf6f052 RK |
8179 | result we want will then be OP0 + OP1. */ |
8180 | ||
8181 | temp = simplify_binary_operation (PLUS, mode, constant_term, | |
8182 | XEXP (op1, 1)); | |
8183 | if (temp != 0) | |
8184 | op1 = temp; | |
8185 | else | |
38a448ca | 8186 | op1 = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, constant_term, XEXP (op1, 1)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8187 | } |
8188 | ||
8189 | /* Put a constant term last and put a multiplication first. */ | |
8190 | if (CONSTANT_P (op0) || GET_CODE (op1) == MULT) | |
8191 | temp = op1, op1 = op0, op0 = temp; | |
8192 | ||
8193 | temp = simplify_binary_operation (PLUS, mode, op0, op1); | |
38a448ca | 8194 | return temp ? temp : gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, op0, op1); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8195 | |
8196 | case MINUS_EXPR: | |
ea87523e RK |
8197 | /* For initializers, we are allowed to return a MINUS of two |
8198 | symbolic constants. Here we handle all cases when both operands | |
8199 | are constant. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8200 | /* Handle difference of two symbolic constants, |
8201 | for the sake of an initializer. */ | |
8202 | if ((modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
8203 | && really_constant_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) | |
8204 | && really_constant_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
8205 | { | |
37a08a29 RK |
8206 | rtx op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, |
8207 | modifier); | |
8208 | rtx op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, | |
8209 | modifier); | |
ea87523e | 8210 | |
ea87523e RK |
8211 | /* If the last operand is a CONST_INT, use plus_constant of |
8212 | the negated constant. Else make the MINUS. */ | |
8213 | if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT) | |
8214 | return plus_constant (op0, - INTVAL (op1)); | |
8215 | else | |
38a448ca | 8216 | return gen_rtx_MINUS (mode, op0, op1); |
bbf6f052 | 8217 | } |
ae431183 | 8218 | |
91ce572a CC |
8219 | this_optab = ! unsignedp && flag_trapv |
8220 | && (GET_MODE_CLASS(mode) == MODE_INT) | |
8221 | ? subv_optab : sub_optab; | |
1717e19e UW |
8222 | |
8223 | /* No sense saving up arithmetic to be done | |
8224 | if it's all in the wrong mode to form part of an address. | |
8225 | And force_operand won't know whether to sign-extend or | |
8226 | zero-extend. */ | |
8227 | if ((modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
8228 | || mode != ptr_mode) | |
8229 | goto binop; | |
8230 | ||
8231 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) | |
8232 | subtarget = 0; | |
8233 | ||
8234 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, modifier); | |
8235 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, modifier); | |
8236 | ||
8237 | /* Convert A - const to A + (-const). */ | |
8238 | if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT) | |
8239 | { | |
8240 | op1 = negate_rtx (mode, op1); | |
8241 | goto both_summands; | |
8242 | } | |
8243 | ||
8244 | goto binop2; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8245 | |
8246 | case MULT_EXPR: | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8247 | /* If first operand is constant, swap them. |
8248 | Thus the following special case checks need only | |
8249 | check the second operand. */ | |
8250 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
8251 | { | |
b3694847 | 8252 | tree t1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8253 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); |
8254 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = t1; | |
8255 | } | |
8256 | ||
8257 | /* Attempt to return something suitable for generating an | |
8258 | indexed address, for machines that support that. */ | |
8259 | ||
88f63c77 | 8260 | if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM && mode == ptr_mode |
3b40e71b | 8261 | && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0)) |
bbf6f052 | 8262 | { |
48a5f2fa DJ |
8263 | tree exp1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); |
8264 | ||
921b3427 RK |
8265 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, |
8266 | EXPAND_SUM); | |
bbf6f052 | 8267 | |
3b40e71b RH |
8268 | /* If we knew for certain that this is arithmetic for an array |
8269 | reference, and we knew the bounds of the array, then we could | |
8270 | apply the distributive law across (PLUS X C) for constant C. | |
8271 | Without such knowledge, we risk overflowing the computation | |
8272 | when both X and C are large, but X+C isn't. */ | |
8273 | /* ??? Could perhaps special-case EXP being unsigned and C being | |
8274 | positive. In that case we are certain that X+C is no smaller | |
8275 | than X and so the transformed expression will overflow iff the | |
8276 | original would have. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8277 | |
8278 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG) | |
906c4e36 | 8279 | op0 = force_operand (op0, NULL_RTX); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8280 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG) |
8281 | op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode, op0); | |
8282 | ||
48a5f2fa DJ |
8283 | return gen_rtx_MULT (mode, op0, |
8284 | gen_int_mode (tree_low_cst (exp1, 0), | |
8285 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp1)))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8286 | } |
8287 | ||
e5e809f4 | 8288 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
8289 | subtarget = 0; |
8290 | ||
8403445a AM |
8291 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
8292 | target = 0; | |
8293 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
8294 | /* Check for multiplying things that have been extended |
8295 | from a narrower type. If this machine supports multiplying | |
8296 | in that narrower type with a result in the desired type, | |
8297 | do it that way, and avoid the explicit type-conversion. */ | |
8298 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == NOP_EXPR | |
8299 | && TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE | |
8300 | && (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) | |
8301 | < TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
8302 | && ((TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST | |
8303 | && int_fits_type_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
8304 | TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) | |
8305 | /* Don't use a widening multiply if a shift will do. */ | |
8306 | && ((GET_MODE_BITSIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))) | |
906c4e36 | 8307 | > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) |
bbf6f052 RK |
8308 | || exact_log2 (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) < 0)) |
8309 | || | |
8310 | (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == NOP_EXPR | |
8311 | && (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0))) | |
8312 | == | |
8313 | TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)))) | |
8314 | /* If both operands are extended, they must either both | |
8315 | be zero-extended or both be sign-extended. */ | |
8316 | && (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0))) | |
8317 | == | |
8318 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))))))) | |
8319 | { | |
8320 | enum machine_mode innermode | |
8321 | = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))); | |
b10af0c8 TG |
8322 | optab other_optab = (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) |
8323 | ? smul_widen_optab : umul_widen_optab); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8324 | this_optab = (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) |
8325 | ? umul_widen_optab : smul_widen_optab); | |
b10af0c8 | 8326 | if (mode == GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (innermode)) |
bbf6f052 | 8327 | { |
b10af0c8 TG |
8328 | if (this_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing) |
8329 | { | |
8330 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0), | |
8331 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8332 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
8333 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, | |
8334 | VOIDmode, 0); | |
8335 | else | |
8336 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), | |
8337 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8338 | goto binop2; | |
8339 | } | |
8340 | else if (other_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
8341 | && innermode == word_mode) | |
8342 | { | |
8343 | rtx htem; | |
8344 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0), | |
8345 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8346 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
8c118062 GK |
8347 | op1 = convert_modes (innermode, mode, |
8348 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
8349 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0), | |
8350 | unsignedp); | |
b10af0c8 TG |
8351 | else |
8352 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), | |
8353 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8354 | temp = expand_binop (mode, other_optab, op0, op1, target, | |
8355 | unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
8356 | htem = expand_mult_highpart_adjust (innermode, | |
8357 | gen_highpart (innermode, temp), | |
8358 | op0, op1, | |
8359 | gen_highpart (innermode, temp), | |
8360 | unsignedp); | |
8361 | emit_move_insn (gen_highpart (innermode, temp), htem); | |
8362 | return temp; | |
8363 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8364 | } |
8365 | } | |
8366 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
c6547c92 RS |
8367 | if (! operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), |
8368 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0)) | |
8369 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8370 | else | |
8371 | op1 = op0; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8372 | return expand_mult (mode, op0, op1, target, unsignedp); |
8373 | ||
8374 | case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR: | |
8375 | case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR: | |
8376 | case CEIL_DIV_EXPR: | |
8377 | case ROUND_DIV_EXPR: | |
8378 | case EXACT_DIV_EXPR: | |
e5e809f4 | 8379 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 | 8380 | subtarget = 0; |
8403445a AM |
8381 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
8382 | target = 0; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8383 | /* Possible optimization: compute the dividend with EXPAND_SUM |
8384 | then if the divisor is constant can optimize the case | |
8385 | where some terms of the dividend have coeffs divisible by it. */ | |
8386 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
906c4e36 | 8387 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8388 | return expand_divmod (0, code, mode, op0, op1, target, unsignedp); |
8389 | ||
8390 | case RDIV_EXPR: | |
b7e9703c JH |
8391 | /* Emit a/b as a*(1/b). Later we may manage CSE the reciprocal saving |
8392 | expensive divide. If not, combine will rebuild the original | |
8393 | computation. */ | |
8394 | if (flag_unsafe_math_optimizations && optimize && !optimize_size | |
ed7d44bc | 8395 | && TREE_CODE (type) == REAL_TYPE |
b7e9703c JH |
8396 | && !real_onep (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) |
8397 | return expand_expr (build (MULT_EXPR, type, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
8398 | build (RDIV_EXPR, type, | |
8399 | build_real (type, dconst1), | |
8400 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))), | |
8e37cba8 | 8401 | target, tmode, modifier); |
ef89d648 | 8402 | this_optab = sdiv_optab; |
bbf6f052 RK |
8403 | goto binop; |
8404 | ||
8405 | case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR: | |
8406 | case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR: | |
8407 | case CEIL_MOD_EXPR: | |
8408 | case ROUND_MOD_EXPR: | |
e5e809f4 | 8409 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 | 8410 | subtarget = 0; |
8403445a AM |
8411 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
8412 | target = 0; | |
bbf6f052 | 8413 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); |
906c4e36 | 8414 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8415 | return expand_divmod (1, code, mode, op0, op1, target, unsignedp); |
8416 | ||
8417 | case FIX_ROUND_EXPR: | |
8418 | case FIX_FLOOR_EXPR: | |
8419 | case FIX_CEIL_EXPR: | |
8420 | abort (); /* Not used for C. */ | |
8421 | ||
8422 | case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR: | |
906c4e36 | 8423 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
8403445a | 8424 | if (target == 0 || modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
bbf6f052 RK |
8425 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); |
8426 | expand_fix (target, op0, unsignedp); | |
8427 | return target; | |
8428 | ||
8429 | case FLOAT_EXPR: | |
906c4e36 | 8430 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
8403445a | 8431 | if (target == 0 || modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
bbf6f052 RK |
8432 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); |
8433 | /* expand_float can't figure out what to do if FROM has VOIDmode. | |
8434 | So give it the correct mode. With -O, cse will optimize this. */ | |
8435 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == VOIDmode) | |
8436 | op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))), | |
8437 | op0); | |
8438 | expand_float (target, op0, | |
8439 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); | |
8440 | return target; | |
8441 | ||
8442 | case NEGATE_EXPR: | |
5b22bee8 | 8443 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); |
8403445a AM |
8444 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
8445 | target = 0; | |
91ce572a | 8446 | temp = expand_unop (mode, |
0fb7aeda KH |
8447 | ! unsignedp && flag_trapv |
8448 | && (GET_MODE_CLASS(mode) == MODE_INT) | |
8449 | ? negv_optab : neg_optab, op0, target, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8450 | if (temp == 0) |
8451 | abort (); | |
8452 | return temp; | |
8453 | ||
8454 | case ABS_EXPR: | |
8455 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8403445a AM |
8456 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
8457 | target = 0; | |
bbf6f052 | 8458 | |
2d7050fd | 8459 | /* Handle complex values specially. */ |
d6a5ac33 RK |
8460 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_COMPLEX_INT |
8461 | || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT) | |
8462 | return expand_complex_abs (mode, op0, target, unsignedp); | |
2d7050fd | 8463 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8464 | /* Unsigned abs is simply the operand. Testing here means we don't |
8465 | risk generating incorrect code below. */ | |
8466 | if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type)) | |
8467 | return op0; | |
8468 | ||
91ce572a | 8469 | return expand_abs (mode, op0, target, unsignedp, |
e5e809f4 | 8470 | safe_from_p (target, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8471 | |
8472 | case MAX_EXPR: | |
8473 | case MIN_EXPR: | |
8474 | target = original_target; | |
8403445a AM |
8475 | if (target == 0 |
8476 | || modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM | |
8477 | || ! safe_from_p (target, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1) | |
fc155707 | 8478 | || (GET_CODE (target) == MEM && MEM_VOLATILE_P (target)) |
d6a5ac33 | 8479 | || GET_MODE (target) != mode |
bbf6f052 RK |
8480 | || (GET_CODE (target) == REG |
8481 | && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
8482 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
906c4e36 | 8483 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8484 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, 0); |
8485 | ||
8486 | /* First try to do it with a special MIN or MAX instruction. | |
8487 | If that does not win, use a conditional jump to select the proper | |
8488 | value. */ | |
8489 | this_optab = (TREE_UNSIGNED (type) | |
8490 | ? (code == MIN_EXPR ? umin_optab : umax_optab) | |
8491 | : (code == MIN_EXPR ? smin_optab : smax_optab)); | |
8492 | ||
8493 | temp = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, op0, op1, target, unsignedp, | |
8494 | OPTAB_WIDEN); | |
8495 | if (temp != 0) | |
8496 | return temp; | |
8497 | ||
fa2981d8 JW |
8498 | /* At this point, a MEM target is no longer useful; we will get better |
8499 | code without it. */ | |
3a94c984 | 8500 | |
fa2981d8 JW |
8501 | if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM) |
8502 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
8503 | ||
ee456b1c RK |
8504 | if (target != op0) |
8505 | emit_move_insn (target, op0); | |
d6a5ac33 | 8506 | |
bbf6f052 | 8507 | op0 = gen_label_rtx (); |
d6a5ac33 | 8508 | |
f81497d9 RS |
8509 | /* If this mode is an integer too wide to compare properly, |
8510 | compare word by word. Rely on cse to optimize constant cases. */ | |
1eb8759b RH |
8511 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT |
8512 | && ! can_compare_p (GE, mode, ccp_jump)) | |
bbf6f052 | 8513 | { |
f81497d9 | 8514 | if (code == MAX_EXPR) |
d6a5ac33 RK |
8515 | do_jump_by_parts_greater_rtx (mode, TREE_UNSIGNED (type), |
8516 | target, op1, NULL_RTX, op0); | |
bbf6f052 | 8517 | else |
d6a5ac33 RK |
8518 | do_jump_by_parts_greater_rtx (mode, TREE_UNSIGNED (type), |
8519 | op1, target, NULL_RTX, op0); | |
bbf6f052 | 8520 | } |
f81497d9 RS |
8521 | else |
8522 | { | |
b30f05db BS |
8523 | int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))); |
8524 | do_compare_rtx_and_jump (target, op1, code == MAX_EXPR ? GE : LE, | |
a06ef755 | 8525 | unsignedp, mode, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX, |
b30f05db | 8526 | op0); |
f81497d9 | 8527 | } |
b30f05db | 8528 | emit_move_insn (target, op1); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8529 | emit_label (op0); |
8530 | return target; | |
8531 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
8532 | case BIT_NOT_EXPR: |
8533 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8403445a AM |
8534 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
8535 | target = 0; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8536 | temp = expand_unop (mode, one_cmpl_optab, op0, target, 1); |
8537 | if (temp == 0) | |
8538 | abort (); | |
8539 | return temp; | |
8540 | ||
8541 | case FFS_EXPR: | |
8542 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8403445a AM |
8543 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
8544 | target = 0; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8545 | temp = expand_unop (mode, ffs_optab, op0, target, 1); |
8546 | if (temp == 0) | |
8547 | abort (); | |
8548 | return temp; | |
8549 | ||
2928cd7a RH |
8550 | case CLZ_EXPR: |
8551 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8552 | temp = expand_unop (mode, clz_optab, op0, target, 1); | |
8553 | if (temp == 0) | |
8554 | abort (); | |
8555 | return temp; | |
8556 | ||
8557 | case CTZ_EXPR: | |
8558 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8559 | temp = expand_unop (mode, ctz_optab, op0, target, 1); | |
8560 | if (temp == 0) | |
8561 | abort (); | |
8562 | return temp; | |
8563 | ||
8564 | case POPCOUNT_EXPR: | |
8565 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8566 | temp = expand_unop (mode, popcount_optab, op0, target, 1); | |
8567 | if (temp == 0) | |
8568 | abort (); | |
8569 | return temp; | |
8570 | ||
8571 | case PARITY_EXPR: | |
8572 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8573 | temp = expand_unop (mode, parity_optab, op0, target, 1); | |
8574 | if (temp == 0) | |
8575 | abort (); | |
8576 | return temp; | |
8577 | ||
d6a5ac33 RK |
8578 | /* ??? Can optimize bitwise operations with one arg constant. |
8579 | Can optimize (a bitwise1 n) bitwise2 (a bitwise3 b) | |
8580 | and (a bitwise1 b) bitwise2 b (etc) | |
8581 | but that is probably not worth while. */ | |
8582 | ||
8583 | /* BIT_AND_EXPR is for bitwise anding. TRUTH_AND_EXPR is for anding two | |
8584 | boolean values when we want in all cases to compute both of them. In | |
8585 | general it is fastest to do TRUTH_AND_EXPR by computing both operands | |
8586 | as actual zero-or-1 values and then bitwise anding. In cases where | |
8587 | there cannot be any side effects, better code would be made by | |
8588 | treating TRUTH_AND_EXPR like TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR; but the question is | |
8589 | how to recognize those cases. */ | |
8590 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
8591 | case TRUTH_AND_EXPR: |
8592 | case BIT_AND_EXPR: | |
8593 | this_optab = and_optab; | |
8594 | goto binop; | |
8595 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
8596 | case TRUTH_OR_EXPR: |
8597 | case BIT_IOR_EXPR: | |
8598 | this_optab = ior_optab; | |
8599 | goto binop; | |
8600 | ||
874726a8 | 8601 | case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR: |
bbf6f052 RK |
8602 | case BIT_XOR_EXPR: |
8603 | this_optab = xor_optab; | |
8604 | goto binop; | |
8605 | ||
8606 | case LSHIFT_EXPR: | |
8607 | case RSHIFT_EXPR: | |
8608 | case LROTATE_EXPR: | |
8609 | case RROTATE_EXPR: | |
e5e809f4 | 8610 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 | 8611 | subtarget = 0; |
8403445a AM |
8612 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
8613 | target = 0; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8614 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); |
8615 | return expand_shift (code, mode, op0, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, | |
8616 | unsignedp); | |
8617 | ||
d6a5ac33 RK |
8618 | /* Could determine the answer when only additive constants differ. Also, |
8619 | the addition of one can be handled by changing the condition. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8620 | case LT_EXPR: |
8621 | case LE_EXPR: | |
8622 | case GT_EXPR: | |
8623 | case GE_EXPR: | |
8624 | case EQ_EXPR: | |
8625 | case NE_EXPR: | |
1eb8759b RH |
8626 | case UNORDERED_EXPR: |
8627 | case ORDERED_EXPR: | |
8628 | case UNLT_EXPR: | |
8629 | case UNLE_EXPR: | |
8630 | case UNGT_EXPR: | |
8631 | case UNGE_EXPR: | |
8632 | case UNEQ_EXPR: | |
8403445a AM |
8633 | temp = do_store_flag (exp, |
8634 | modifier != EXPAND_STACK_PARM ? target : NULL_RTX, | |
8635 | tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8636 | if (temp != 0) |
8637 | return temp; | |
d6a5ac33 | 8638 | |
0f41302f | 8639 | /* For foo != 0, load foo, and if it is nonzero load 1 instead. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
8640 | if (code == NE_EXPR && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) |
8641 | && original_target | |
8642 | && GET_CODE (original_target) == REG | |
8643 | && (GET_MODE (original_target) | |
8644 | == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
8645 | { | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
8646 | temp = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), original_target, |
8647 | VOIDmode, 0); | |
8648 | ||
c0a3eeac UW |
8649 | /* If temp is constant, we can just compute the result. */ |
8650 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == CONST_INT) | |
8651 | { | |
8652 | if (INTVAL (temp) != 0) | |
8653 | emit_move_insn (target, const1_rtx); | |
8654 | else | |
8655 | emit_move_insn (target, const0_rtx); | |
8656 | ||
8657 | return target; | |
8658 | } | |
8659 | ||
bbf6f052 | 8660 | if (temp != original_target) |
c0a3eeac UW |
8661 | { |
8662 | enum machine_mode mode1 = GET_MODE (temp); | |
8663 | if (mode1 == VOIDmode) | |
8664 | mode1 = tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode; | |
0fb7aeda | 8665 | |
c0a3eeac UW |
8666 | temp = copy_to_mode_reg (mode1, temp); |
8667 | } | |
d6a5ac33 | 8668 | |
bbf6f052 | 8669 | op1 = gen_label_rtx (); |
c5d5d461 | 8670 | emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (temp, const0_rtx, EQ, NULL_RTX, |
a06ef755 | 8671 | GET_MODE (temp), unsignedp, op1); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8672 | emit_move_insn (temp, const1_rtx); |
8673 | emit_label (op1); | |
8674 | return temp; | |
8675 | } | |
d6a5ac33 | 8676 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8677 | /* If no set-flag instruction, must generate a conditional |
8678 | store into a temporary variable. Drop through | |
8679 | and handle this like && and ||. */ | |
8680 | ||
8681 | case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR: | |
8682 | case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR: | |
e44842fe | 8683 | if (! ignore |
8403445a AM |
8684 | && (target == 0 |
8685 | || modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM | |
8686 | || ! safe_from_p (target, exp, 1) | |
e44842fe RK |
8687 | /* Make sure we don't have a hard reg (such as function's return |
8688 | value) live across basic blocks, if not optimizing. */ | |
8689 | || (!optimize && GET_CODE (target) == REG | |
8690 | && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER))) | |
bbf6f052 | 8691 | target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode); |
e44842fe RK |
8692 | |
8693 | if (target) | |
8694 | emit_clr_insn (target); | |
8695 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
8696 | op1 = gen_label_rtx (); |
8697 | jumpifnot (exp, op1); | |
e44842fe RK |
8698 | |
8699 | if (target) | |
8700 | emit_0_to_1_insn (target); | |
8701 | ||
bbf6f052 | 8702 | emit_label (op1); |
e44842fe | 8703 | return ignore ? const0_rtx : target; |
bbf6f052 RK |
8704 | |
8705 | case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR: | |
8403445a AM |
8706 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
8707 | target = 0; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8708 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, 0); |
8709 | /* The parser is careful to generate TRUTH_NOT_EXPR | |
8710 | only with operands that are always zero or one. */ | |
906c4e36 | 8711 | temp = expand_binop (mode, xor_optab, op0, const1_rtx, |
bbf6f052 RK |
8712 | target, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
8713 | if (temp == 0) | |
8714 | abort (); | |
8715 | return temp; | |
8716 | ||
8717 | case COMPOUND_EXPR: | |
8718 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8719 | emit_queue (); | |
8720 | return expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
8721 | (ignore ? const0_rtx : target), | |
8403445a | 8722 | VOIDmode, modifier); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8723 | |
8724 | case COND_EXPR: | |
ac01eace RK |
8725 | /* If we would have a "singleton" (see below) were it not for a |
8726 | conversion in each arm, bring that conversion back out. */ | |
8727 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == NOP_EXPR | |
8728 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) == NOP_EXPR | |
8729 | && (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0)) | |
8730 | == TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0)))) | |
8731 | { | |
d6edb99e ZW |
8732 | tree iftrue = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0); |
8733 | tree iffalse = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0); | |
8734 | ||
8735 | if ((TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (iftrue)) == '2' | |
8736 | && operand_equal_p (iffalse, TREE_OPERAND (iftrue, 0), 0)) | |
8737 | || (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (iffalse)) == '2' | |
8738 | && operand_equal_p (iftrue, TREE_OPERAND (iffalse, 0), 0)) | |
8739 | || (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (iftrue)) == '1' | |
8740 | && operand_equal_p (iffalse, TREE_OPERAND (iftrue, 0), 0)) | |
8741 | || (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (iffalse)) == '1' | |
8742 | && operand_equal_p (iftrue, TREE_OPERAND (iffalse, 0), 0))) | |
ac01eace | 8743 | return expand_expr (build1 (NOP_EXPR, type, |
d6edb99e | 8744 | build (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (iftrue), |
ac01eace | 8745 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), |
d6edb99e | 8746 | iftrue, iffalse)), |
ac01eace RK |
8747 | target, tmode, modifier); |
8748 | } | |
8749 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
8750 | { |
8751 | /* Note that COND_EXPRs whose type is a structure or union | |
8752 | are required to be constructed to contain assignments of | |
8753 | a temporary variable, so that we can evaluate them here | |
8754 | for side effect only. If type is void, we must do likewise. */ | |
8755 | ||
8756 | /* If an arm of the branch requires a cleanup, | |
8757 | only that cleanup is performed. */ | |
8758 | ||
8759 | tree singleton = 0; | |
8760 | tree binary_op = 0, unary_op = 0; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8761 | |
8762 | /* If this is (A ? 1 : 0) and A is a condition, just evaluate it and | |
8763 | convert it to our mode, if necessary. */ | |
8764 | if (integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
8765 | && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) | |
8766 | && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == '<') | |
8767 | { | |
dd27116b RK |
8768 | if (ignore) |
8769 | { | |
8770 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, | |
37a08a29 | 8771 | modifier); |
dd27116b RK |
8772 | return const0_rtx; |
8773 | } | |
8774 | ||
8403445a AM |
8775 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
8776 | target = 0; | |
37a08a29 | 8777 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, mode, modifier); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8778 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == mode) |
8779 | return op0; | |
d6a5ac33 | 8780 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8781 | if (target == 0) |
8782 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
8783 | convert_move (target, op0, unsignedp); | |
8784 | return target; | |
8785 | } | |
8786 | ||
ac01eace RK |
8787 | /* Check for X ? A + B : A. If we have this, we can copy A to the |
8788 | output and conditionally add B. Similarly for unary operations. | |
8789 | Don't do this if X has side-effects because those side effects | |
8790 | might affect A or B and the "?" operation is a sequence point in | |
8791 | ANSI. (operand_equal_p tests for side effects.) */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8792 | |
8793 | if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) == '2' | |
8794 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), | |
8795 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), 0)) | |
8796 | singleton = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), binary_op = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
8797 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) == '2' | |
8798 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
8799 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0), 0)) | |
8800 | singleton = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), binary_op = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2); | |
8801 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) == '1' | |
8802 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), | |
8803 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), 0)) | |
8804 | singleton = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), unary_op = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
8805 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) == '1' | |
8806 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
8807 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0), 0)) | |
8808 | singleton = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), unary_op = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2); | |
8809 | ||
01c8a7c8 RK |
8810 | /* If we are not to produce a result, we have no target. Otherwise, |
8811 | if a target was specified use it; it will not be used as an | |
3a94c984 | 8812 | intermediate target unless it is safe. If no target, use a |
01c8a7c8 RK |
8813 | temporary. */ |
8814 | ||
8815 | if (ignore) | |
8816 | temp = 0; | |
8403445a AM |
8817 | else if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
8818 | temp = assign_temp (type, 0, 0, 1); | |
01c8a7c8 | 8819 | else if (original_target |
e5e809f4 | 8820 | && (safe_from_p (original_target, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1) |
01c8a7c8 RK |
8821 | || (singleton && GET_CODE (original_target) == REG |
8822 | && REGNO (original_target) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
8823 | && original_target == var_rtx (singleton))) | |
8824 | && GET_MODE (original_target) == mode | |
7c00d1fe RK |
8825 | #ifdef HAVE_conditional_move |
8826 | && (! can_conditionally_move_p (mode) | |
8827 | || GET_CODE (original_target) == REG | |
8828 | || TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)) | |
8829 | #endif | |
8125d7e9 BS |
8830 | && (GET_CODE (original_target) != MEM |
8831 | || TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type))) | |
01c8a7c8 RK |
8832 | temp = original_target; |
8833 | else if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)) | |
8834 | abort (); | |
8835 | else | |
8836 | temp = assign_temp (type, 0, 0, 1); | |
8837 | ||
ac01eace RK |
8838 | /* If we had X ? A + C : A, with C a constant power of 2, and we can |
8839 | do the test of X as a store-flag operation, do this as | |
8840 | A + ((X != 0) << log C). Similarly for other simple binary | |
8841 | operators. Only do for C == 1 if BRANCH_COST is low. */ | |
dd27116b | 8842 | if (temp && singleton && binary_op |
bbf6f052 RK |
8843 | && (TREE_CODE (binary_op) == PLUS_EXPR |
8844 | || TREE_CODE (binary_op) == MINUS_EXPR | |
8845 | || TREE_CODE (binary_op) == BIT_IOR_EXPR | |
9fbd9f58 | 8846 | || TREE_CODE (binary_op) == BIT_XOR_EXPR) |
ac01eace RK |
8847 | && (BRANCH_COST >= 3 ? integer_pow2p (TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1)) |
8848 | : integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8849 | && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == '<') |
8850 | { | |
8851 | rtx result; | |
61f6c84f | 8852 | tree cond; |
91ce572a | 8853 | optab boptab = (TREE_CODE (binary_op) == PLUS_EXPR |
0fb7aeda KH |
8854 | ? (TYPE_TRAP_SIGNED (TREE_TYPE (binary_op)) |
8855 | ? addv_optab : add_optab) | |
8856 | : TREE_CODE (binary_op) == MINUS_EXPR | |
8857 | ? (TYPE_TRAP_SIGNED (TREE_TYPE (binary_op)) | |
8858 | ? subv_optab : sub_optab) | |
8859 | : TREE_CODE (binary_op) == BIT_IOR_EXPR ? ior_optab | |
8860 | : xor_optab); | |
bbf6f052 | 8861 | |
61f6c84f | 8862 | /* If we had X ? A : A + 1, do this as A + (X == 0). */ |
bbf6f052 | 8863 | if (singleton == TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) |
61f6c84f JJ |
8864 | cond = invert_truthvalue (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); |
8865 | else | |
8866 | cond = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 8867 | |
61f6c84f JJ |
8868 | result = do_store_flag (cond, (safe_from_p (temp, singleton, 1) |
8869 | ? temp : NULL_RTX), | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8870 | mode, BRANCH_COST <= 1); |
8871 | ||
ac01eace RK |
8872 | if (result != 0 && ! integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1))) |
8873 | result = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, mode, result, | |
8874 | build_int_2 (tree_log2 | |
8875 | (TREE_OPERAND | |
8876 | (binary_op, 1)), | |
8877 | 0), | |
e5e809f4 | 8878 | (safe_from_p (temp, singleton, 1) |
ac01eace RK |
8879 | ? temp : NULL_RTX), 0); |
8880 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
8881 | if (result) |
8882 | { | |
906c4e36 | 8883 | op1 = expand_expr (singleton, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8884 | return expand_binop (mode, boptab, op1, result, temp, |
8885 | unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
8886 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 8887 | } |
3a94c984 | 8888 | |
dabf8373 | 8889 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8890 | NO_DEFER_POP; |
8891 | op0 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
8892 | ||
8893 | if (singleton && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) | |
8894 | { | |
8895 | if (temp != 0) | |
8896 | { | |
8897 | /* If the target conflicts with the other operand of the | |
8898 | binary op, we can't use it. Also, we can't use the target | |
8899 | if it is a hard register, because evaluating the condition | |
8900 | might clobber it. */ | |
8901 | if ((binary_op | |
e5e809f4 | 8902 | && ! safe_from_p (temp, TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
8903 | || (GET_CODE (temp) == REG |
8904 | && REGNO (temp) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
8905 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
8403445a AM |
8906 | store_expr (singleton, temp, |
8907 | modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM ? 2 : 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8908 | } |
8909 | else | |
906c4e36 | 8910 | expand_expr (singleton, |
2937cf87 | 8911 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8912 | if (singleton == TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) |
8913 | jumpif (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); | |
8914 | else | |
8915 | jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); | |
8916 | ||
956d6950 | 8917 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8918 | if (binary_op && temp == 0) |
8919 | /* Just touch the other operand. */ | |
8920 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1), | |
906c4e36 | 8921 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8922 | else if (binary_op) |
8923 | store_expr (build (TREE_CODE (binary_op), type, | |
8924 | make_tree (type, temp), | |
8925 | TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1)), | |
8403445a | 8926 | temp, modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM ? 2 : 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8927 | else |
8928 | store_expr (build1 (TREE_CODE (unary_op), type, | |
8929 | make_tree (type, temp)), | |
8403445a | 8930 | temp, modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM ? 2 : 0); |
bbf6f052 | 8931 | op1 = op0; |
bbf6f052 | 8932 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
8933 | /* Check for A op 0 ? A : FOO and A op 0 ? FOO : A where OP is any |
8934 | comparison operator. If we have one of these cases, set the | |
8935 | output to A, branch on A (cse will merge these two references), | |
8936 | then set the output to FOO. */ | |
8937 | else if (temp | |
8938 | && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == '<' | |
8939 | && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1)) | |
8940 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0), | |
8941 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0) | |
e9a25f70 JL |
8942 | && (! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) |
8943 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == SAVE_EXPR) | |
e5e809f4 | 8944 | && safe_from_p (temp, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 1)) |
bbf6f052 | 8945 | { |
3a94c984 KH |
8946 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == REG |
8947 | && REGNO (temp) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
bbf6f052 | 8948 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); |
8403445a AM |
8949 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), temp, |
8950 | modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM ? 2 : 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 8951 | jumpif (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); |
5dab5552 | 8952 | |
956d6950 | 8953 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
8403445a AM |
8954 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), temp, |
8955 | modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM ? 2 : 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8956 | op1 = op0; |
8957 | } | |
8958 | else if (temp | |
8959 | && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == '<' | |
8960 | && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1)) | |
8961 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0), | |
8962 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0) | |
e9a25f70 JL |
8963 | && (! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) |
8964 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) == SAVE_EXPR) | |
e5e809f4 | 8965 | && safe_from_p (temp, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 | 8966 | { |
3a94c984 KH |
8967 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == REG |
8968 | && REGNO (temp) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
bbf6f052 | 8969 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); |
8403445a AM |
8970 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), temp, |
8971 | modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM ? 2 : 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 8972 | jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); |
5dab5552 | 8973 | |
956d6950 | 8974 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
8403445a AM |
8975 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), temp, |
8976 | modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM ? 2 : 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8977 | op1 = op0; |
8978 | } | |
8979 | else | |
8980 | { | |
8981 | op1 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
8982 | jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); | |
5dab5552 | 8983 | |
956d6950 | 8984 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
3a94c984 | 8985 | |
2ac84cfe | 8986 | /* One branch of the cond can be void, if it never returns. For |
3a94c984 | 8987 | example A ? throw : E */ |
2ac84cfe | 8988 | if (temp != 0 |
3a94c984 | 8989 | && TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) != void_type_node) |
8403445a AM |
8990 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), temp, |
8991 | modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM ? 2 : 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 8992 | else |
906c4e36 RK |
8993 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), |
8994 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
956d6950 | 8995 | end_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8996 | emit_queue (); |
8997 | emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (op1)); | |
8998 | emit_barrier (); | |
8999 | emit_label (op0); | |
956d6950 | 9000 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
2ac84cfe | 9001 | if (temp != 0 |
3a94c984 | 9002 | && TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) != void_type_node) |
8403445a AM |
9003 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), temp, |
9004 | modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM ? 2 : 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 9005 | else |
906c4e36 RK |
9006 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), |
9007 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
9008 | } |
9009 | ||
956d6950 | 9010 | end_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
9011 | |
9012 | emit_queue (); | |
9013 | emit_label (op1); | |
9014 | OK_DEFER_POP; | |
5dab5552 | 9015 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
9016 | return temp; |
9017 | } | |
9018 | ||
9019 | case TARGET_EXPR: | |
9020 | { | |
9021 | /* Something needs to be initialized, but we didn't know | |
9022 | where that thing was when building the tree. For example, | |
9023 | it could be the return value of a function, or a parameter | |
9024 | to a function which lays down in the stack, or a temporary | |
9025 | variable which must be passed by reference. | |
9026 | ||
9027 | We guarantee that the expression will either be constructed | |
9028 | or copied into our original target. */ | |
9029 | ||
9030 | tree slot = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
2a888d4c | 9031 | tree cleanups = NULL_TREE; |
5c062816 | 9032 | tree exp1; |
bbf6f052 RK |
9033 | |
9034 | if (TREE_CODE (slot) != VAR_DECL) | |
9035 | abort (); | |
9036 | ||
9c51f375 RK |
9037 | if (! ignore) |
9038 | target = original_target; | |
9039 | ||
6fbfac92 JM |
9040 | /* Set this here so that if we get a target that refers to a |
9041 | register variable that's already been used, put_reg_into_stack | |
3a94c984 | 9042 | knows that it should fix up those uses. */ |
6fbfac92 JM |
9043 | TREE_USED (slot) = 1; |
9044 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
9045 | if (target == 0) |
9046 | { | |
19e7881c | 9047 | if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (slot)) |
ac993f4f MS |
9048 | { |
9049 | target = DECL_RTL (slot); | |
5c062816 | 9050 | /* If we have already expanded the slot, so don't do |
ac993f4f | 9051 | it again. (mrs) */ |
5c062816 MS |
9052 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) == NULL_TREE) |
9053 | return target; | |
ac993f4f | 9054 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
9055 | else |
9056 | { | |
e9a25f70 | 9057 | target = assign_temp (type, 2, 0, 1); |
bbf6f052 RK |
9058 | /* All temp slots at this level must not conflict. */ |
9059 | preserve_temp_slots (target); | |
19e7881c | 9060 | SET_DECL_RTL (slot, target); |
e9a25f70 | 9061 | if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (slot)) |
f29a2bd1 | 9062 | put_var_into_stack (slot, /*rescan=*/false); |
bbf6f052 | 9063 | |
e287fd6e RK |
9064 | /* Since SLOT is not known to the called function |
9065 | to belong to its stack frame, we must build an explicit | |
9066 | cleanup. This case occurs when we must build up a reference | |
9067 | to pass the reference as an argument. In this case, | |
9068 | it is very likely that such a reference need not be | |
9069 | built here. */ | |
9070 | ||
9071 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2) == 0) | |
c88770e9 NB |
9072 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2) |
9073 | = (*lang_hooks.maybe_build_cleanup) (slot); | |
2a888d4c | 9074 | cleanups = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2); |
e287fd6e | 9075 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
9076 | } |
9077 | else | |
9078 | { | |
9079 | /* This case does occur, when expanding a parameter which | |
9080 | needs to be constructed on the stack. The target | |
9081 | is the actual stack address that we want to initialize. | |
9082 | The function we call will perform the cleanup in this case. */ | |
9083 | ||
8c042b47 RS |
9084 | /* If we have already assigned it space, use that space, |
9085 | not target that we were passed in, as our target | |
9086 | parameter is only a hint. */ | |
19e7881c | 9087 | if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (slot)) |
3a94c984 KH |
9088 | { |
9089 | target = DECL_RTL (slot); | |
9090 | /* If we have already expanded the slot, so don't do | |
8c042b47 | 9091 | it again. (mrs) */ |
3a94c984 KH |
9092 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) == NULL_TREE) |
9093 | return target; | |
8c042b47 | 9094 | } |
21002281 JW |
9095 | else |
9096 | { | |
19e7881c | 9097 | SET_DECL_RTL (slot, target); |
21002281 JW |
9098 | /* If we must have an addressable slot, then make sure that |
9099 | the RTL that we just stored in slot is OK. */ | |
9100 | if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (slot)) | |
f29a2bd1 | 9101 | put_var_into_stack (slot, /*rescan=*/true); |
21002281 | 9102 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
9103 | } |
9104 | ||
4847c938 | 9105 | exp1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 3) = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); |
5c062816 MS |
9106 | /* Mark it as expanded. */ |
9107 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = NULL_TREE; | |
9108 | ||
8403445a | 9109 | store_expr (exp1, target, modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM ? 2 : 0); |
61d6b1cc | 9110 | |
659e5a7a | 9111 | expand_decl_cleanup_eh (NULL_TREE, cleanups, CLEANUP_EH_ONLY (exp)); |
3a94c984 | 9112 | |
41531e5b | 9113 | return target; |
bbf6f052 RK |
9114 | } |
9115 | ||
9116 | case INIT_EXPR: | |
9117 | { | |
9118 | tree lhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
9119 | tree rhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
9120 | |
9121 | temp = expand_assignment (lhs, rhs, ! ignore, original_target != 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
9122 | return temp; |
9123 | } | |
9124 | ||
9125 | case MODIFY_EXPR: | |
9126 | { | |
9127 | /* If lhs is complex, expand calls in rhs before computing it. | |
6d0a3f67 NS |
9128 | That's so we don't compute a pointer and save it over a |
9129 | call. If lhs is simple, compute it first so we can give it | |
9130 | as a target if the rhs is just a call. This avoids an | |
9131 | extra temp and copy and that prevents a partial-subsumption | |
9132 | which makes bad code. Actually we could treat | |
9133 | component_ref's of vars like vars. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
9134 | |
9135 | tree lhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
9136 | tree rhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
9137 | |
9138 | temp = 0; | |
9139 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
9140 | /* Check for |= or &= of a bitfield of size one into another bitfield |
9141 | of size 1. In this case, (unless we need the result of the | |
9142 | assignment) we can do this more efficiently with a | |
9143 | test followed by an assignment, if necessary. | |
9144 | ||
9145 | ??? At this point, we can't get a BIT_FIELD_REF here. But if | |
9146 | things change so we do, this code should be enhanced to | |
9147 | support it. */ | |
9148 | if (ignore | |
9149 | && TREE_CODE (lhs) == COMPONENT_REF | |
9150 | && (TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_IOR_EXPR | |
9151 | || TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_AND_EXPR) | |
9152 | && TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 0) == lhs | |
9153 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 1)) == COMPONENT_REF | |
05bccae2 RK |
9154 | && integer_onep (DECL_SIZE (TREE_OPERAND (lhs, 1))) |
9155 | && integer_onep (DECL_SIZE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 1), 1)))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
9156 | { |
9157 | rtx label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
9158 | ||
9159 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 1), | |
9160 | TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_IOR_EXPR ? label : 0, | |
9161 | TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_AND_EXPR ? label : 0); | |
9162 | expand_assignment (lhs, convert (TREE_TYPE (rhs), | |
9163 | (TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_IOR_EXPR | |
9164 | ? integer_one_node | |
9165 | : integer_zero_node)), | |
9166 | 0, 0); | |
e7c33f54 | 9167 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
9168 | emit_label (label); |
9169 | return const0_rtx; | |
9170 | } | |
9171 | ||
bbf6f052 | 9172 | temp = expand_assignment (lhs, rhs, ! ignore, original_target != 0); |
0fb7aeda | 9173 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
9174 | return temp; |
9175 | } | |
9176 | ||
6e7f84a7 APB |
9177 | case RETURN_EXPR: |
9178 | if (!TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) | |
9179 | expand_null_return (); | |
9180 | else | |
9181 | expand_return (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
9182 | return const0_rtx; | |
9183 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
9184 | case PREINCREMENT_EXPR: |
9185 | case PREDECREMENT_EXPR: | |
7b8b9722 | 9186 | return expand_increment (exp, 0, ignore); |
bbf6f052 RK |
9187 | |
9188 | case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR: | |
9189 | case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR: | |
9190 | /* Faster to treat as pre-increment if result is not used. */ | |
7b8b9722 | 9191 | return expand_increment (exp, ! ignore, ignore); |
bbf6f052 RK |
9192 | |
9193 | case ADDR_EXPR: | |
8403445a AM |
9194 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
9195 | target = 0; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
9196 | /* Are we taking the address of a nested function? */ |
9197 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == FUNCTION_DECL | |
38ee6ed9 | 9198 | && decl_function_context (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) != 0 |
e5e809f4 JL |
9199 | && ! DECL_NO_STATIC_CHAIN (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) |
9200 | && ! TREE_STATIC (exp)) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
9201 | { |
9202 | op0 = trampoline_address (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
9203 | op0 = force_operand (op0, target); | |
9204 | } | |
682ba3a6 RK |
9205 | /* If we are taking the address of something erroneous, just |
9206 | return a zero. */ | |
9207 | else if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ERROR_MARK) | |
9208 | return const0_rtx; | |
d6b6783b RK |
9209 | /* If we are taking the address of a constant and are at the |
9210 | top level, we have to use output_constant_def since we can't | |
9211 | call force_const_mem at top level. */ | |
9212 | else if (cfun == 0 | |
9213 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == CONSTRUCTOR | |
9214 | || (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) | |
9215 | == 'c'))) | |
9216 | op0 = XEXP (output_constant_def (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0), 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
9217 | else |
9218 | { | |
e287fd6e RK |
9219 | /* We make sure to pass const0_rtx down if we came in with |
9220 | ignore set, to avoid doing the cleanups twice for something. */ | |
9221 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
9222 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, | |
bbf6f052 RK |
9223 | (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER |
9224 | ? modifier : EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS)); | |
896102d0 | 9225 | |
119af78a RK |
9226 | /* If we are going to ignore the result, OP0 will have been set |
9227 | to const0_rtx, so just return it. Don't get confused and | |
9228 | think we are taking the address of the constant. */ | |
9229 | if (ignore) | |
9230 | return op0; | |
9231 | ||
73b7f58c BS |
9232 | /* Pass 1 for MODIFY, so that protect_from_queue doesn't get |
9233 | clever and returns a REG when given a MEM. */ | |
9234 | op0 = protect_from_queue (op0, 1); | |
3539e816 | 9235 | |
c5c76735 JL |
9236 | /* We would like the object in memory. If it is a constant, we can |
9237 | have it be statically allocated into memory. For a non-constant, | |
9238 | we need to allocate some memory and store the value into it. */ | |
896102d0 RK |
9239 | |
9240 | if (CONSTANT_P (op0)) | |
9241 | op0 = force_const_mem (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))), | |
9242 | op0); | |
682ba3a6 | 9243 | else if (GET_CODE (op0) == REG || GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG |
df6018fd | 9244 | || GET_CODE (op0) == CONCAT || GET_CODE (op0) == ADDRESSOF |
c1853da7 | 9245 | || GET_CODE (op0) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (op0) == LO_SUM) |
896102d0 | 9246 | { |
6c7d86ec RK |
9247 | /* If the operand is a SAVE_EXPR, we can deal with this by |
9248 | forcing the SAVE_EXPR into memory. */ | |
9249 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == SAVE_EXPR) | |
9250 | { | |
f29a2bd1 MM |
9251 | put_var_into_stack (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), |
9252 | /*rescan=*/true); | |
6c7d86ec RK |
9253 | op0 = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); |
9254 | } | |
df6018fd | 9255 | else |
6c7d86ec RK |
9256 | { |
9257 | /* If this object is in a register, it can't be BLKmode. */ | |
9258 | tree inner_type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
19f90fad | 9259 | rtx memloc = assign_temp (inner_type, 1, 1, 1); |
6c7d86ec RK |
9260 | |
9261 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == PARALLEL) | |
9262 | /* Handle calls that pass values in multiple | |
9263 | non-contiguous locations. The Irix 6 ABI has examples | |
9264 | of this. */ | |
0fb7aeda | 9265 | emit_group_store (memloc, op0, |
6c7d86ec RK |
9266 | int_size_in_bytes (inner_type)); |
9267 | else | |
9268 | emit_move_insn (memloc, op0); | |
0fb7aeda | 9269 | |
6c7d86ec RK |
9270 | op0 = memloc; |
9271 | } | |
896102d0 RK |
9272 | } |
9273 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
9274 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != MEM) |
9275 | abort (); | |
3a94c984 | 9276 | |
34e81b5a | 9277 | mark_temp_addr_taken (op0); |
bbf6f052 | 9278 | if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) |
88f63c77 | 9279 | { |
34e81b5a | 9280 | op0 = XEXP (op0, 0); |
88f63c77 | 9281 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED |
34e81b5a | 9282 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == Pmode && GET_MODE (op0) != mode |
88f63c77 | 9283 | && mode == ptr_mode) |
34e81b5a | 9284 | op0 = convert_memory_address (ptr_mode, op0); |
88f63c77 | 9285 | #endif |
34e81b5a | 9286 | return op0; |
88f63c77 | 9287 | } |
987c71d9 | 9288 | |
c952ff4b RK |
9289 | /* If OP0 is not aligned as least as much as the type requires, we |
9290 | need to make a temporary, copy OP0 to it, and take the address of | |
9291 | the temporary. We want to use the alignment of the type, not of | |
9292 | the operand. Note that this is incorrect for FUNCTION_TYPE, but | |
9293 | the test for BLKmode means that can't happen. The test for | |
9294 | BLKmode is because we never make mis-aligned MEMs with | |
9295 | non-BLKmode. | |
9296 | ||
9297 | We don't need to do this at all if the machine doesn't have | |
9298 | strict alignment. */ | |
9299 | if (STRICT_ALIGNMENT && GET_MODE (op0) == BLKmode | |
9300 | && (TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) | |
ed239f5a RK |
9301 | > MEM_ALIGN (op0)) |
9302 | && MEM_ALIGN (op0) < BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) | |
a06ef755 RK |
9303 | { |
9304 | tree inner_type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
bdaa131b | 9305 | rtx new; |
a06ef755 | 9306 | |
c3d32120 RK |
9307 | if (TYPE_ALIGN_OK (inner_type)) |
9308 | abort (); | |
9309 | ||
bdaa131b JM |
9310 | if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (inner_type)) |
9311 | { | |
9312 | /* We can't make a bitwise copy of this object, so fail. */ | |
9313 | error ("cannot take the address of an unaligned member"); | |
9314 | return const0_rtx; | |
9315 | } | |
9316 | ||
9317 | new = assign_stack_temp_for_type | |
9318 | (TYPE_MODE (inner_type), | |
9319 | MEM_SIZE (op0) ? INTVAL (MEM_SIZE (op0)) | |
9320 | : int_size_in_bytes (inner_type), | |
9321 | 1, build_qualified_type (inner_type, | |
9322 | (TYPE_QUALS (inner_type) | |
9323 | | TYPE_QUAL_CONST))); | |
9324 | ||
44bb111a | 9325 | emit_block_move (new, op0, expr_size (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)), |
8403445a AM |
9326 | (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM |
9327 | ? BLOCK_OP_CALL_PARM : BLOCK_OP_NORMAL)); | |
bdaa131b | 9328 | |
a06ef755 RK |
9329 | op0 = new; |
9330 | } | |
9331 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
9332 | op0 = force_operand (XEXP (op0, 0), target); |
9333 | } | |
987c71d9 | 9334 | |
05c8e58b HPN |
9335 | if (flag_force_addr |
9336 | && GET_CODE (op0) != REG | |
9337 | && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
9338 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
9339 | && modifier != EXPAND_SUM) | |
987c71d9 RK |
9340 | op0 = force_reg (Pmode, op0); |
9341 | ||
dc6d66b3 RK |
9342 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == REG |
9343 | && ! REG_USERVAR_P (op0)) | |
bdb429a5 | 9344 | mark_reg_pointer (op0, TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (type))); |
987c71d9 | 9345 | |
88f63c77 RK |
9346 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED |
9347 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == Pmode && GET_MODE (op0) != mode | |
9348 | && mode == ptr_mode) | |
9fcfcce7 | 9349 | op0 = convert_memory_address (ptr_mode, op0); |
88f63c77 RK |
9350 | #endif |
9351 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
9352 | return op0; |
9353 | ||
9354 | case ENTRY_VALUE_EXPR: | |
9355 | abort (); | |
9356 | ||
7308a047 RS |
9357 | /* COMPLEX type for Extended Pascal & Fortran */ |
9358 | case COMPLEX_EXPR: | |
9359 | { | |
9360 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
6551fa4d | 9361 | rtx insns; |
7308a047 RS |
9362 | |
9363 | /* Get the rtx code of the operands. */ | |
9364 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
9365 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
9366 | ||
9367 | if (! target) | |
9368 | target = gen_reg_rtx (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
9369 | ||
6551fa4d | 9370 | start_sequence (); |
7308a047 RS |
9371 | |
9372 | /* Move the real (op0) and imaginary (op1) parts to their location. */ | |
2d7050fd RS |
9373 | emit_move_insn (gen_realpart (mode, target), op0); |
9374 | emit_move_insn (gen_imagpart (mode, target), op1); | |
7308a047 | 9375 | |
6551fa4d JW |
9376 | insns = get_insns (); |
9377 | end_sequence (); | |
9378 | ||
7308a047 | 9379 | /* Complex construction should appear as a single unit. */ |
6551fa4d JW |
9380 | /* If TARGET is a CONCAT, we got insns like RD = RS, ID = IS, |
9381 | each with a separate pseudo as destination. | |
9382 | It's not correct for flow to treat them as a unit. */ | |
6d6e61ce | 9383 | if (GET_CODE (target) != CONCAT) |
6551fa4d JW |
9384 | emit_no_conflict_block (insns, target, op0, op1, NULL_RTX); |
9385 | else | |
2f937369 | 9386 | emit_insn (insns); |
7308a047 RS |
9387 | |
9388 | return target; | |
9389 | } | |
9390 | ||
9391 | case REALPART_EXPR: | |
2d7050fd RS |
9392 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0); |
9393 | return gen_realpart (mode, op0); | |
3a94c984 | 9394 | |
7308a047 | 9395 | case IMAGPART_EXPR: |
2d7050fd RS |
9396 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0); |
9397 | return gen_imagpart (mode, op0); | |
7308a047 RS |
9398 | |
9399 | case CONJ_EXPR: | |
9400 | { | |
62acb978 | 9401 | enum machine_mode partmode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); |
7308a047 | 9402 | rtx imag_t; |
6551fa4d | 9403 | rtx insns; |
3a94c984 KH |
9404 | |
9405 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7308a047 RS |
9406 | |
9407 | if (! target) | |
d6a5ac33 | 9408 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); |
3a94c984 | 9409 | |
6551fa4d | 9410 | start_sequence (); |
7308a047 RS |
9411 | |
9412 | /* Store the realpart and the negated imagpart to target. */ | |
62acb978 RK |
9413 | emit_move_insn (gen_realpart (partmode, target), |
9414 | gen_realpart (partmode, op0)); | |
7308a047 | 9415 | |
62acb978 | 9416 | imag_t = gen_imagpart (partmode, target); |
91ce572a | 9417 | temp = expand_unop (partmode, |
0fb7aeda KH |
9418 | ! unsignedp && flag_trapv |
9419 | && (GET_MODE_CLASS(partmode) == MODE_INT) | |
9420 | ? negv_optab : neg_optab, | |
3a94c984 | 9421 | gen_imagpart (partmode, op0), imag_t, 0); |
7308a047 RS |
9422 | if (temp != imag_t) |
9423 | emit_move_insn (imag_t, temp); | |
9424 | ||
6551fa4d JW |
9425 | insns = get_insns (); |
9426 | end_sequence (); | |
9427 | ||
3a94c984 | 9428 | /* Conjugate should appear as a single unit |
d6a5ac33 | 9429 | If TARGET is a CONCAT, we got insns like RD = RS, ID = - IS, |
6551fa4d JW |
9430 | each with a separate pseudo as destination. |
9431 | It's not correct for flow to treat them as a unit. */ | |
6d6e61ce | 9432 | if (GET_CODE (target) != CONCAT) |
6551fa4d JW |
9433 | emit_no_conflict_block (insns, target, op0, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX); |
9434 | else | |
2f937369 | 9435 | emit_insn (insns); |
7308a047 RS |
9436 | |
9437 | return target; | |
9438 | } | |
9439 | ||
e976b8b2 MS |
9440 | case TRY_CATCH_EXPR: |
9441 | { | |
9442 | tree handler = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
9443 | ||
9444 | expand_eh_region_start (); | |
9445 | ||
9446 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
9447 | ||
52a11cbf | 9448 | expand_eh_region_end_cleanup (handler); |
e976b8b2 MS |
9449 | |
9450 | return op0; | |
9451 | } | |
9452 | ||
b335b813 PB |
9453 | case TRY_FINALLY_EXPR: |
9454 | { | |
9455 | tree try_block = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
9456 | tree finally_block = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
b335b813 | 9457 | |
8ad8135a | 9458 | if (!optimize || unsafe_for_reeval (finally_block) > 1) |
8943a0b4 RH |
9459 | { |
9460 | /* In this case, wrapping FINALLY_BLOCK in an UNSAVE_EXPR | |
9461 | is not sufficient, so we cannot expand the block twice. | |
9462 | So we play games with GOTO_SUBROUTINE_EXPR to let us | |
9463 | expand the thing only once. */ | |
8ad8135a RH |
9464 | /* When not optimizing, we go ahead with this form since |
9465 | (1) user breakpoints operate more predictably without | |
9466 | code duplication, and | |
9467 | (2) we're not running any of the global optimizers | |
9468 | that would explode in time/space with the highly | |
9469 | connected CFG created by the indirect branching. */ | |
8943a0b4 RH |
9470 | |
9471 | rtx finally_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
9472 | rtx done_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
9473 | rtx return_link = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode); | |
9474 | tree cleanup = build (GOTO_SUBROUTINE_EXPR, void_type_node, | |
9475 | (tree) finally_label, (tree) return_link); | |
9476 | TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (cleanup) = 1; | |
9477 | ||
9478 | /* Start a new binding layer that will keep track of all cleanup | |
9479 | actions to be performed. */ | |
9480 | expand_start_bindings (2); | |
9481 | target_temp_slot_level = temp_slot_level; | |
9482 | ||
9483 | expand_decl_cleanup (NULL_TREE, cleanup); | |
9484 | op0 = expand_expr (try_block, target, tmode, modifier); | |
9485 | ||
9486 | preserve_temp_slots (op0); | |
9487 | expand_end_bindings (NULL_TREE, 0, 0); | |
9488 | emit_jump (done_label); | |
9489 | emit_label (finally_label); | |
9490 | expand_expr (finally_block, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); | |
9491 | emit_indirect_jump (return_link); | |
9492 | emit_label (done_label); | |
9493 | } | |
9494 | else | |
9495 | { | |
9496 | expand_start_bindings (2); | |
9497 | target_temp_slot_level = temp_slot_level; | |
b335b813 | 9498 | |
8943a0b4 RH |
9499 | expand_decl_cleanup (NULL_TREE, finally_block); |
9500 | op0 = expand_expr (try_block, target, tmode, modifier); | |
b335b813 | 9501 | |
8943a0b4 RH |
9502 | preserve_temp_slots (op0); |
9503 | expand_end_bindings (NULL_TREE, 0, 0); | |
9504 | } | |
b335b813 | 9505 | |
b335b813 PB |
9506 | return op0; |
9507 | } | |
9508 | ||
3a94c984 | 9509 | case GOTO_SUBROUTINE_EXPR: |
b335b813 PB |
9510 | { |
9511 | rtx subr = (rtx) TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
9512 | rtx return_link = *(rtx *) &TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
9513 | rtx return_address = gen_label_rtx (); | |
3a94c984 KH |
9514 | emit_move_insn (return_link, |
9515 | gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, return_address)); | |
b335b813 PB |
9516 | emit_jump (subr); |
9517 | emit_label (return_address); | |
9518 | return const0_rtx; | |
9519 | } | |
9520 | ||
d3707adb RH |
9521 | case VA_ARG_EXPR: |
9522 | return expand_builtin_va_arg (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), type); | |
9523 | ||
52a11cbf | 9524 | case EXC_PTR_EXPR: |
86c99549 | 9525 | return get_exception_pointer (cfun); |
52a11cbf | 9526 | |
67231816 RH |
9527 | case FDESC_EXPR: |
9528 | /* Function descriptors are not valid except for as | |
9529 | initialization constants, and should not be expanded. */ | |
9530 | abort (); | |
9531 | ||
bbf6f052 | 9532 | default: |
c9d892a8 | 9533 | return (*lang_hooks.expand_expr) (exp, original_target, tmode, modifier); |
bbf6f052 RK |
9534 | } |
9535 | ||
9536 | /* Here to do an ordinary binary operator, generating an instruction | |
9537 | from the optab already placed in `this_optab'. */ | |
9538 | binop: | |
e5e809f4 | 9539 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
9540 | subtarget = 0; |
9541 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
906c4e36 | 9542 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 | 9543 | binop2: |
8403445a AM |
9544 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
9545 | target = 0; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
9546 | temp = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, op0, op1, target, |
9547 | unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
9548 | if (temp == 0) | |
9549 | abort (); | |
9550 | return temp; | |
9551 | } | |
b93a436e | 9552 | \f |
1ce7f3c2 RK |
9553 | /* Subroutine of above: returns 1 if OFFSET corresponds to an offset that |
9554 | when applied to the address of EXP produces an address known to be | |
9555 | aligned more than BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT. */ | |
9556 | ||
9557 | static int | |
502b8322 | 9558 | is_aligning_offset (tree offset, tree exp) |
1ce7f3c2 RK |
9559 | { |
9560 | /* Strip off any conversions and WITH_RECORD_EXPR nodes. */ | |
9561 | while (TREE_CODE (offset) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR | |
9562 | || TREE_CODE (offset) == NOP_EXPR | |
9563 | || TREE_CODE (offset) == CONVERT_EXPR | |
9564 | || TREE_CODE (offset) == WITH_RECORD_EXPR) | |
9565 | offset = TREE_OPERAND (offset, 0); | |
9566 | ||
9567 | /* We must now have a BIT_AND_EXPR with a constant that is one less than | |
9568 | power of 2 and which is larger than BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT. */ | |
9569 | if (TREE_CODE (offset) != BIT_AND_EXPR | |
9570 | || !host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (offset, 1), 1) | |
9571 | || compare_tree_int (TREE_OPERAND (offset, 1), BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) <= 0 | |
9572 | || !exact_log2 (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (offset, 1), 1) + 1) < 0) | |
9573 | return 0; | |
9574 | ||
9575 | /* Look at the first operand of BIT_AND_EXPR and strip any conversion. | |
9576 | It must be NEGATE_EXPR. Then strip any more conversions. */ | |
9577 | offset = TREE_OPERAND (offset, 0); | |
9578 | while (TREE_CODE (offset) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR | |
9579 | || TREE_CODE (offset) == NOP_EXPR | |
9580 | || TREE_CODE (offset) == CONVERT_EXPR) | |
9581 | offset = TREE_OPERAND (offset, 0); | |
9582 | ||
9583 | if (TREE_CODE (offset) != NEGATE_EXPR) | |
9584 | return 0; | |
9585 | ||
9586 | offset = TREE_OPERAND (offset, 0); | |
9587 | while (TREE_CODE (offset) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR | |
9588 | || TREE_CODE (offset) == NOP_EXPR | |
9589 | || TREE_CODE (offset) == CONVERT_EXPR) | |
9590 | offset = TREE_OPERAND (offset, 0); | |
9591 | ||
9592 | /* This must now be the address either of EXP or of a PLACEHOLDER_EXPR | |
9593 | whose type is the same as EXP. */ | |
9594 | return (TREE_CODE (offset) == ADDR_EXPR | |
9595 | && (TREE_OPERAND (offset, 0) == exp | |
9596 | || (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (offset, 0)) == PLACEHOLDER_EXPR | |
9597 | && (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (offset, 0)) | |
9598 | == TREE_TYPE (exp))))); | |
9599 | } | |
9600 | \f | |
e0a2f705 | 9601 | /* Return the tree node if an ARG corresponds to a string constant or zero |
cc2902df | 9602 | if it doesn't. If we return nonzero, set *PTR_OFFSET to the offset |
fed3cef0 RK |
9603 | in bytes within the string that ARG is accessing. The type of the |
9604 | offset will be `sizetype'. */ | |
b93a436e | 9605 | |
28f4ec01 | 9606 | tree |
502b8322 | 9607 | string_constant (tree arg, tree *ptr_offset) |
b93a436e JL |
9608 | { |
9609 | STRIP_NOPS (arg); | |
9610 | ||
9611 | if (TREE_CODE (arg) == ADDR_EXPR | |
9612 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0)) == STRING_CST) | |
9613 | { | |
fed3cef0 | 9614 | *ptr_offset = size_zero_node; |
b93a436e JL |
9615 | return TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0); |
9616 | } | |
9617 | else if (TREE_CODE (arg) == PLUS_EXPR) | |
9618 | { | |
9619 | tree arg0 = TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0); | |
9620 | tree arg1 = TREE_OPERAND (arg, 1); | |
9621 | ||
9622 | STRIP_NOPS (arg0); | |
9623 | STRIP_NOPS (arg1); | |
9624 | ||
9625 | if (TREE_CODE (arg0) == ADDR_EXPR | |
9626 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 0)) == STRING_CST) | |
bbf6f052 | 9627 | { |
fed3cef0 | 9628 | *ptr_offset = convert (sizetype, arg1); |
b93a436e | 9629 | return TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 0); |
bbf6f052 | 9630 | } |
b93a436e JL |
9631 | else if (TREE_CODE (arg1) == ADDR_EXPR |
9632 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg1, 0)) == STRING_CST) | |
bbf6f052 | 9633 | { |
fed3cef0 | 9634 | *ptr_offset = convert (sizetype, arg0); |
b93a436e | 9635 | return TREE_OPERAND (arg1, 0); |
bbf6f052 | 9636 | } |
b93a436e | 9637 | } |
ca695ac9 | 9638 | |
b93a436e JL |
9639 | return 0; |
9640 | } | |
ca695ac9 | 9641 | \f |
b93a436e JL |
9642 | /* Expand code for a post- or pre- increment or decrement |
9643 | and return the RTX for the result. | |
9644 | POST is 1 for postinc/decrements and 0 for preinc/decrements. */ | |
1499e0a8 | 9645 | |
b93a436e | 9646 | static rtx |
502b8322 | 9647 | expand_increment (tree exp, int post, int ignore) |
ca695ac9 | 9648 | { |
b3694847 SS |
9649 | rtx op0, op1; |
9650 | rtx temp, value; | |
9651 | tree incremented = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
b93a436e JL |
9652 | optab this_optab = add_optab; |
9653 | int icode; | |
9654 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
9655 | int op0_is_copy = 0; | |
9656 | int single_insn = 0; | |
9657 | /* 1 means we can't store into OP0 directly, | |
9658 | because it is a subreg narrower than a word, | |
9659 | and we don't dare clobber the rest of the word. */ | |
9660 | int bad_subreg = 0; | |
1499e0a8 | 9661 | |
b93a436e JL |
9662 | /* Stabilize any component ref that might need to be |
9663 | evaluated more than once below. */ | |
9664 | if (!post | |
9665 | || TREE_CODE (incremented) == BIT_FIELD_REF | |
9666 | || (TREE_CODE (incremented) == COMPONENT_REF | |
9667 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (incremented, 0)) != INDIRECT_REF | |
9668 | || DECL_BIT_FIELD (TREE_OPERAND (incremented, 1))))) | |
9669 | incremented = stabilize_reference (incremented); | |
9670 | /* Nested *INCREMENT_EXPRs can happen in C++. We must force innermost | |
9671 | ones into save exprs so that they don't accidentally get evaluated | |
9672 | more than once by the code below. */ | |
9673 | if (TREE_CODE (incremented) == PREINCREMENT_EXPR | |
9674 | || TREE_CODE (incremented) == PREDECREMENT_EXPR) | |
9675 | incremented = save_expr (incremented); | |
e9a25f70 | 9676 | |
b93a436e JL |
9677 | /* Compute the operands as RTX. |
9678 | Note whether OP0 is the actual lvalue or a copy of it: | |
9679 | I believe it is a copy iff it is a register or subreg | |
6d2f8887 | 9680 | and insns were generated in computing it. */ |
e9a25f70 | 9681 | |
b93a436e | 9682 | temp = get_last_insn (); |
37a08a29 | 9683 | op0 = expand_expr (incremented, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
e9a25f70 | 9684 | |
b93a436e JL |
9685 | /* If OP0 is a SUBREG made for a promoted variable, we cannot increment |
9686 | in place but instead must do sign- or zero-extension during assignment, | |
9687 | so we copy it into a new register and let the code below use it as | |
9688 | a copy. | |
e9a25f70 | 9689 | |
b93a436e JL |
9690 | Note that we can safely modify this SUBREG since it is know not to be |
9691 | shared (it was made by the expand_expr call above). */ | |
9692 | ||
9693 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (op0)) | |
9694 | { | |
9695 | if (post) | |
9696 | SUBREG_REG (op0) = copy_to_reg (SUBREG_REG (op0)); | |
9697 | else | |
9698 | bad_subreg = 1; | |
9699 | } | |
9700 | else if (GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG | |
9701 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) < BITS_PER_WORD) | |
9702 | { | |
9703 | /* We cannot increment this SUBREG in place. If we are | |
9704 | post-incrementing, get a copy of the old value. Otherwise, | |
9705 | just mark that we cannot increment in place. */ | |
9706 | if (post) | |
9707 | op0 = copy_to_reg (op0); | |
9708 | else | |
9709 | bad_subreg = 1; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
9710 | } |
9711 | ||
b93a436e JL |
9712 | op0_is_copy = ((GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG || GET_CODE (op0) == REG) |
9713 | && temp != get_last_insn ()); | |
37a08a29 | 9714 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
1499e0a8 | 9715 | |
b93a436e JL |
9716 | /* Decide whether incrementing or decrementing. */ |
9717 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == POSTDECREMENT_EXPR | |
9718 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == PREDECREMENT_EXPR) | |
9719 | this_optab = sub_optab; | |
9720 | ||
9721 | /* Convert decrement by a constant into a negative increment. */ | |
9722 | if (this_optab == sub_optab | |
9723 | && GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT) | |
ca695ac9 | 9724 | { |
3a94c984 | 9725 | op1 = GEN_INT (-INTVAL (op1)); |
b93a436e | 9726 | this_optab = add_optab; |
ca695ac9 | 9727 | } |
1499e0a8 | 9728 | |
91ce572a | 9729 | if (TYPE_TRAP_SIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp))) |
505ddab6 | 9730 | this_optab = this_optab == add_optab ? addv_optab : subv_optab; |
91ce572a | 9731 | |
b93a436e JL |
9732 | /* For a preincrement, see if we can do this with a single instruction. */ |
9733 | if (!post) | |
9734 | { | |
9735 | icode = (int) this_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; | |
9736 | if (icode != (int) CODE_FOR_nothing | |
9737 | /* Make sure that OP0 is valid for operands 0 and 1 | |
9738 | of the insn we want to queue. */ | |
a995e389 RH |
9739 | && (*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (op0, mode) |
9740 | && (*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode) | |
9741 | && (*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op1, mode)) | |
b93a436e JL |
9742 | single_insn = 1; |
9743 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9744 | |
b93a436e JL |
9745 | /* If OP0 is not the actual lvalue, but rather a copy in a register, |
9746 | then we cannot just increment OP0. We must therefore contrive to | |
9747 | increment the original value. Then, for postincrement, we can return | |
9748 | OP0 since it is a copy of the old value. For preincrement, expand here | |
9749 | unless we can do it with a single insn. | |
bbf6f052 | 9750 | |
b93a436e JL |
9751 | Likewise if storing directly into OP0 would clobber high bits |
9752 | we need to preserve (bad_subreg). */ | |
9753 | if (op0_is_copy || (!post && !single_insn) || bad_subreg) | |
a358cee0 | 9754 | { |
b93a436e JL |
9755 | /* This is the easiest way to increment the value wherever it is. |
9756 | Problems with multiple evaluation of INCREMENTED are prevented | |
9757 | because either (1) it is a component_ref or preincrement, | |
9758 | in which case it was stabilized above, or (2) it is an array_ref | |
9759 | with constant index in an array in a register, which is | |
9760 | safe to reevaluate. */ | |
9761 | tree newexp = build (((TREE_CODE (exp) == POSTDECREMENT_EXPR | |
9762 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == PREDECREMENT_EXPR) | |
9763 | ? MINUS_EXPR : PLUS_EXPR), | |
9764 | TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
9765 | incremented, | |
9766 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
a358cee0 | 9767 | |
b93a436e JL |
9768 | while (TREE_CODE (incremented) == NOP_EXPR |
9769 | || TREE_CODE (incremented) == CONVERT_EXPR) | |
9770 | { | |
9771 | newexp = convert (TREE_TYPE (incremented), newexp); | |
9772 | incremented = TREE_OPERAND (incremented, 0); | |
9773 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9774 | |
b93a436e JL |
9775 | temp = expand_assignment (incremented, newexp, ! post && ! ignore , 0); |
9776 | return post ? op0 : temp; | |
9777 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9778 | |
b93a436e JL |
9779 | if (post) |
9780 | { | |
9781 | /* We have a true reference to the value in OP0. | |
9782 | If there is an insn to add or subtract in this mode, queue it. | |
9783 | Queueing the increment insn avoids the register shuffling | |
9784 | that often results if we must increment now and first save | |
9785 | the old value for subsequent use. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 9786 | |
b93a436e JL |
9787 | #if 0 /* Turned off to avoid making extra insn for indexed memref. */ |
9788 | op0 = stabilize (op0); | |
9789 | #endif | |
41dfd40c | 9790 | |
b93a436e JL |
9791 | icode = (int) this_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; |
9792 | if (icode != (int) CODE_FOR_nothing | |
9793 | /* Make sure that OP0 is valid for operands 0 and 1 | |
9794 | of the insn we want to queue. */ | |
a995e389 RH |
9795 | && (*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (op0, mode) |
9796 | && (*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode)) | |
b93a436e | 9797 | { |
a995e389 | 9798 | if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op1, mode)) |
b93a436e | 9799 | op1 = force_reg (mode, op1); |
bbf6f052 | 9800 | |
b93a436e JL |
9801 | return enqueue_insn (op0, GEN_FCN (icode) (op0, op0, op1)); |
9802 | } | |
9803 | if (icode != (int) CODE_FOR_nothing && GET_CODE (op0) == MEM) | |
9804 | { | |
9805 | rtx addr = (general_operand (XEXP (op0, 0), mode) | |
9806 | ? force_reg (Pmode, XEXP (op0, 0)) | |
9807 | : copy_to_reg (XEXP (op0, 0))); | |
9808 | rtx temp, result; | |
ca695ac9 | 9809 | |
792760b9 | 9810 | op0 = replace_equiv_address (op0, addr); |
b93a436e | 9811 | temp = force_reg (GET_MODE (op0), op0); |
a995e389 | 9812 | if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op1, mode)) |
b93a436e | 9813 | op1 = force_reg (mode, op1); |
ca695ac9 | 9814 | |
b93a436e JL |
9815 | /* The increment queue is LIFO, thus we have to `queue' |
9816 | the instructions in reverse order. */ | |
9817 | enqueue_insn (op0, gen_move_insn (op0, temp)); | |
9818 | result = enqueue_insn (temp, GEN_FCN (icode) (temp, temp, op1)); | |
9819 | return result; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
9820 | } |
9821 | } | |
ca695ac9 | 9822 | |
b93a436e JL |
9823 | /* Preincrement, or we can't increment with one simple insn. */ |
9824 | if (post) | |
9825 | /* Save a copy of the value before inc or dec, to return it later. */ | |
9826 | temp = value = copy_to_reg (op0); | |
9827 | else | |
9828 | /* Arrange to return the incremented value. */ | |
9829 | /* Copy the rtx because expand_binop will protect from the queue, | |
9830 | and the results of that would be invalid for us to return | |
9831 | if our caller does emit_queue before using our result. */ | |
9832 | temp = copy_rtx (value = op0); | |
bbf6f052 | 9833 | |
b93a436e | 9834 | /* Increment however we can. */ |
37a08a29 | 9835 | op1 = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, value, op1, op0, |
b93a436e | 9836 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)), OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
37a08a29 | 9837 | |
b93a436e JL |
9838 | /* Make sure the value is stored into OP0. */ |
9839 | if (op1 != op0) | |
9840 | emit_move_insn (op0, op1); | |
5718612f | 9841 | |
b93a436e JL |
9842 | return temp; |
9843 | } | |
9844 | \f | |
b93a436e JL |
9845 | /* Generate code to calculate EXP using a store-flag instruction |
9846 | and return an rtx for the result. EXP is either a comparison | |
9847 | or a TRUTH_NOT_EXPR whose operand is a comparison. | |
ca695ac9 | 9848 | |
b93a436e | 9849 | If TARGET is nonzero, store the result there if convenient. |
ca695ac9 | 9850 | |
cc2902df | 9851 | If ONLY_CHEAP is nonzero, only do this if it is likely to be very |
b93a436e | 9852 | cheap. |
ca695ac9 | 9853 | |
b93a436e JL |
9854 | Return zero if there is no suitable set-flag instruction |
9855 | available on this machine. | |
ca695ac9 | 9856 | |
b93a436e JL |
9857 | Once expand_expr has been called on the arguments of the comparison, |
9858 | we are committed to doing the store flag, since it is not safe to | |
9859 | re-evaluate the expression. We emit the store-flag insn by calling | |
9860 | emit_store_flag, but only expand the arguments if we have a reason | |
9861 | to believe that emit_store_flag will be successful. If we think that | |
9862 | it will, but it isn't, we have to simulate the store-flag with a | |
9863 | set/jump/set sequence. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 9864 | |
b93a436e | 9865 | static rtx |
502b8322 | 9866 | do_store_flag (tree exp, rtx target, enum machine_mode mode, int only_cheap) |
b93a436e JL |
9867 | { |
9868 | enum rtx_code code; | |
9869 | tree arg0, arg1, type; | |
9870 | tree tem; | |
9871 | enum machine_mode operand_mode; | |
9872 | int invert = 0; | |
9873 | int unsignedp; | |
9874 | rtx op0, op1; | |
9875 | enum insn_code icode; | |
9876 | rtx subtarget = target; | |
381127e8 | 9877 | rtx result, label; |
ca695ac9 | 9878 | |
b93a436e JL |
9879 | /* If this is a TRUTH_NOT_EXPR, set a flag indicating we must invert the |
9880 | result at the end. We can't simply invert the test since it would | |
9881 | have already been inverted if it were valid. This case occurs for | |
9882 | some floating-point comparisons. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 9883 | |
b93a436e JL |
9884 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == TRUTH_NOT_EXPR) |
9885 | invert = 1, exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
ca695ac9 | 9886 | |
b93a436e JL |
9887 | arg0 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); |
9888 | arg1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
5129d2ce AH |
9889 | |
9890 | /* Don't crash if the comparison was erroneous. */ | |
9891 | if (arg0 == error_mark_node || arg1 == error_mark_node) | |
9892 | return const0_rtx; | |
9893 | ||
b93a436e JL |
9894 | type = TREE_TYPE (arg0); |
9895 | operand_mode = TYPE_MODE (type); | |
9896 | unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (type); | |
ca695ac9 | 9897 | |
b93a436e JL |
9898 | /* We won't bother with BLKmode store-flag operations because it would mean |
9899 | passing a lot of information to emit_store_flag. */ | |
9900 | if (operand_mode == BLKmode) | |
9901 | return 0; | |
ca695ac9 | 9902 | |
b93a436e JL |
9903 | /* We won't bother with store-flag operations involving function pointers |
9904 | when function pointers must be canonicalized before comparisons. */ | |
9905 | #ifdef HAVE_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare | |
9906 | if (HAVE_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare | |
9907 | && ((TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == POINTER_TYPE | |
9908 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
9909 | == FUNCTION_TYPE)) | |
9910 | || (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) == POINTER_TYPE | |
9911 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))) | |
9912 | == FUNCTION_TYPE)))) | |
9913 | return 0; | |
ca695ac9 JB |
9914 | #endif |
9915 | ||
b93a436e JL |
9916 | STRIP_NOPS (arg0); |
9917 | STRIP_NOPS (arg1); | |
ca695ac9 | 9918 | |
b93a436e JL |
9919 | /* Get the rtx comparison code to use. We know that EXP is a comparison |
9920 | operation of some type. Some comparisons against 1 and -1 can be | |
9921 | converted to comparisons with zero. Do so here so that the tests | |
9922 | below will be aware that we have a comparison with zero. These | |
9923 | tests will not catch constants in the first operand, but constants | |
9924 | are rarely passed as the first operand. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 9925 | |
b93a436e JL |
9926 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) |
9927 | { | |
9928 | case EQ_EXPR: | |
9929 | code = EQ; | |
bbf6f052 | 9930 | break; |
b93a436e JL |
9931 | case NE_EXPR: |
9932 | code = NE; | |
bbf6f052 | 9933 | break; |
b93a436e JL |
9934 | case LT_EXPR: |
9935 | if (integer_onep (arg1)) | |
9936 | arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = unsignedp ? LEU : LE; | |
9937 | else | |
9938 | code = unsignedp ? LTU : LT; | |
ca695ac9 | 9939 | break; |
b93a436e JL |
9940 | case LE_EXPR: |
9941 | if (! unsignedp && integer_all_onesp (arg1)) | |
9942 | arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = LT; | |
9943 | else | |
9944 | code = unsignedp ? LEU : LE; | |
ca695ac9 | 9945 | break; |
b93a436e JL |
9946 | case GT_EXPR: |
9947 | if (! unsignedp && integer_all_onesp (arg1)) | |
9948 | arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = GE; | |
9949 | else | |
9950 | code = unsignedp ? GTU : GT; | |
9951 | break; | |
9952 | case GE_EXPR: | |
9953 | if (integer_onep (arg1)) | |
9954 | arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = unsignedp ? GTU : GT; | |
9955 | else | |
9956 | code = unsignedp ? GEU : GE; | |
ca695ac9 | 9957 | break; |
1eb8759b RH |
9958 | |
9959 | case UNORDERED_EXPR: | |
9960 | code = UNORDERED; | |
9961 | break; | |
9962 | case ORDERED_EXPR: | |
9963 | code = ORDERED; | |
9964 | break; | |
9965 | case UNLT_EXPR: | |
9966 | code = UNLT; | |
9967 | break; | |
9968 | case UNLE_EXPR: | |
9969 | code = UNLE; | |
9970 | break; | |
9971 | case UNGT_EXPR: | |
9972 | code = UNGT; | |
9973 | break; | |
9974 | case UNGE_EXPR: | |
9975 | code = UNGE; | |
9976 | break; | |
9977 | case UNEQ_EXPR: | |
9978 | code = UNEQ; | |
9979 | break; | |
1eb8759b | 9980 | |
ca695ac9 | 9981 | default: |
b93a436e | 9982 | abort (); |
bbf6f052 | 9983 | } |
bbf6f052 | 9984 | |
b93a436e JL |
9985 | /* Put a constant second. */ |
9986 | if (TREE_CODE (arg0) == REAL_CST || TREE_CODE (arg0) == INTEGER_CST) | |
9987 | { | |
9988 | tem = arg0; arg0 = arg1; arg1 = tem; | |
9989 | code = swap_condition (code); | |
ca695ac9 | 9990 | } |
bbf6f052 | 9991 | |
b93a436e JL |
9992 | /* If this is an equality or inequality test of a single bit, we can |
9993 | do this by shifting the bit being tested to the low-order bit and | |
9994 | masking the result with the constant 1. If the condition was EQ, | |
9995 | we xor it with 1. This does not require an scc insn and is faster | |
7960bf22 JL |
9996 | than an scc insn even if we have it. |
9997 | ||
9998 | The code to make this transformation was moved into fold_single_bit_test, | |
9999 | so we just call into the folder and expand its result. */ | |
d39985fa | 10000 | |
b93a436e JL |
10001 | if ((code == NE || code == EQ) |
10002 | && TREE_CODE (arg0) == BIT_AND_EXPR && integer_zerop (arg1) | |
10003 | && integer_pow2p (TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 1))) | |
60cd4dae JL |
10004 | { |
10005 | tree type = (*lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode) (mode, unsignedp); | |
10006 | return expand_expr (fold_single_bit_test (code == NE ? NE_EXPR : EQ_EXPR, | |
10007 | arg0, arg1, type), | |
10008 | target, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
10009 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10010 | |
b93a436e | 10011 | /* Now see if we are likely to be able to do this. Return if not. */ |
1eb8759b | 10012 | if (! can_compare_p (code, operand_mode, ccp_store_flag)) |
b93a436e | 10013 | return 0; |
1eb8759b | 10014 | |
b93a436e JL |
10015 | icode = setcc_gen_code[(int) code]; |
10016 | if (icode == CODE_FOR_nothing | |
a995e389 | 10017 | || (only_cheap && insn_data[(int) icode].operand[0].mode != mode)) |
ca695ac9 | 10018 | { |
b93a436e JL |
10019 | /* We can only do this if it is one of the special cases that |
10020 | can be handled without an scc insn. */ | |
10021 | if ((code == LT && integer_zerop (arg1)) | |
10022 | || (! only_cheap && code == GE && integer_zerop (arg1))) | |
10023 | ; | |
10024 | else if (BRANCH_COST >= 0 | |
10025 | && ! only_cheap && (code == NE || code == EQ) | |
10026 | && TREE_CODE (type) != REAL_TYPE | |
10027 | && ((abs_optab->handlers[(int) operand_mode].insn_code | |
10028 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
10029 | || (ffs_optab->handlers[(int) operand_mode].insn_code | |
10030 | != CODE_FOR_nothing))) | |
10031 | ; | |
10032 | else | |
10033 | return 0; | |
ca695ac9 | 10034 | } |
3a94c984 | 10035 | |
296b4ed9 | 10036 | if (! get_subtarget (target) |
a47fed55 | 10037 | || GET_MODE (subtarget) != operand_mode |
e5e809f4 | 10038 | || ! safe_from_p (subtarget, arg1, 1)) |
b93a436e JL |
10039 | subtarget = 0; |
10040 | ||
10041 | op0 = expand_expr (arg0, subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
10042 | op1 = expand_expr (arg1, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
10043 | ||
10044 | if (target == 0) | |
10045 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
10046 | ||
10047 | /* Pass copies of OP0 and OP1 in case they contain a QUEUED. This is safe | |
10048 | because, if the emit_store_flag does anything it will succeed and | |
10049 | OP0 and OP1 will not be used subsequently. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 10050 | |
b93a436e JL |
10051 | result = emit_store_flag (target, code, |
10052 | queued_subexp_p (op0) ? copy_rtx (op0) : op0, | |
10053 | queued_subexp_p (op1) ? copy_rtx (op1) : op1, | |
10054 | operand_mode, unsignedp, 1); | |
ca695ac9 | 10055 | |
b93a436e JL |
10056 | if (result) |
10057 | { | |
10058 | if (invert) | |
10059 | result = expand_binop (mode, xor_optab, result, const1_rtx, | |
10060 | result, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
10061 | return result; | |
ca695ac9 | 10062 | } |
bbf6f052 | 10063 | |
b93a436e JL |
10064 | /* If this failed, we have to do this with set/compare/jump/set code. */ |
10065 | if (GET_CODE (target) != REG | |
10066 | || reg_mentioned_p (target, op0) || reg_mentioned_p (target, op1)) | |
10067 | target = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (target)); | |
10068 | ||
10069 | emit_move_insn (target, invert ? const0_rtx : const1_rtx); | |
10070 | result = compare_from_rtx (op0, op1, code, unsignedp, | |
a06ef755 | 10071 | operand_mode, NULL_RTX); |
b93a436e JL |
10072 | if (GET_CODE (result) == CONST_INT) |
10073 | return (((result == const0_rtx && ! invert) | |
10074 | || (result != const0_rtx && invert)) | |
10075 | ? const0_rtx : const1_rtx); | |
ca695ac9 | 10076 | |
8f08e8c0 JL |
10077 | /* The code of RESULT may not match CODE if compare_from_rtx |
10078 | decided to swap its operands and reverse the original code. | |
10079 | ||
10080 | We know that compare_from_rtx returns either a CONST_INT or | |
10081 | a new comparison code, so it is safe to just extract the | |
10082 | code from RESULT. */ | |
10083 | code = GET_CODE (result); | |
10084 | ||
b93a436e JL |
10085 | label = gen_label_rtx (); |
10086 | if (bcc_gen_fctn[(int) code] == 0) | |
10087 | abort (); | |
0f41302f | 10088 | |
b93a436e JL |
10089 | emit_jump_insn ((*bcc_gen_fctn[(int) code]) (label)); |
10090 | emit_move_insn (target, invert ? const1_rtx : const0_rtx); | |
10091 | emit_label (label); | |
bbf6f052 | 10092 | |
b93a436e | 10093 | return target; |
ca695ac9 | 10094 | } |
b93a436e | 10095 | \f |
b93a436e | 10096 | |
ad82abb8 ZW |
10097 | /* Stubs in case we haven't got a casesi insn. */ |
10098 | #ifndef HAVE_casesi | |
10099 | # define HAVE_casesi 0 | |
10100 | # define gen_casesi(a, b, c, d, e) (0) | |
10101 | # define CODE_FOR_casesi CODE_FOR_nothing | |
10102 | #endif | |
10103 | ||
10104 | /* If the machine does not have a case insn that compares the bounds, | |
10105 | this means extra overhead for dispatch tables, which raises the | |
10106 | threshold for using them. */ | |
10107 | #ifndef CASE_VALUES_THRESHOLD | |
10108 | #define CASE_VALUES_THRESHOLD (HAVE_casesi ? 4 : 5) | |
10109 | #endif /* CASE_VALUES_THRESHOLD */ | |
10110 | ||
10111 | unsigned int | |
502b8322 | 10112 | case_values_threshold (void) |
ad82abb8 ZW |
10113 | { |
10114 | return CASE_VALUES_THRESHOLD; | |
10115 | } | |
10116 | ||
10117 | /* Attempt to generate a casesi instruction. Returns 1 if successful, | |
10118 | 0 otherwise (i.e. if there is no casesi instruction). */ | |
10119 | int | |
502b8322 AJ |
10120 | try_casesi (tree index_type, tree index_expr, tree minval, tree range, |
10121 | rtx table_label ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, rtx default_label) | |
ad82abb8 ZW |
10122 | { |
10123 | enum machine_mode index_mode = SImode; | |
10124 | int index_bits = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (index_mode); | |
10125 | rtx op1, op2, index; | |
10126 | enum machine_mode op_mode; | |
10127 | ||
10128 | if (! HAVE_casesi) | |
10129 | return 0; | |
10130 | ||
10131 | /* Convert the index to SImode. */ | |
10132 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (TYPE_MODE (index_type)) > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (index_mode)) | |
10133 | { | |
10134 | enum machine_mode omode = TYPE_MODE (index_type); | |
10135 | rtx rangertx = expand_expr (range, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
10136 | ||
10137 | /* We must handle the endpoints in the original mode. */ | |
10138 | index_expr = build (MINUS_EXPR, index_type, | |
10139 | index_expr, minval); | |
10140 | minval = integer_zero_node; | |
10141 | index = expand_expr (index_expr, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
10142 | emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (rangertx, index, LTU, NULL_RTX, | |
a06ef755 | 10143 | omode, 1, default_label); |
ad82abb8 ZW |
10144 | /* Now we can safely truncate. */ |
10145 | index = convert_to_mode (index_mode, index, 0); | |
10146 | } | |
10147 | else | |
10148 | { | |
10149 | if (TYPE_MODE (index_type) != index_mode) | |
10150 | { | |
b0c48229 NB |
10151 | index_expr = convert ((*lang_hooks.types.type_for_size) |
10152 | (index_bits, 0), index_expr); | |
ad82abb8 ZW |
10153 | index_type = TREE_TYPE (index_expr); |
10154 | } | |
10155 | ||
10156 | index = expand_expr (index_expr, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
10157 | } | |
10158 | emit_queue (); | |
10159 | index = protect_from_queue (index, 0); | |
10160 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
10161 | ||
10162 | op_mode = insn_data[(int) CODE_FOR_casesi].operand[0].mode; | |
10163 | if (! (*insn_data[(int) CODE_FOR_casesi].operand[0].predicate) | |
10164 | (index, op_mode)) | |
10165 | index = copy_to_mode_reg (op_mode, index); | |
e87b4f3f | 10166 | |
ad82abb8 ZW |
10167 | op1 = expand_expr (minval, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
10168 | ||
10169 | op_mode = insn_data[(int) CODE_FOR_casesi].operand[1].mode; | |
10170 | op1 = convert_modes (op_mode, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (minval)), | |
10171 | op1, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (minval))); | |
10172 | if (! (*insn_data[(int) CODE_FOR_casesi].operand[1].predicate) | |
10173 | (op1, op_mode)) | |
10174 | op1 = copy_to_mode_reg (op_mode, op1); | |
10175 | ||
10176 | op2 = expand_expr (range, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
10177 | ||
10178 | op_mode = insn_data[(int) CODE_FOR_casesi].operand[2].mode; | |
10179 | op2 = convert_modes (op_mode, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (range)), | |
10180 | op2, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (range))); | |
10181 | if (! (*insn_data[(int) CODE_FOR_casesi].operand[2].predicate) | |
10182 | (op2, op_mode)) | |
10183 | op2 = copy_to_mode_reg (op_mode, op2); | |
10184 | ||
10185 | emit_jump_insn (gen_casesi (index, op1, op2, | |
10186 | table_label, default_label)); | |
10187 | return 1; | |
10188 | } | |
10189 | ||
10190 | /* Attempt to generate a tablejump instruction; same concept. */ | |
10191 | #ifndef HAVE_tablejump | |
10192 | #define HAVE_tablejump 0 | |
10193 | #define gen_tablejump(x, y) (0) | |
10194 | #endif | |
10195 | ||
10196 | /* Subroutine of the next function. | |
10197 | ||
10198 | INDEX is the value being switched on, with the lowest value | |
b93a436e JL |
10199 | in the table already subtracted. |
10200 | MODE is its expected mode (needed if INDEX is constant). | |
10201 | RANGE is the length of the jump table. | |
10202 | TABLE_LABEL is a CODE_LABEL rtx for the table itself. | |
88d3b7f0 | 10203 | |
b93a436e JL |
10204 | DEFAULT_LABEL is a CODE_LABEL rtx to jump to if the |
10205 | index value is out of range. */ | |
0f41302f | 10206 | |
ad82abb8 | 10207 | static void |
502b8322 AJ |
10208 | do_tablejump (rtx index, enum machine_mode mode, rtx range, rtx table_label, |
10209 | rtx default_label) | |
ca695ac9 | 10210 | { |
b3694847 | 10211 | rtx temp, vector; |
88d3b7f0 | 10212 | |
74f6d071 JH |
10213 | if (INTVAL (range) > cfun->max_jumptable_ents) |
10214 | cfun->max_jumptable_ents = INTVAL (range); | |
1877be45 | 10215 | |
b93a436e JL |
10216 | /* Do an unsigned comparison (in the proper mode) between the index |
10217 | expression and the value which represents the length of the range. | |
10218 | Since we just finished subtracting the lower bound of the range | |
10219 | from the index expression, this comparison allows us to simultaneously | |
10220 | check that the original index expression value is both greater than | |
10221 | or equal to the minimum value of the range and less than or equal to | |
10222 | the maximum value of the range. */ | |
709f5be1 | 10223 | |
c5d5d461 | 10224 | emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (index, range, GTU, NULL_RTX, mode, 1, |
a06ef755 | 10225 | default_label); |
bbf6f052 | 10226 | |
b93a436e JL |
10227 | /* If index is in range, it must fit in Pmode. |
10228 | Convert to Pmode so we can index with it. */ | |
10229 | if (mode != Pmode) | |
10230 | index = convert_to_mode (Pmode, index, 1); | |
bbf6f052 | 10231 | |
b93a436e JL |
10232 | /* Don't let a MEM slip thru, because then INDEX that comes |
10233 | out of PIC_CASE_VECTOR_ADDRESS won't be a valid address, | |
10234 | and break_out_memory_refs will go to work on it and mess it up. */ | |
10235 | #ifdef PIC_CASE_VECTOR_ADDRESS | |
10236 | if (flag_pic && GET_CODE (index) != REG) | |
10237 | index = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, index); | |
10238 | #endif | |
ca695ac9 | 10239 | |
b93a436e JL |
10240 | /* If flag_force_addr were to affect this address |
10241 | it could interfere with the tricky assumptions made | |
10242 | about addresses that contain label-refs, | |
10243 | which may be valid only very near the tablejump itself. */ | |
10244 | /* ??? The only correct use of CASE_VECTOR_MODE is the one inside the | |
10245 | GET_MODE_SIZE, because this indicates how large insns are. The other | |
10246 | uses should all be Pmode, because they are addresses. This code | |
10247 | could fail if addresses and insns are not the same size. */ | |
10248 | index = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, | |
10249 | gen_rtx_MULT (Pmode, index, | |
10250 | GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (CASE_VECTOR_MODE))), | |
10251 | gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, table_label)); | |
10252 | #ifdef PIC_CASE_VECTOR_ADDRESS | |
10253 | if (flag_pic) | |
10254 | index = PIC_CASE_VECTOR_ADDRESS (index); | |
10255 | else | |
bbf6f052 | 10256 | #endif |
b93a436e JL |
10257 | index = memory_address_noforce (CASE_VECTOR_MODE, index); |
10258 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (CASE_VECTOR_MODE); | |
10259 | vector = gen_rtx_MEM (CASE_VECTOR_MODE, index); | |
10260 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (vector) = 1; | |
4da2eb6b | 10261 | MEM_NOTRAP_P (vector) = 1; |
b93a436e JL |
10262 | convert_move (temp, vector, 0); |
10263 | ||
10264 | emit_jump_insn (gen_tablejump (temp, table_label)); | |
10265 | ||
10266 | /* If we are generating PIC code or if the table is PC-relative, the | |
10267 | table and JUMP_INSN must be adjacent, so don't output a BARRIER. */ | |
10268 | if (! CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE && ! flag_pic) | |
10269 | emit_barrier (); | |
bbf6f052 | 10270 | } |
b93a436e | 10271 | |
ad82abb8 | 10272 | int |
502b8322 AJ |
10273 | try_tablejump (tree index_type, tree index_expr, tree minval, tree range, |
10274 | rtx table_label, rtx default_label) | |
ad82abb8 ZW |
10275 | { |
10276 | rtx index; | |
10277 | ||
10278 | if (! HAVE_tablejump) | |
10279 | return 0; | |
10280 | ||
10281 | index_expr = fold (build (MINUS_EXPR, index_type, | |
10282 | convert (index_type, index_expr), | |
10283 | convert (index_type, minval))); | |
10284 | index = expand_expr (index_expr, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
10285 | emit_queue (); | |
10286 | index = protect_from_queue (index, 0); | |
10287 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
10288 | ||
10289 | do_tablejump (index, TYPE_MODE (index_type), | |
10290 | convert_modes (TYPE_MODE (index_type), | |
10291 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (range)), | |
10292 | expand_expr (range, NULL_RTX, | |
10293 | VOIDmode, 0), | |
10294 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (range))), | |
10295 | table_label, default_label); | |
10296 | return 1; | |
10297 | } | |
e2500fed | 10298 | |
cb2a532e AH |
10299 | /* Nonzero if the mode is a valid vector mode for this architecture. |
10300 | This returns nonzero even if there is no hardware support for the | |
10301 | vector mode, but we can emulate with narrower modes. */ | |
10302 | ||
10303 | int | |
502b8322 | 10304 | vector_mode_valid_p (enum machine_mode mode) |
cb2a532e AH |
10305 | { |
10306 | enum mode_class class = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode); | |
10307 | enum machine_mode innermode; | |
10308 | ||
10309 | /* Doh! What's going on? */ | |
10310 | if (class != MODE_VECTOR_INT | |
10311 | && class != MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT) | |
10312 | return 0; | |
10313 | ||
10314 | /* Hardware support. Woo hoo! */ | |
10315 | if (VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P (mode)) | |
10316 | return 1; | |
10317 | ||
10318 | innermode = GET_MODE_INNER (mode); | |
10319 | ||
10320 | /* We should probably return 1 if requesting V4DI and we have no DI, | |
10321 | but we have V2DI, but this is probably very unlikely. */ | |
10322 | ||
10323 | /* If we have support for the inner mode, we can safely emulate it. | |
10324 | We may not have V2DI, but me can emulate with a pair of DIs. */ | |
10325 | return mov_optab->handlers[innermode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing; | |
10326 | } | |
10327 | ||
d744e06e AH |
10328 | /* Return a CONST_VECTOR rtx for a VECTOR_CST tree. */ |
10329 | static rtx | |
502b8322 | 10330 | const_vector_from_tree (tree exp) |
d744e06e AH |
10331 | { |
10332 | rtvec v; | |
10333 | int units, i; | |
10334 | tree link, elt; | |
10335 | enum machine_mode inner, mode; | |
10336 | ||
10337 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
10338 | ||
10339 | if (is_zeros_p (exp)) | |
10340 | return CONST0_RTX (mode); | |
10341 | ||
10342 | units = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode); | |
10343 | inner = GET_MODE_INNER (mode); | |
10344 | ||
10345 | v = rtvec_alloc (units); | |
10346 | ||
10347 | link = TREE_VECTOR_CST_ELTS (exp); | |
10348 | for (i = 0; link; link = TREE_CHAIN (link), ++i) | |
10349 | { | |
10350 | elt = TREE_VALUE (link); | |
10351 | ||
10352 | if (TREE_CODE (elt) == REAL_CST) | |
10353 | RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (TREE_REAL_CST (elt), | |
10354 | inner); | |
10355 | else | |
10356 | RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = immed_double_const (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (elt), | |
10357 | TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (elt), | |
10358 | inner); | |
10359 | } | |
10360 | ||
5f6c070d AH |
10361 | /* Initialize remaining elements to 0. */ |
10362 | for (; i < units; ++i) | |
10363 | RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = CONST0_RTX (inner); | |
10364 | ||
d744e06e AH |
10365 | return gen_rtx_raw_CONST_VECTOR (mode, v); |
10366 | } | |
10367 | ||
e2500fed | 10368 | #include "gt-expr.h" |